verely they whiche are the children of Leui which receiue the office of the Priesthode haue a* commandement to take according to the Law tithes of the people that is of their brethren thogh they came out of the loynes of Abraham 6 But he whose kinred is not counted among them receiued tithes of Abraham blessed him that had the promises 7 And without all contradiction the lesse is blessed of the greater 8 And here men that dye receiue tithes but there he receiueth them of whome it is witnessed that he liueth 9 And to say as the thing is Leui also whiche receiueth tithes payed tithes in Abraham 10 For he was yet in the loines of his Father Abraham when Melchi-sedec met him 11 If therefore perfection had bene by the Priesthode of the Leuites for vnder in the Law was established to the people what neded it furthermore that another Priest shuld rise after the order of Melchi-sedec and not to be called after the order of Aaron 12 For if the Priesthode be changed then of necessitie must there be a change of the Law 13 For he of whome these things are spoken perteineth vnto another tribe whereof no man serued at the altar 14 For it is euident that our Lord sprong out of Iuda concernyng the whiche tribe Moses spake nothyng touchyng the Priesthode 15 And it is yet a more euident thyng because that after the similitude of Melchi-sedec there is risen vp another Priest 16 Which is not made Priest after the Law of the carnal commandement but after the power of the endles life 17 For he testifieth thus * Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 18 For the commandement that went afore is disanulled because of the weakenes thereof and vnprofitablenes 19 For the Law made nothing perfite but the bringing in of a better hope made perfite whereby we drawe nere vnto God 20 And forasmuche as it is not wythout an othe for these are made Priests wythout an othe 21 But this he is made with an othe by hym that said vnto him * The Lord hath sworne ād will not repent Thou art a Priest for euer after the order of Melchi-sedec 22 By so muche is Iesus made a suretie of a better Testament 23 And amonge them many were made Prists because they were not suffred to endure by the reason of death 24 But this man because he endureth euer hathe an euerlasting Priesthode 25 Wherefore he is able also perfitely to saue them that come vnto God by hym seyng he euer liueth to make intercession for them 26 For suche an hye Priest it became vs to haue whiche is holie harmeles vndefiled separate frome sinnes and made hier then the heauen 27 Which neded not daily as those hie Priests to offer vp sacrifice * first for hys owne sinnes and then for the peoples for that did he once when he offred vp him self 28 For the Law maketh men hie Priests which haue infirmitie but the worde of the othe that was since the Law maketh the Sonne who is consecrated for euermore CHAP. VIII 6 He proueth the abolishing aswel of the Leuitical Priest hode as of the olde Couenant by the spiritual and euerla 〈◊〉 Priesthode of Christ 8 And by the new Couenant 1 NOw of the things which we haue spoken this is the summe that we haue su che an hie Priest that sitteth at the righthand of the throne of the maiestie in heauens 2 And is a minister of the Sanctuarie and of the true Tabernacle which the Lord pight and not man 3 For euerie hie Priest is ordeined to offer bothe giftes and sacrifices wherefore it was of necessitie that this man shulde haue some what also to offer 4 For he were not a Priest if he were on the earth seing there are Priests that according to the Law offer giftes 5 Who serue vnto the paterne and shadowe of heauenlie things as Moses was warned by God when he was about to finish the Tabernacle * Se said he that thou make all things according to the paterne shewed to thee in the mount 6 But now our hie Priest hathe obteined a more excellent office in asmuche as he is the Mediatour of a bettter Testament which is established vpon better promises 7 For if that first Testament had bene fauteles no place shulde haue bene soght for the seconde 8 For in rebuking them he saith * Beholde the dayes wil come saith the Lord when I shal make with the house of Israel and with the house of Iuda a new Testament 9 Not like the Testament that I made with their fathers in the day that I toke them by the hand to leade them out of the land of Egypt for they continued not in my Testament and I regarded thē not saith the Lord. 10 For this is the Testament that I wil make with the house of Israel After those dayes saith the Lord I wil put my lawes in their min de and in their heart I wil write them I wil be their God and they shal be my people 11 And they shal not teache euerie man his neighbour euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for all shall knowe me frō the least of them to the greatest of them 12 For I wil be merciful to their vnrighteousnes and I wil remember their sinnes ād their iniquities no more 13 In that he saith a newe Testament he hathe abrogate the olde now that which is disanulled and vaxed olde is readie to vanish away CHAP. IX 1 How that the Ceremonies and sacrifices of the Lawe are abolished 11 By the eternitie and perfection of Christs sacrifice 1 THen the first Testament had also ordinances of religion and a worldlie San ctuarie 2 For the first * Tabernacle was made wher in was the candlesticke the table and the shew bread which Tabernacle is called the Holie places 3 And after the seconde vaile was the Taber nacle which is called the Holiest of all 4 Which had the golden senser and the Arke of the Testament ouerlaide rounde about with gold wherein the golden pot which had manna was and* Aarons redde that had bud ded the * tables of the Testament 5 * And ouer the Arke were the glorious Che rubims shadowing the mercie seat of which things we wil not now speake particularly 6 Now when these things were thus ordeined the Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle and accomplished the seruice 7 But into the second went the * hie Priest alone once euerie yere not without blood which he offered for him self and for the ignorances of the people 8 Whereby the holie Gost this signified that the way into the Holiest of all was not yet opened while as yet the first
shal pronounce with an othe and it be hid frō him after knoweth that he hathe offēded in one of these points 5 Whē he hathe sinned in anie of these things then he shal confesse that he hathe sinned therein 6 Therefore shal he bring his trespasse offring vnto the Lord for his sinne which he hathe committed euen a female from the flocke be it a lābe or a she goat for a sinne offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for him concerning his sinne 7 But if he be not able to bring a shepe he shal bring for his trespasse which he hathe committed two turtle doues or two yong pigeōs vnto the Lord one for a sinne offring and the other for a burnt offring 8 So he shal bring them vnto the Priest who shal offer the sinne offring first and * wring the necke of it a sundre but not plucke it cleane of 9 After he shal sprinkle of the blood of the sinne offring vpon the side of the altar and the rest of the blood shal be shed at the fote of the altar for it is a sinne offring 10 Also he shal offer the seconde for a burnt offring as the maner is so shal the Priest make an atonement for him for his sinne which he hathe committed and it shal be forgiuen him 11 ¶ But if he * be not able to bring two turtle doues or two yong pigeons then he that ha the sinned shal bring for his offring the tēth parte of an Epháh of fine floure for a sinne offring he shal put none oyle thereto nether put anie incense thereon for it is a sinne ne offring 12 Then shal he bring it to the Priest and the Priest shal take his handeful of it for the * remembrance thereof and burne it vpon the altar * with the offrings of the Lord made by fire for it is a sinne offring 13 So the Priest shal make an atonement for him as touching his sinne that he hathe cōmitted in one of these points and it shal be forgiuen him and the remnant shal be the Priests as the meat offring 14 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 15 If anie persone transgresse sinne through ignorance by taking awaie things consecrated vnto the Lord he shal then bring for his trespasse offring vnto the Lord a rā without blemish out of the flocke worthe two shekels of siluer by thy estimation after the shekel of the Sanctuarie for a trespasse offring 16 So he shal restore that wherein he hathe offended in taking awaie of the holy thing and shal put the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto the Priest so the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him with the ram of the tres passe offring and it shal be forgiuen him 17 ¶ Also if anie sinne and * do against anie of the commandements of the Lord which ought not to be done and knowe not and sinne and beare his iniquitie 18 Then shal he bring a ram without blemish out of the flocke in thy estimation worth * two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest and the Priest shal make an atonemēt for him cōcerning his ignorance wherein he erred and was not ware so it shal be forgiuen him 19 This is the trespasse offring for the trespasse committed against the Lord CHAP. VI. 6 The offring for sinnes which are done willingly 9 The lawe of the burnt offrings 13 The fire must abide euermore vpon the altar 14 The lawe of the meat offring 20. The offrings of Aarón and his sonnes 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 If anie sinne cōmit a trespasse against the Lord denie vnto his neighbour that which was takē him to kepe or that which was put to him of trust or doeth by robberie or by violēce oppresse his neighbour 3 Or hathe found that which was lost and denieth it and sweareth falsely * for anie of these things that a man doeth wherein he sinneth 4 When I say he thus sinneth and trespasseth he shal then restore the robbery that he rob bed or the thing taken by violence which he toke by force or the thing which was deliuered him to kepe or the lost thing which he founde 5 Or for whatsoeuer he hathe sworne falsely he shal bothe restore it in the whole * summe and shal adde the fift parte more thereto and giue it vnto him to whome it perteineth the same day that he offreth for his trespasse 6 Also he shal bring for his trespasse vnto the Lord a ram without blemish out of the * flocke in thy estimatiō worthe two shekels for a trespasse offring vnto the Priest 7 And the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord and it shal be forgiuen him whatsoeuer thing he hathe done and trespassed therein 8 ¶ Then the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 9 Commande Aarón and his sonnes saying This is the lawe of the burnt offring it is the burnt offring because it burneth vpon the altar all the night vnto the morning and the fire burneth on the altar 10 And the Priest shal put on his linnen garment and shal put on his linnen breches vpon his flesh and take away the ashes when the fire hathe consumed the burnt offring vpon the altar and he shal put them beside the altar 11 After he shal put of his garments and put on other raiment and cary the ashes forthe without the hoste vnto a cleane place 12 But the fire vpō the altar shal burne thereō and neuer be put out wherefore the Priest shal burne wood on it euerie morning lay the burnt offring in ordre vpon it he shal burne thereon the fat of the peace offrings 13 The fire shal euer burne vpon the altar and neuer go out 14 ¶ * Also this is the lawe of the meat offring which Aarons sonnes shal offer in the presence of the Lord before the altar 15 He shal euen take thence his handful of fine floure of the meat offring and of the oyle and all the incens which is vpon the meat offring and shalt burne it vpon the altar for a swete sauour as a * memorial therefore vnto the Lord 16 But the rest thereof shal Aarōn and his sonnes eat it shal be eaten without leauen in the holy place in the courte of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion they shal eat it 17 It shal not be baken with leauen I haue gi uen it for their porcion of mine offrings ma de by fire for it is as the sinne offring and as the trespasse offring 18 All the males among the children of Aarōn shal eat of it It shal be a statute for euer in your generacions concerning the offrings of the Lord made by fire * whatsoeuer tou cheth them shal be holy 19 ¶ Againe the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying
forget the Law and change all the ordinances 52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings shulde suffer death 53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes set ouer seers ouer all the people forto compell thē to do these things 54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice citie by citie 55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes euery one that forsoke the Law and so they committed euil in the land 56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour 57 The fiftenth day of Casleu in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side 58 And before the dores of the houses and in the stretes they burnt incense 59 And the bokes of the Law which they founde they burnt in the fyre and cutte in pieces 60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law the Kings commandement was that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie 61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities 62 And in the fiue twentieth day of the moneth they did sacrifice vpon the altar which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices 63 And according to the commādement they put certeine womē to death which had caused their children to be circumcised 64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes they spoiled their houses slewe the circumcisers of them 65 Yet were there many in Israél which were of courage and determined in them selues that they wolde not eat vncleane things 66 But chose rather to suffer death then to be defiled with those meats so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant they were put to death 67 And this tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of 〈◊〉 CHAP. II. 1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles 24 The zeale of 〈◊〉 for the Law of God 〈◊〉 They are 〈◊〉 and wil not sight againe because of the 〈◊〉 day 49 Mattathias dying 〈◊〉 his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God after the example of the fathers 1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias the Priest the sonne of Ioannes the sonne of Simeon of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem and dwelt in Modin 2 And he had fiue sonnes Ioanan called Gaddis 3 Simon called Thassi 4 〈◊〉 which was called Maccabeus 5 Eleazar called Abaron and Ionathā whose name was Apphus 6 Now he sawe the blasphemies which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém 7 And he said Wo is me wherefore was I bor ne to se this destruction of my people and the destruction of the holy citie and thus to sit 〈◊〉 is deliuered into the hands of the enemies 8 And the Sanctuarie is in the hands of stran gers her Temple is as a man that hathe no re 〈◊〉 9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie her infants are slayne in the stretes and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies 10 What people is it that hathe not some possession in her kingdome or hathe not 〈◊〉 of her spoyles 11 All her glorie is taken away of a fre woman she is become an handmaid 12 Beholde our Sanctuarie and our beautie honor is desolate and the Gentiles haue defiled it 13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer 14 And Mattathias rent his clothes he ād his sonnes and put sacke cloth vpon them and mourned verie sore 15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God and to sacrifice 16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together 17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias Thou art the chief and an honorable man and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren 18 Come thou therefore first and fulfil the Kings commandement as all the heathen haue done and also the men of Iuda and suche as remaine at Ierusalem so shalt thou thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shal be enriched with siluer and golde and with manie rewards 19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion obey him and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers and consent to his commandemēts 20 Yet wil I and my sonnes and my brethren walke in the couenant of our fathers 21 God be merciful vnto vs that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances 22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion nether on the right side nor on the left 23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des there came one of the Iewes in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin according to the Kings commande ment 24 Now when Mattathias sawe it he was so in flamed with zeale that his raines shoke and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance of the Law therefore he ran vnto him and killed him by the altar 25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner that compelled him to do sacrifice and destroied the altar 26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God * doing as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom. 27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie saying Who soeuer is zealous of the Law and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me 28 So he and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes and left all that thei had in the citie 29 Then manie that soght after iustice and iudgement 30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there bothe they and their children and their wiues and their cattel for the afflictiō in creased sore vpon them 31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants and to the garisons which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid that mē had broken the Kings commādement and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes 32 Then many pursued after them and hauing ouer taken them thei camped against them and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day 33 And said vnto them Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King and ye shalliue 34 But they answered We wil not go forthe nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day 35 Then they gaue them the battel 36 But the other answered them nothing nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places 37 But said We wil dye
had commanded Mosés 20 ¶ And he toke and put the Testimonie in the Arke and put the barres in the rings of the Arke and set the Merciseat on hie vpon the Arke 21 He broght also the Arke into the Tabernacle and hanged vp the * coueryng vaile and couered the Arke of the Testimonie as the Lord had commanded Mosés 22 ¶ Furthermore he put the Table in the Tanacle of the Congregacion in the Northside of the Tabernacle without the vaile 23 And set the bread in ordre before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Mosés 24 ¶ Also he put the Candelsticke in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion ouer against the Table towarde the Southside of the Tabernacle 25 And he lighted the lampes before the Lord as the Lord had commanded Moses 26 ¶ Moreouer he set the golden Altar in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the vaile 27 And burnt swete incense thereon as the Lord had commanded Mosés 28 ¶ Also he hanged vp the vaile at the dore of the Tabernacle 29 After he set the burnt offryng Altar without the dore of the Tabernacle called the Tabernacle of the Congregacion offred the burnt offring and the sacrifice thereon as the Lord had commanded Mosés 30 ¶ Likewise he set thē Lauer betwene the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the Altar and powred water therein to wash with 31 So Mosés and Aarôn and his sonnes washed their hands and their fete thereat 32 When thei went into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and when they approched to the Altar they washed as the Lorde had commanded Mosés 33 Finally he reared vp the court round about the Tabernacle and the Altar and hāged vp the vaile at the court gate so Mosés finished the worke 34 ¶ * Then the cloude couered the Taberna cle of the Congregacion and the glorie of the Lord filled the Tabernacle 35 So Mosés colde not entre into the Tabernacle of the Congregacion because the cloude abode thereon and the glorie of the Lord filled the Tabernacle 36 Now when the cloude ascended vp frome the Tabernacle the children of Israél went forwarde in all their iourneis 37 But if the cloude ascended not then they iourneied not til the day that it ascended 38 For the cloude of the Lorde was vpō the Tabernacle by day fire was in it by night in the sight of al the house of Israél through out all their iorneies THE THIRD BOKE OF Mosés called Leuiticus THE ARGVMENT AS God daily by moste singular benefites declared him selfe to be min deful of his Church so he wolde not that they shulde haue anie occasion to trust ether in them selues or to depend vpon others for lacke of temporal things or ought that belonged to his diuine seruice and religion Therefore he ordeined diuers kindes of oblations and sacrifices to assure them of forgiuenes of their offenses if they offred them in true faith and obedience Also he appointed their Priests and Leuites their apparel offices conuersation and portion he shewed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shulde obserue in what times Moreouer he declared by these sacrifices ād ceremonies that the 〈◊〉 of sinne is death that without the blood of Christ the innocent Lābe there can be no forgiuenes of sinnes And because they shulde giue no place to their owne inuentions which thing God moste detesteth as appeareth by the terrible exāple of Nadáb Abihū he prescribed euen to the least things what they shulde do as what beastes they shulde offre eat what diseases were contagious and to be auoyded what ordre they shulde take foral maner of 〈◊〉 and pollution whose companie they shulde 〈◊〉 what mariages were 〈◊〉 and what 〈◊〉 lawes were profitable whiche things declared he promised fauour and blessing to them that kept his Lawes and threatened his curse to them that 〈◊〉 them CHAP. I. 2 Of burnt offrings for particular persons 〈◊〉 10. 14 The maner to offre burnt offringes aswell of bullokes as of shepe and birdes 1 NOw the Lord called Mosés spake vnto him out of the Tabernacle of the Cōgregaciō saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél thou shalt say vnto thē If anie of you offer a sacrifice vnto the Lorde ye shall offer you sacrifice of cattel as of beues and of the shepe 3 * If his sacrifice be a burnt offring of the herde he shal offer a male without blemish presenting him of his owne voluntary wil at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congre gacion before the Lord. 4 And he shal put his hand vpon the head of the burnt offring and it shal be accepted to the Lord to be his atonement 5 And he shall kill the bullocke before the Lord the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal offer the blood and shall sprinkle it round about vpō the altar that is by the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 6 Then shall he fley the burnt 〈◊〉 and cut it in pieces 7 So the sonnes of Aarón the Priest shall put fire vpō the altar and lay the wood in ordre vpon the fire 8 Then the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal lay the partes in ordre the head the kall vpō the wood that is in the fire which is vpō the altar 9 But the in wardes thereof the legs therof he shal wash in water the Priest shal burne all on the altar for it is a burnt offryng an oblation made by fire a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 10 ¶ And if his sacrifice for the burnt offrīg be as of the flockes as of the shepe or of the goates he shal offer a male without blemish 11 And he shal kil it on the Northside of the altar before the Lord and the Priestes Aarons sonnes shal sprinkle the blood thereof round about vpon the Altar 12 And he shall cut it in pieces separatyng his head and his kall and the Priest shall lay them in ordre vpon the wood that lieth in the fire which is on the altar 13 But he shal wash the in wardes and the legs with water the Priest shal offer the whole and burne it vpon the altar for it is a burnt offring an oblation made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 14 ¶ And if his sacrifice be a burnt offring to the Lord of the foules thē he shal offer his sa crifice of the turtle doues or of the yong pigeons 15 And the Priest shal bring it vnto the altar wring the necke of it a sunder and burne it on the altar and the blood there of shal be shed vpon the side of the altar 16 And he shall plucke out his mawe with his fethers and cast them beside the altar on the East part in the place of the ashes 17 And he shall cleaue it with his wings but not deuide it a sundre the Priest shal burne it vpon the altar
vppon the earth 47 That there maye be a difference betwene the vncleane and cleane and betwene the beast that may be eaten and the beast that ought not to be eaten CHAP. XII 2 A lawe howe women shulde be purged after theyr deliuerance 1 ANd the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say When a womā hathe broght forthe sede and borne a manchilde she shall be vncleane seuen dayes like as she is vncleane when she is put a parte for her * disease 3 * And in the eyght day the foreskin of the childes flesh shal be circumcised 4 And she shall continue in the bloode of her purifiyng thre and thirty dayes she shall touche no halowed thyng nor come in to the Sanctuarie vntill the tyme of her purifiyng be out 5 But if she beare a mayde chylde then she shal be vncleane two wekes as when she hathe her disease and she shall continue in the blood of her purifiyng thre score and six dayes 6 Nowe when the dayes of her purifiyng are out whether it be for a sonne or for a daughter she shal bryng to the Priest a lambe of one yere olde for a burnt offrynge and a yonge pigeon or a turtle doue for a sin offryng vnto the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 7 Who shal offer it before the Lord and make an atonement for her so she shal be purged of the issue of her blood this is the lawe for her that hathe borne a male or female 8 But if she be not able to bring a lambe she shal bring two * turties or two yong pigeōs the one for a burnt offryng and the other for a sin offring and the Priest shal make an atonement for her so she shal be cleane CHAP. XIII 2 What considerations the Priest ought to obserue in iudging the Ieprosie 29 The blacke spot or skab 47 and the leprie of the garment 1 MOreouer the Lorde spake vnto Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 The man that shall haue in the skin of hys fleshe a swellyng or a skab or a white spot so that in the skin of his flesh it be like the plague of leprosie then he shal be broght vnto Aarón the Priest or vnto one of his son nes the Priests 3 And the Priest shall loke on the sore in the skin of his fleshe if the heere in the sore be turned into white and the sore seme to be lower then the skin of his flesh it is a plague of leprosie therefore the Priest shalloke on him and pronounce him vncleane 4 But if the white spot be in the skyn of hys fleshe and seme not to be lower then the skin nor the heere thereof be turned vnto white then the Priest shal shut vp hym that hathe the plague seuen dayes 5 After the Priest shall loke vpon hym the seuenth daye and if the plague seme to hym to abide still and the plague growe not in the skin the Priest shal shut him vp yet seuen dayes more 6 Then the Priest shal loke on him againe the seuenth daye and if the plague be darcke and the sore growe not in the skin then the Priest shal pronounce him cleane for it is ask ab therefore he shall washe his clothes and be cleane 7 But if the skab growe more in the skin after that he is sene of the Priest for to be purged he shal be sene of the Priest yet againe 8 Then the Priest shal cōsider and if the skab growe in the skin then the Priest shall pronounce him vncleane for it is leprosie 9 ¶ When the plague of leprosie is in a man he shal be broght vnto the Priest 10 And the Priest shall se hym and if the swel ling be white in the skin and haue made the heere white and there be rawe fleshe in the swelling 11 It is an olde leprosie in the skin of his flesh and the Priest shal pronounce him vncleane and shall not shut him vp for he is vncleane 12 Also if the leprosie breake out in the skin and the leprosie couer all the skin of the pla gue from hys head euen to his fete wheresoeuer the Priest loketh 13 Then the Priest shall consider and if the leprosie couer all his flesh he shal pronounce the plague to be cleane because it is al turned into whitenes so he shal be cleane 14 But if there be rawe flesh on him when he is sene he shal be vncleane 15 For the Priest shall se the rawe flesh and declare him to be vncleane for the rawe flesh is vncleane therefore it is the leprosie 16 Or if the rawe fleshe change and be turned into white then he shal come to the Priest 17 And the Priest shall beholde hym and if the sore be changed into white then the Priest shall pronounce the plague cleane for it is cleane 18 ¶ The fleshe also in whose skin there is a bile and is healed 19 And in the place of the bile there be a white swellyng or a white spot some what reddish it shal be sene of the Priest 20 And when the Priest seeth it if it appeare lower then the skin and the heere thereof be changed into white the Priest then shall pronounce him vncleane for it is a plague of leprosie broken out in the bile 21 But if the Priest loke on it and there be no white heere 's therein and if it be not lower then the skin but be darcker thē the Priest shal shut him vp seuen dayes 22 And if it spread abroade in the 〈◊〉 the Priest shall pronounce him vncleane for it is a sore 23 But if the spot continue in hys place and growe not it is a burning bile therefore the Priest shal declare him to be cleane 24 ¶ If there be anie flesh in whose skin there is an hote burnyng and the quicke fleshe of the burnyng haue a white spot some what reddishe or pale 25 Then the Priest shalloke vpon it and if the the heere in that spot be chāged into white and it appeare lower then the skin it is a leprosie broken out in the burning therefore the Priest shal pronoūce him vncleane for it is the plague of leprosie 26 But if the Priest loke on it and there be no white heere in the spot and be no lower thē the other skin but be darcker then the Priest shal shut him vp seuen dayes 27 After the Priest shall loke on hym the seuenth daye if it be growen abroade in the skinne then the Priest shal pronounce hym vncleane for it is the plague of leprosie 28 And if the spot abide in his place not grow ing in the skin but is darcke it is a rising of the burnyng the Priest shall therefore declare hym cleane for it is the drying vp of the burnyng 29 ¶ If also a man or woman hathe
his 〈◊〉 browes euen all his heere shal he shawe and shal wash his clothes and shal wash his flesh in water so he shal be cleane 10 Then in the eight day he shal take two he lambes without blemish and an ewe lambe of an yere olde without blemish and thre tenth deales of fine floure for a meat offring mingled with oyle and a pinte of oyle 11 And the Priest that maketh him cleane shal bring the man which is to be made cleane ād those things before the Lord at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 12 Then the Priest shal take one lambe and offer him for a trespasse offring and the pinte of oyle and * shake them to and fro before the Lord. 13 And he shal kil the lambe in the place where the sinne offring and the burnt offring are slaine euen in the holy place for as the * offring is the Priests so is the trespasse offring for it is moste holy 14 So the Priest shal take of the blood of the trespasse offring and put it vpon the lap of the right eare of him that shal be clensed and vpon the thumbe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his right fote 15 The Priest shal also take of the pinte of oyle and powre it into the palme of his left hand 16 And the Priest shal dip his right finger in the oyle that is in his left hand and sprinkle of the oyle with his finger seuē times before the Lord. 17 And of the rest of the oyle that is in his hād shal the Priest put vpon the lap of the right eare of him that is to be clensed and vpon the thumbe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his right fote where the blood of the tres pas offring was put 18 But the remnant of the oyle that is in the Priestes hand he shal powre vpon the head of him that is to be clensed so the Priest shal make an atonement for him before the Lord. 19 And the Priest shal offer the sin offring and make an at onement for him that is to be clen sed of his vnclennes then after shall he kil the burnt offring 20 So the Priestshal offer the burnt offring and the meat offring vpó the altar and the Priest shal make an atonement for him so he shal be cleane 21 ¶ But if he be poore and notable then he shal bring one lambe for a trespas offring to be shaken 〈◊〉 his reconciliation ag tenth deale of fine floure mingled with oyle for a meat offring with a pinte of oyle 22 Also two turtle doues or two yong pigeons as he is able whereof the one shal be a sin offring and the other a burnt offring 23 And he shal bring them the eight day for his clensing vnto the Priest at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion before the Lord. 24 Then the Priest shal take the lambe of the trespas offring and the pinte of 〈◊〉 and the Priest shal shake them to and fro before the Lord. 25 And he shal kil the lambe of the trespas offring and the Priest shal take of the blood of the trespas offring and put it vpon the lap of his right eare that is to be clensed and vpon the thumbe of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his right fote 26 Also the Priest shal powre of the oyle into the palme of his owne left hand 27 So the Priest shal with his right finger sprin kle of the oyle that is in his left hand seuen times before the Lord. 28 Then the Priest shal put of the oyle that is in his hand vpon the lap of the right eare of him that is to be clensed and vpon the thum be of his right hand and vpon the great toe of his right fote vpō the place of the blood of the trespas offring 29 But the rest of the oyle that is in the Priests hand he shal put vpon the head of him that is to be clensed to make an atonement for him before the Lord. 30 Also he shal present one of the turtle doues or of the yong pigeons as he is able 31 Suche I say as he is able the one for a sin offring and the other for a burnt offring with the meat offring so the Priest shal make an atonement for him that is to be clensed before the Lord. 32 This is the lawe of hym whiche hathe the plague of leprosie who is not able in hys clensing to offre the whole 33 ¶ The Lorde also spake vnto Mosés and to Aarôn saying 34 When ye be come vnto the land of Canáan which I giue you in possession if I send the plague of leprosie in an house of the land of your possession 35 Then he that oweth the house shall come land tel the Priest saying Me thinke there is like a plague of leprosie in the house 36 Then the Priest shall commande them to empty the house before the Priest go into it to se the plague that all that is in the house be not made vncleane then shal the Priest go in to se the house 37 And he shall marke the plague and if the plague be in the walles of the house that there be depe spots grenish orreddishe which seme to belower then the wall 38 Then the Priest shall go out of the house to the dore of the house and shal cause to shut vp the house seuen daies 39 So the Priest shall come againe the seuenth day and if he se that the plague be increased in the walles of the house 40 Then the Priest shall commande them to take away the 〈◊〉 wherein the plague is and they shall cast them into a foule place without the citie 41 Also he shall cause to scrape the house within round about powre the dust that they haue pared of without the citie in an vncleane place 42 And they shal take other stones put thē in the places of those stones and shall take other mortar to plaister the house with 43 But if the plague come againe and breake out in the house after that he hathe taken away the stones and after that he hath scraped and plaistred the house 44 Then the Priest shall come and see and if the plague growe in the house it is a freating leprosie in the house it is therefore vncleane 45 And he shall breake downe the house with the stones of it and the timber there of and all the mortar of the house and he shall carie them out of the citie vnto an vncleane place 46 More ouer he that goeth into the house all the while that it is shut vp he shal be vncleane vntil the euen 47 He also that slepeth in the house shal wash his clothes he likewise that eateth in the house shal wash his clothes 48 But if the Priest
before you the land is defiled 28 And shall not the land spue you out if ye defile it as it spued out the people that were before you 29 For whosoeuer shall commit anie of these abominacions the persones that do so shal be cut of from among their people 30 Therefore shall ye kepe mine ordinances that ye do not anie of the abominable customes which haue bene done before you and that ye defile not your selues therein for I am the Lord your God CHAP. XIX 1 A repeticion of sondrie lawes and ordinances 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto al the Cōgregacion of the children of Israél say vnto thē * Ye shal be holy for I the Lord your God am holy 3 ¶ Ye shall feare euerie man is mother his father and shall kepe my Sabbaths for I am the Lord your God 4 ¶ Ye shall not turne vnto idoles nor make you molten gods I am the Lord your God 5 ¶ And when ye shal offer a peace offring vn to the Lord ye shal offer it frely 6 * It shal be eaten the day ye offer it or on the morowe and that whiche remaineth vntill the third day shal be burnt in the fire 7 For if it be eaten the third day it shal be vncleane it shal not be accepted 8 Therefore he that eateth it shall beare his iniquitie because he hathe defiled the halowed thing of the Lorde and that persone shal be cut of from his people 9 ¶ * When ye reape the haruest of your land ye shal not reape euerie corner of your field nether shalt thou gather the glainyngs of thy haruest 10 Thou shalt not gather the grapes of thy vineyarde 〈◊〉 nether gather euery grape of thy vineyarde but thou shalt leaue them for the poore for the stranger I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ Ye shal not steale nether deale falsely netherlie one to another 12 ¶ * Also ye shal not sweare by my Name falsely nether shalt thou defile the Name of thy God I am the Lord. 13 ¶ Thou shalt not do thy neighbour wrong nether robbe him * The worckemans hire shal not abide with thee vntil the morning 14 ¶ Thou shalt not curse the deafe * nether put a stumbling blocke before the blinde but shalt feare thy God I am the Lord. 15 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustely ī iudgemēt * thou shalt not fauour the persone of the poore nor honour the persone of the mighty but thou shalt iudge thy neighbour iustly 16 ¶ Thou shalt not walke about withtalcs among thy people Thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am the Lord. 17 ¶ Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thi ne heart but thou shalt plainely rebukc thy neighbour suffre him not to sinne 18 ¶ Thou shalt not auenge nor be mindeful of wrong against the childrē of thy peo ple. * but shalt louc thy neighbour as thy selfe I am the Lord. 19 ¶ Ye shal kepe mine ordinances Thou shalt not let thy cattel gendre with others of diuers kīdes Thou shalt not sowe thy field with mingled sede nether shal a garment of diuers things as of linen and wollen come vpon thee 20 ¶ Whosoeuer also lieth medleth with a woman that is abonde maid affianced to a housbād not redemed nor fredome giuē her she shal be scourged but they shal not dye because she is not made fre 21 And he shal bring for his trespas offring vnto the Lord at the dore of the Taberna cle of the Congregation a ram for a trespas offring 22 Then the Priest shal make an atonement for him with the rā of the trespas offring before the Lord concerning his sinne which he hath done pardō shal be giuen him for his sinne which he hathe cōmitted 23 ¶ Also when ye shal come into the land and haue planted eucrie tre for meat ye shal counte the frute thereof as vncircumcised thre yere shal it be vncircumcised vnto you it shal not be eaten 24 But in the fourth yere all the frute there of shal be holy to the praise of the Lord. 25 And in the fift yere shal ye eat of the frute of it that it may yelde to youthe encrease there of I am the Lord your God 26 ¶ Ye shal not eat the flesh with the blood ye shal not vse which craft nor obserue times 27 * Ye shal not cut round the corners of your heades nether shalt thou marre the tuftes of thy beard 28 * Ye shal not cut your flesh for the dead nor make anie printe of a marke vpon you I am the Lord. 29 ¶ Thou shalt not make thy daughter commen to cause her to be a whore lest the land also fall to whoredome and the land be ful of wickednes 30 ¶ Ye shal kepe my Sabbaths and reueren ce my Sanctuarie 〈◊〉 the Lord. 31 ¶ Ye shal not regarde them that worke with spirits * nether sothesaiers ye shal not seke to them to be defiled by them I am the Lord your God 32 ¶ Thou shalt rise vp before the horehed and honour the persone of the olde man and dread thy God I am the Lord. 33 ¶ And if a stranger soiourne with thee in your land ye shal not vexe him 34 * But the stranger that dwelleth with you shal be as one of your selues thou shal loue him as thy selfe for ye were strāgers in the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 35 ¶ Ye shal not do vniustly in iudgement in line in weight or in measure 36 * You shal haue iuste balances true weigh tes a true Ephah a true Hin I am the Lord your God which haue broght you out of the land of Egypt 37 Therefore shal ye obserue all mine ordinances and all my iudgements and do them I am the Lord. CHAP. XX. 2 They that giue of their sedeto Molech must dye 6. They that haue recours to sorcerers 19 The man that committeth adulterie 11 Incest or fornication with the kinred or affinitie 24 Israel a peculiar people to the Lord. 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Thou shalt say also to the children of Israel * Whosoeuer he be of the children of Israel or of the strangers that dwel in Israél that giueth his children vnto Molech he shal dye the death the people of the land shal stone him to death 3 And I wil set my face against that man cut him of from among his people because he hath giuen his children vnto Mō lech for to defile my Sāctuarie and to pol lute mine holy Name 4 And if the people of the landhide their eyes winke at that mā when he giueth his children vnto Mólech kil him
on the fiftenth daye of this moneth shal be the feast* of vnleauened breade vnto the Lord seuen daies ye shal eat vnleauened bread 7 In the first day ye shal haue an holy cōuocaciō ye shal do no seruile work therin 8 Also ye shal offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord seuen daies and in the seuenth day shal be an holy conuocaciō ye shal do no seruile worke therein 9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye be come into the land which I giue vnto you reape the haruest therof thē ye shal bring a sheafe of the first frutes of your haruest vnto the Priest 11 And he shall shake the sheafe before the Lorde that it maye be acceptable for you the 〈◊〉 after the Sabbath the Priest shal shake it 12 And that day whē ye shake the sheafe shall ye prepare a lambe without blemish of a yere olde for a burnt offrīg vnto the lord 13 And the meat offring therof shal be two tenth deales of fine floure mingled with oyle for a sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord of swete sauour the drink offring theros the fourth part of an Hin of wine 14 And ye shal eat nether bread nor parched corne 〈◊〉 grene eares vntil the self same day that ye haue broght an offring vnto your God this shal be a lawe for euer in your generaciōs in all your dwellings 15 Ye shal count also to you frō the morow after the Sabbath euē frō the day that ye shall brings the sheafe of the shake offring seuē Sabbaths thei shal be cōplete 16 Vnto the morow after the seuenth Sabbath shal ye nōbre fifty daies then ye shal bring a new meat offring vnto the Lord. 17 Ye shall brynge out of your habitacions breade for the shake offring thei shal be two loaues of two tenth deales of 〈◊〉 floure which shal be baken with leauen for first frutes vnto the Lord. 18 Also ye shal offer with the bread seuen lābes with out blemish of one yere olde and a yong bullocke and two rams they shall be for a burnt offring vnto the Lord with their meat offrings and their drinke offringes for a sacrifice made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 19 Then ye shal prepare an he goat for a sin offring and two lambes of one yere olde for peace offrings 20 And the Priest shal shake them to and fro with the bread of the firste frutes before the Lord with the two lābes thei shal be holy to the Lord for the Priest 21 So ye shal proclame the same day that it may be an holy conuocacion vnto you ye shal do no seruile worke therein it shal be an ordinance for euer in al your dwellings throughout your generacions 22 ¶ * And whē you reape the haruest of your lād thou shalt not rid cleane the corners of thy field whē thou reapest nether shalt thou make any after gathering of thi har uest but shalt leaue thē vnto the poore to the strāger I am the Lord your God 23 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 24 Speake vnto the children of Israél say In the seuenth moneth and in the firste daye of the moneth shall ye haue a Sabbath for the remembrance of blowing the trompets an holy conuocacion 25 Ye shal do no seruile worke therin but offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord. 26 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 27 The * tenth also of this seuenth moneth shal be a day of recōciliation it shal be an holy conuocacion vnto you and ye shall hūble your soules offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord. 28 And ye shal do no work that same day for it is a day of reconciliacion to make an atonement for you before the Lord your God 29 For euerie persone that humbleth not him selfe that same day shal euen be cut of from his people 30 And euerie persone that shal do anie work that same day the same persone also will I destroye from among his people 31 Ye shal do no maner worke therefore this shal be a lawe for euer in your generacions throughout all your dwellings 32 This shal be vnto you a Sabbath of rest and ye shal hūble your soules in the ninth day of the moneth at euen from o euen to euen shall ye celebrate your Sabbath 33 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 34 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say * In the fiftenth day of this seuenth moneth shal be for seuen daies the feast of Tabernacles vnto the Lord. 35 In the first day shal be an holy conuocaciō ye shal do no seruile worke therein 36 Seuen daies ye shal offer* sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lorde and in the eight daye shal be an holy conuocacion vnto you and ye shal offer sacrifices made by fire vnto the Lord it is the solemne assemblie ye shall do no seruile worke therein 37 These are the feastes of the Lord which ye shall call holy conuocacions to offer sacrifice made by fire vnto the Lord as burnt offring and meat offring sacrifice and drinke offrings euerie one vpon his day 38 Beside the Sabbaths of the Lord and beside your giftes and beside all your vowes and beside all your fre offrings whiche ye shall giue vnto the Lord. 39 But in the fiftienth day of the seuenth moneth when ye haue gathered in the frute of the land ye shall kepe an holy feast vnto the Lord seuen daies in the first day shal be a Sabbath likewise in the eight day shal be a Sabbath 40 And ye shall take you in the first daye the frute of goodlie trees branches of palme trees and the boughes of thicke trees and willowes of the broke and shal reioyce before the Lord your God seuen daies 41 So ye shall kepe this feast vnto the Lorde seuen daies in the yere by a perpetual ordinance through your generacions in the seuenth moneth shal you kepe it 42 Ye shal dwel in boothes seuē daies al that are Israelites borne shal dwel in boothes 43 That your posteritie maye knowe that I haue made the children of Israél to dwel in boothes when I broght them out of the land of Egypt I am the Lord your God 44 So Mosés declared vnto the children of Israél the feastes of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 2 Theoyle for the lampes 5 The shewebread 14 The blas phemer shal be stoned 〈◊〉 He that killed shal be killed 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 a Commande the childrē of Israél that thei bring vnto thee pure oyle oliue beatē for the light to cause the lampes to burne continually 3 Without the vaile of the Testimonie in the Tabernacle of
thousand six hundreth and thirtie 41 These are the nōbers of the families of the sonnes of Gershon of all that did seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion whom Mosés and Aaron did nomber according to the commandement of the Lord. 42 ¶ The nombers also of the families of the sonnes of Merari by their families and by the houses of their fathers 43 From thirtie yere olde and vpward euen vn to fiftie yere olde all that entre into the assemblie for the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 44 So the nombers of them by their families were thre thousand and two hundreth 45 These are the summes of the families of the sonnes of Merari whome Mosés and Aaron nombred according to the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés 46 So all the nombers of the Leuites whiche Mosés and Aaron and the princes of Israél nombred by their families and by the houses of their fathers 47 From thirtie yere olde and vpwarde euen to fiftie yere old euerie one that came to do his duetie office seruice and charge in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 48 So the nombers of them were eight thousand fiue hundreth and foure score 29 According to the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés did Aarō nōber thē euerie according to his seruice and according to his charge Thus were they of that tribe nōbred as the Lord cōmāded Mosés CHAP. V. 2 The Leprous and the polluted shal be cast forthe 6 The purging of sinne 15 The 〈◊〉 of the suspect wife 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Commande the chyldren of Israél that they * put out of the hoste euerie leper and euerie one that hathe * an issue and whosoeuer is defiled by * the dead 3 Bothe male and female shall ye put out out of the host shall ye put them that they defile not their tentes among whome I dwel 4 And the childrē of Israél did so and put thē out of the hoste euen as the Lord had commanded Mosés so did the children of Israél 5 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 6 Speake vnto the children of Israél * When a man or womā shal commit ame sinne that men commit and trāsgresse against the Lord when that persone shall trespas 7 Then they shall confesse their sinne whiche they haue done and shal restore the domma ge thereof * with his principall and put the fift part of it more thereto ād shal giue it vnto him against whome he hathe trespassed 8 But if the man haue no kinsman to whome he shulde restore the dommage the dommage shal be restored to the Lord for the Priests vse besides the ram of the atonemēt whereby he shall make atonement for him 9 And euerie offring of all the holy thyngs of the children of Israél whiche they bring vnto the Priest shal be * his 10 And euerie mans halowed thyngs shal be his that is whatsoeuer anie mā giueth the Priest it shal be his 11 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 12 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them If anie mans wife turne to euil and commit a trespas against him 13 So that another man lie with her fleshly and it be hid from the eyes of her housband and kept close and yet she be defiled and there be no witnes agaynst her nether she taken with the maner 14 If he be moued with a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife which is defiled or if he haue a ielous minde so that he is ielous ouer his wife whiche is not defiled 15 Then shall the man bryng hys wyfe to the Priest and bryng her offryng with her the tenth parte of an Epháh of barly meale but he shall not powre oyle vpon it nor put incens thereon for it is an offryng of ielousie an offring for a remembrance callynge the sinne to minde 16 And the Priest shall bryng her and set her before the Lord. 17 Then the Priest shal take the holy water in an earthē vessel of the dust that is in the floure of the Tabernacle euen the Priest shal take it and put it into the water 18 After the Priest shall set the women before the Lorde and vncouer the womans head and put the offryng of the memorial in her hand it is the ielousie offring and the Priest shall haue bitter and cursed water in his hand 19 And the Priest shall charge her by an othe and say vnto the woman If no man haue lien with thee nether thou hast turned to vnclēnes from thine housband be fre from this bitter and cursed water 20 But if thou hast turned frō thine housbād and so art defiled some man hath lien with thee beside thine housband 21 Thē the Priest shal charge the womā with an othe of cursing and the Priest shall say vn to the woman The Lord make thee to be accursed and detestable for the othe among thy people and the Lord cause thy thigh to rott and thy belly to swell 22 And that this cursed water maie go into thy bowels to cause thy belly to swell and thy thigh to rott Then the woman shal answer Amen Amen 23 After the Priest shall write these curses in a boke and shall blot them out with the bit ter water 24 And shall cause the woman to drinke the bitter cursed water and the cursed water turned into bitternes shall entre into her 25 Then the Priest shall take the ielousie offring out of the womans hand shall shake the offring before the Lord and offer it vpō the altar 26 And the Priest shall take an handful of the offring for a memoriall thereof and burne it vpon the altar and afterward make the woman drinke the water 27 When he hath made her drinke the water if she be defiled and haue trespassed against her housbād then shal the cursed water tur ned into bitternes entre into her her belly shal swel her thigh shal rott the woman shal be accursed among her people 28 But if the woman be not defiled but be cleane she shal be fre shal cōceiue beare 29 This is the lawe of ielousie when a wif tur neth from her housband and is defiled 30 Or whē a mā is moued with a ielous minde being ielous ouer his wife thē shal he bring the woman before the Lorde and the Priest shal do to her according to all this lawe 31 And the man shal be fre frō sinne but this woman shal beare her iniquitie CHAP. VI. 2 The lawe of the consecration of the Nazarites 24 The maner to blesse the people 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When a man or a woman doeth separate thē selues to vowe a vowe of a
Na zarite to separate him selfe vnto the Lorde 3 He shal absteine from wine strōg drinke and shall drinke no sowre wine nor sowre drinke nor shal drink anie licour of grapes nether shal eat fresh grappes nor dried 4 As long as his 〈◊〉 endureth shall he eat nothing that is made of the wine of the vine nether the kernels nor the huske 5 While he is separate by his vowe the * rasure shall not come vpō his head vntill the dayes be out in the which he separateth him self vnto the Lord he shal be holie shallet the lockes of the heere of his head growe 6 Duryng the time that he separateth hym selfe vnto the Lorde he shall come at no dead body 7 He shal not make him selfe vncleane at the death of his father or mother brother or sister for the consecracion of his God is vpon his head 8 All the dayes of his separacion he shal be holy to the Lord. 9 And if anie dye sodenly by hym or he beware then the head of his consecracion shal be defiled and he shal shaue his head in the day of his clensing in the seuenth day he shal shaue it 10 And in the eight day he shall bryng two turtles or two yong pigeons to the Priest at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 11 Then the Priest shall prepare the one for a sin offring and the othe for a burnt offring and shal make an atonemēt for him because he sinned by the dead so shal he halowe his head the same day 12 And he shall consecrate vnto the Lord the daies of his separacion shal bring alambe of a yere olde for a trespas offring the first dayes shal be voyde for his consecracion was defiled 13 ¶ This thē is the lawe of the Nazarite Whē the time of his consecracion is out he shall come to the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 14 And he shal bring his offring vnto the Lord an he lambe of a yere olde without blemish for a burnt offring and a she lambe of a yere olde with out blemish for a sin offring and a ram without blemish for peace offrings 15 And a basket of vnleauened bread of * cakes of fine floure mingled with oyle and wafers of vnleauened bread anointed with oyle with their meat offring their drinke offrings 16 The which the Priest shall bring before the Lord and make his sin offring and his burnt offring 17 He shal prepare also the ram for a peace offring vnto the Lord with the basket of vnleauened bread and the Priest shal make his meat offring and his drinke offring 18 And * the Nazarite shall shaue the head of his consecracion at the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and shal take the heere of the head of his consecracion and put in the fire whiche is vnder the peace offring 19 Then the Priest shal take the sodē shulder of the ram and an vnleauened cake out of the basket and a wafer vnleauened and put them vpon the hands of the Nazarite after he hath shauen his consecracion 20 And the Priest shall * shake them to and fro before the Lord this is an holy thyng for the Priest besides the shaken breast besides the haue shulder so afterward the Naza rite may drinke wine 21 This is the lawe of Nazarite which he hath vowed and of his offryng vnto the Lorde for his consecracion besides that that he is able to bring according to the vowe which he vowed so shal he do after the lawe of his consecracion 22 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 23 Speake vnto Aarōn and to his sonnes saying Thus shal ye blesse the childrē of 〈◊〉 and say vnto them 24 The Lord blesse thee an kepe thee 25 The Lord make his face shine vpon thee and be merciful vnto thee 26 The Lord lift vp his countenance vpō thee and giue thee peace 27 So they shal put my Name vpon the children of Israél and I wil blesse them CHAP. VII 2 The heades of princes of Israél offre at the setting vp of the Tabernacle 10 And at the 〈◊〉 of the altar 89 God speaketh to Mosés from the Merciseat 1 NOw whē Mosés had finished the setting vp of the Tabernaele and * anointed it and sanctified it and all the instrumentes thereof and the altar with al the instrumēts thereof and had anointed them and sanctified them 2 Then the princes of Israél heades ouer the houses of their fathers they were the princes of the tribes who were ouer them that were nombred offred 3 And broght their offring before the Lorde six couered charets and twelue oxen one charet for two princes and for euerie one an oxe and they offred them before the Tabernacle 4 And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 5 Take these of them that they may be to do the seruice of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and thou shalt giue them vn to the Leuites to euerie man accordyng vnto his office 6 So Mosés toke the charets and the oxen gaue them vnto the Leuites 7 Two charets and foure oxen he gaue to the sonnes of Gershón accordyng vnto their office 8 And foure charets and eight oxen he gaue to the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 according vnto their office vnder the hand of Ithamár the sonne of Aarón the Priest 9 But to the sonnes of Koháth he gaue none because the charge of the Sanctuarie belonged to them which they did beare vpō their shulders 10 ¶ The princes also offred in the dedicacion for the altar in the day that it was anoin ted then the princes offred their offryng be fore the altar 11 And the Lord said vnto Mosés One prince one day and another prince another day shall offer their offryng for the dedicacion of the altar 12 ¶ So then on the first day did 〈◊〉 the sonne of Amminadáb of the tribe of Iudáh offer his offring 13 And his offring was a siluer charger of an hundreth thirty shekels weigh a siluer boule of seuenty shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie bothe ful of fine floure mingled with oyle for a * meat offring 14 An incens cup of golde of ten shekels ful of incens 15 A yong bullocke a ram a lambe of a yere olde for a burnt offring 16 An he goat for a sin offring 17 And for peace offrings two bullockes fiue rams fiue he goates ād fiue lambes of a yere olde this was the offring of Nahshôn the sonne of Amminadáb 18 ¶ The second day Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár prīce of the tribe of Issachár did offer 19 Who offred for his offring a siluer charger of an hundreth and thirty shekels weight a siluer boule of seuenty shekels after the shekell of the Sanctuarie bothe full of fine floure mingled with oyle for a meat
said vnto them Stand still and I wil heare what the Lord wil commande con cerning you 9 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say If anie among you or of your posteritie shal be vncleane by the reason of a corps or be in a long iourney he shal kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord. 11 In the fourtenth day of the seconde moneth at euen thei shal kepe it with vnleauened bread and sowre herbes shal thei eat it 12 They shall leaue none of it vnto the morning * nor breake anie bone of it according to all the ordināce of the Passeouer shal thei kepe it 13 But the man that is cleane and is not in a iourney and is negligent to kepe the Passeouer the same persone shal be cut of from his people because he broght not the offring of the Lord in his due season that man shal beare his sinne 14 And if a stranger dwel among you and wil kepe the Passeouer vnto the Lord as the ordinance of the Passeouer and as the maner thereof is so shal he do * ye shal haue one lawe bothe for the stranger and for him that was borne in the same land 15 ¶ * And when the Tabernacle was reared vp a cloude couered the Tabernacle namely the Tabernacle of the Testimonie at euen there was vpon the Tabernacle as the appearance of fire vntil morning 16 So it was alwaie the cloude couered it by day and the appearance of fire by night 17 And when the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle then afterward the children of Israél iourneied and in the place where the cloude abode there the childrē of Israél pitched their tentes 18 At the commandement of the Lord the children of Israél iourneied and at the commandemēt of the Lord thei pitched as long as the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle * they laye stil. 19 And when the cloude taryed stil vpon the Tabernacle a long time the children of Israél kept the watch of the Lord and iour neyed not 20 So when the cloude abode a fewe daies vpon the Tabernacle thei abode in their tents according to the commandement of the Lord for they iourneyed at the comman dement of the Lord. 21 And thogh the cloude abode vpon the Tabernacle from euen vnto the morning ye if the cloude was taken vp in the morning then they iourneyed whether by day or by night the cloude was taken vp then they iourneyed 22 Or if the cloude taried two dayes or a moneth or a yere vpon the Tabernacle abiding thereon the children of Israél * abode stil iourneied not but when it was taken vp they iourneyed 23 At the commandement of the Lord they pitched and at the commandement of the Lord they iourneyed keping the watch of the Lord at the commandement of the Lord by the hand of Mosés CHAP. X. 2 The vse of the siluer trumpettes 11 The Israelites departe from Sinai 14 The captaines of the hoste are nōbred 30 Hobáb refuseth to go with Mosés his sonne in lawe 1 ANd the Lorde speake vnto Mosés saying 2 Make thee two trumpets of siluer of an whole piece shalt thou make thē that thou maiest vse them for the assemblyng of the Congregacion and for the departure of the campe 3 And when they shal blowe with thē all the Congregacion shal assemble to thee before the dore of the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 4 But if they blowe with one then the princes or heads ouer the thousands of Israéll shall come vnto thee 5 But if ye blowe an alarme then the campe of them that pitche on the East parte shal go forwarde 6 If ye blowe an alarme the seconde time thē the hoste of them that lie on the Southside shal marche for they shal blowe an alarme when they remoue 7 But in assemblyng the Congregacion ye shall blowe with out an alarme 8 And the sonnes of Aarón the Priest shall blowe the trumpets and ye shal haue them as a lawe for euer in your generacions 9 And whē ye go to warre in your land against the enemie that vexeth you ye shal blow an alarme with the trumpets ye shal be remē bred before the Lord your God and shall be saued from your enemies 10 Also in the day of your gladnes in your feast daies and in the beginnyng of your monethes ye shal also blowe the trumpets ouer your burnt sacrifices and ouer your peace offrings that they may be a remembrance for you before your God I am the Lord your God 11 ¶ And in the seconde yere in the seconde moneth and in the twentieth day of the moneth the cloude was taken vp from the Tabernacle of the Testimonie 12 An the children of Israél departed on their iourneis out of the desert of Sinái and the cloude rested in the wildernes of Parán 13 So they first toke their iourney at the cōmādemēt of the Lord by the hād of Mosés 14 ¶ * In the first place wēt the standerd of the hoste of the children of Iudáh accordyng to their armies and * Nashón the sonne of Amminadáb was ouer his bande 15 And ouer the bande of 〈◊〉 tribe of the chil dren of Issachár was Nethaneél the sonne of Zuár 16 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Zebulún was Eliáb the sonne of Helón 17 When the Tabernacle was taken downe then the sonnes of Gershón and the sonnes of Merari went forwarde bearing the Tabernacle 18 ¶ After departed the standerd of the hoste of Reubén according to their armies ouer his bande was Elizúr the sonne of Shedeúr 19 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the chil dren of Siméon was Shelumiél the sonne of Surishaddái 20 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Gád was Eliasáph the sonne of Deuél 21 The Kohathites also went forwarde and bare the * Sanctuarie and the former did set vp the Tabernacle against they came 22 ¶ Then the standerd of the hoste of the chil dren of Ephráim went forwarde according to their armies and ouer his bande was Elishamá the sonne of Ammiúd 23 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh was Gamliél the sonne of Pedazúr 24 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the sonnes of Beniamin was Abidán the sonnes of Gideoni 25 ¶ Last the stāderd of the hoste of the childrē of Dan marched gathering all the hostes according to their armies and ouer his bāde was Ahiézer the sonne of Ammishaddái 26 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Ashér was Pagiél the sonne of Ocrán 27 And ouer the bande of the tribe of the children of Naphtali was Ahirá the sonne of Enán 28 These were the remouings of the children of Israél according to their
40 * And they rose vp earely in the mornyng and gat them vp into the top of the mountaine saying Lo we be ready to go vp to the place which the Lorde hathe promised for we haue sinned 41 But Mosés sayd Wherefore transgresse ye thus the commandement of the Lord it wil not so come wel to passe 42 Go not vp for the LORD is not among you lest ye be ouerthrowen before your enemies 43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you and ye shal fal by the sworde for in as muche as ye are turned awaye from the Lord the Lord also wil not be with you 44 Yet they presumed obstinatly to go vp to the top of the mountaine but the Arke of the couenant of the Lord and Mosés departed not out of the campe 45 Then the Amalekites and the Canaanites whyche dwelt in that mountaine came downe and smote them * and consumed them vnto Hormáh CHAP. XV. 2 The offrings whiche the 〈◊〉 shulde offer whē they came into the land of Canáan 32 The punishment of him that brake the Sabbath 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye become into the lande of your habitacions whiche I gaue vnto you 3 And wyll make an offrynge by fire vnto the Lord a burnt offring or a sacrifice * to fulfil a vowe or a fre offring or in your feastes to make a * swete sauour vnto the Lorde of the heard or the flocke 4 Then * let him that offereth hys offring vnto the Lord bryng a meat offryng of a tenth deale of fine 〈◊〉 mingled with the fourth parte of an Hin of yo le 5 Also thou shalte prepare the fourthe parte of an Hin of wine to be powred on a lambe ap poīted for the burnt offring or any offring 6 And for aram thou shalt for a meat offring prepare two tenth deales of fine floure mingled with the third parte of an Hin of oyle 7 And for a drynke offryng thou shalt offer the third parte of an Hin of wine for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 8 And when thou preparest a bullocke for a burnt offrynge or for a sacrifice to fulfill a vowe or a peace offring to the Lord. 9 Then let him offer with the bullocke a meat offring of thre tenth deales of fine floure mingled with halfe an Hin of oyle 10 And thou shalt bryng for a drynke offryng halfe an Hin of wine for an offring made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 11 Thus shal it be done for a bullocke or for aram or for a lambe or for a kid 12 Accordyng to the nōber that ye prepare to offer so shal ye do to euerie one according to their nomber 13 All that are borne of the countrey shall do these things thus to offer an offring made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord. 14 And if a stranger soiourne with you or who soeuer be among you in your generacions will make an offryng by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord as ye do so he shall do 15 * One ordināce shal be both for you of the Congregacion also for the stranger that dwelleth with you euen an ordinance for euer in your generacions as you are so shall the stranger be before the Lord. 16 One lawe one maner shall serue bothe for you and for the strāger that soiourneth with you 17 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 18 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye become into the land to the which I bring you 19 And whē ye shal eat of the bread of the lād ye shal offer an heaue offring vnto the Lord. 20 Ye shal offer vp a cake of the first of your dowe for an heaue offring * as the heaue offring of the barne so ye shal lift it vp 21 Of the first of your dowe ye shal giue vnto the Lorde an heaue offring in your generacions 22 ¶ And if ye haue erred and not obserued al these commandementes whiche the Lorde hathe spoken vnto Mosés 23 Euen all that the Lord hathe commanded you by the hand of Mosés from the first day that the Lord commanded Mosés henceforward among your generacions 24 And if so be that ought be cōmitted ignorantly of the Congregacion then all the Congregacion shall giue a bullocke for a burnt offring for a swete sauour vnto the Lord with the meat offring and drinke offring thereto according to the * maner and an he go at for a sin offring 25 And the Priest shall make an atonement for all the Congregacion of the children of Israél and it shal be forgiuen thē for it is igno rance and they shall bryng their offryng for an offring made by fire vnto the Lorde and their sinne offring before the Lord for their ignorance 26 Then it shal be forgiuen all the Congregacion of the children of Israél the stranger that dwelleth among them for al the people were in ignorance 27 ¶ * But if anie one personne sinne through ignorance then he shal bring a she go at of a yere olde for a sinne offring 28 And the Priest shal make an atonement for the ignorant personne when he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord to make reconciliacion for him it shal be forgiuen him 29 He that is borne among the children of Israél and the stranger that dwelleth among thē shal haue bothe one lawe who so doeth sinne by ignorance 30 ¶ But the persone that doeth ought presumptuously whether he be borne in the land or a strāger the same blasphemeth the Lorde therefore that 〈◊〉 shal be cut of from among his people 31 Because he hath dispised the worde of the Lord and hathe broken his commandement that persone shal be vtterly cut of his iniqui tie shal be vpon him 32 ¶ And while the children of Israél were in the wildernes they founde a man that gathe red stickes vpon the Sabbath day 33 And they that foūde him gathering stickes broght him vnto Mosés and to Aarón and vnto all the Congregacion 34 And they put him in * warde for it was not declared what shulde be done vnto him 35 Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés This man shall dye the death and let all the multitude stone him with stones without the hoste 36 And all the Congregacion broght hym without the hoste and stoned hym with stones and he dyed as the Lord had commanded Mosés 37 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 38 Speake vnto the children of Israél and byd them that they * make thē fringes vpon the borders of their garments throughout their generacions and put vpon the frings of the borders a rybande of blewe silke 39 And shal haue the frings that when ye loke vpon then ye may
of man or beast shal be thyne but the firste borne of man shalte thou redeme and the firste borne of the vncleane beast shalt thou redeme 16 And those that are to be redemed shalt thou redeme frome the age of a moneth according to thy estimation for the money of fiue shekels after the shekel of the Sanctuarie * which is twentie gerahs 17 But the firste borne of a kowe or the firste borne of a shepe or the firste borne of a go at shalte thou not redeme for they are holy thou shalte sprynkle theyr bloode at the altar and thou shalt burne theyr fat it is a sacrifice made by fire for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 18 And the fleshe of them shal be thyne * as the 〈◊〉 breaste and as the ryght shulder shal be thine 19 All the heaue offryngs of the holy thynges whyche the children of Israél shal offer vnto the Lord haue I giuen thee and thy sonnes and thy daughters wyth thee to be a duetie for euer it is a perpetual couenant of salt before the Lorde to thee and to thy sede with thee 20 ¶ And the Lorde said vnto Aarón Thou shalt haue none inheritance in their land ne ther shalt thou haue anie parte among them * I am thy parte and thine inheritance amōg the children of Israél 21 For beholde I haue giuen the children of Leui all the tenth in Israél for an inheritance for their seruice whiche they serue in the Ta bernacle of the Congregacion 22 Nether shall the chyldren of Israél anye more come nere the Tabernacle of the cō gregacion lest they susteine sinne and dye 23 But the Leuites shall do the seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and they shal beare their sinne it is a lawe for euer in your generaciōs that among the childrē of Israél they possesse none enheritance 24 For the tithes of the children of Israél whiche they shall offer as an offrynge vnto the Lorde I haue gyuen the Leuites for an inheritance therefore I haue sayd vnto them Among the children of Israél ye shall possesse none inheritance 25 ¶ And the Lorde spake vnto Mosés saying 26 Speake also vnto the Leuites and say vnto them When ye shall take of the children of Israél the tithes whiche I haue giuen you of them for your inheritance then shalye take an heaue offring of that same for the Lord euen the tenth parte of the tithe 27 And your heaue 〈◊〉 shal be rekened vn to you as the corne of the barne or as the abundance of the wine presse 28 So ye shall also offer an heaue offryng vnto the Lorde of all your 〈◊〉 whiche ye shall receiue of the children of Israél and ye shal giue thereof the Lords heaue offring to Aarôn the Priest 29 Ye shal offer of all your gifts all the Lords heaue offrynges of all the fat of the same shalye offer the holy things thereof 30 Therefore thou shalt say vnto them When ye haue offred the fat there of then it shal be counted vnto the Leuites as the encrease of the corne floore or as the encrease of the wine presse 31 And ye shalt eat it in all places ye and your housholdes for it is your wages for your seruice in the Tabernacle of the Congregaciō 32 And ye shal beare no sinne by the reason of it when ye haue offred the fat of it nether shall ye pollute the holy things of the children of Israél lest ye dye CHAP. XIX 2 The sacrifice of the red kow 9 The sprinkling water 11 He that toucheth the dead 14 The man that dyeth in a tent 1 ANd the Lord spake to Mosés and to Aarón saying 2 This is the ordināce of the lawe which the Lord hathe commanded saying Speake vnto the children of Israél that they bring thee a red kowe with out blemish wherein is no spot vpon the which neuer came yoke 3 And ye shall giue her vnto Eleazár the Priest that he may bryng her * without the hoste and cause her to be slaine before his face 4 Thē shal Eleazár the Priest take of her blood with his * finger sprinkle it before the Ta bernacle of the Congregacion seuen times 5 And cause the kowe to be burnt in his sight with her * skin and her flesh and her blood and her doung shal he burne her 6 Then shal the Priest take ceder wood hissope skarlet lace cast thē in the middes of the fire where the kowe burneth 7 Then shall the Priest wash his clothes and he shal wash his flesh in water then come into the hoste and the Priest shal be vncleane vnto the euen 8 Also he that burneth her shall washe his clothes in water and wash his flesh in water and be vncleane vntil euen 9 And a man that is cleane shal take vp the ashes of the kowe put them with out the hoste in a cleane place it shal be kept for the Congregacion of the children of Israél for a spriakling water it is a sinne offring 10 Therefore he that gathereth the ashes of the kowe shal wash his clothes remaine vncleane vntil euē it shal be vnto the children of Israél vnto the stranger that dwel leth among them a statute for euer 11 He that toucheth the dead bodie of anie man shal be vncleane euen seuen daies 12 He shall purifie him selfe there with the third day the seuēth day he shal be cleane but if he purifie not him selfe the third day then the seuenth day he shal not be cleane 13 Whosoeuer toucheth the corps of anie mā that is dead and purgeth not him selfe defileth the Tabernacle of the Lord that persone shal be cut of from Israél because the sprinkling water was not sprinkled vppon him he shal be vncleane and his vnclennes shal remaine stil vpon him 14 This is the 〈◊〉 Whē a man dyeth in a tent all that come into the tent al that is in the tent shal be vncleane seuen dayes 15 And all the vessels that be open whiche haue no coueryng fastened vpō thē shal be vncleane 16 Also who soeuer toucheth one that is slaine with a sworde in the sield or a dead persone or a bone of a dead man or a graue shal be vncleane seuen dayes 17 Therefore for an vncleane persone they shall take of the burnt ashes of the sin offring and pure water shal be put thereto in a vessel 18 And a cleane persone shal take hyssope dip it in the water and sprinkle it vpon the tent and vpon al the vessels and on the persones that were therein and vpon him that touched the bone or the slaine or the dead or the graue 19 And the cleane persone shal sprinkle vpon the vncleane the third day and the
go out to the sea 6 And your Westquarter shal be the great sea euer that border shal be your West-coast 7 And this shal be your Northquarter ye shal marke out your border from the great sea vnto mount Hor. 8 From mount Hor ye shal point out til it co me vnto Hamath and the end of the coast shal be at Zedad 9 And the coast shal reache out to Ziphrō go out at Hazar-enan this shal be your Northquarter 10 Andye shal marke out your Eastquarter from Hazar-enan to Shepham 11 And the coast shal go downe from Shephā to Riblah and from the Eastside of Ain and the same border shal descend and go out at the side of the Sea of Chinneréth Eastwarde 12 Also that border shal go downe to Iordén and leaue at the salt Sea this shal be your land with the coastes thereof round about 13 ¶ Then Mosés commanded the children of Israel saying This is the land which ye shal inherit by lot which the Lord commā ded to giue vnto nine tribes and halfe the tribe 14 * For the tribe of the children of Reubén according to the housholdes of their fathers and the tribe of the children of Gad according to their fathers housholdes halfe the tribe of Manasseh haue receiued their inheritance 15 Two tribes and an halfe tribe haue receiued their inheritance on this side of Iordén toward Ierichó ful East 16 ¶ Againe the lord speake to Mosés sayīg 17 These are the names of the men which shal deuide the land vnto you Eleazar the Priest and Ioshú a the sonne of Nun 18 And ye shal take also a prince of euerie tribe to deuide the land 19 The names also of the men are these Of the tribe of Iudah Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh 20 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Simeón Shemuél the sonne of Ammihúd 21 Of the tribe of Beniamin Elidad the sonne of 〈◊〉 22 Also of the tribe of the sonnes of Dan the prince Bukki the sonne of Iogli 23 Of the sonnes of Ioseph of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh the prince Hanniél the sonne of Ephód 24 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Ephraim the prince Kemuél the sonne of Shiph tan 25 Of the tribe also of the sonnes of Zebulûn the prince Elizaphā the sonne of Parnach 26 So of the tribe of the sonnes of Issachar the prince Paltiél the sonne of Azzan 27 Of the tribe also of the sónes of Ashér the prince Ahihúd the sonne of Shelomi 28 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Naphta li the prince Pedahél the sonne of Ammihúd 29 These are they whome the Lord comman ded to deuide the inheritance vnto the children of Israél in the land of Canaan CHAP. XXXV 2 Vnto the Leuites agre giuen cities and suburbes 11. The cities of refuge 16 The lawe of murther 30 For one mās witnes shal no man be condemned 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichó saying 2 * Commande the children of Israél that they giue vnto the Leuites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwel in ye shal giue also vnto the Leuites the suburbes of the cities round about them 3 So they shal haue the cities to dwe in and their suburbes shal be for their cattel and for their substance for all their beastes 4 And the suburbes of the cities which ye shal giue vnto the Leuites from the wal of the citie outwarde shal be a thousand cu bites round about 5 And ye shal measure without the citie of the Eastside two thousand cubites and of the Southside two thousand cubites of the Westside two thousand cubites of the Northside two thousand cubites the citie shal be in the middes this shal be the measure of the suburbes of their cities 6 And of the cities which ye shal giue vnto the Leuites * there shal be six cities for re fuge which ye shal appoīt that he which killeth may flee thither and to them ye shal adde two and fourty cities mo 7 All the cities which ye shal giue to the Leuites shal be eight and fourtie cities thē shal ye giue with their suburbes 8 And concerning the cities which ye shal giue of the possession of the children of Is raél of many ye shal take mo and of fewe ye shal take lesse euerie one shal giue of his cities vnto the Leuites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth 9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye be come ouer Iordén into the land of Canaan 11 Ye shal appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you that he slayer which slayeth anie persone vn warres may flec thither 12 And these cities shal be for you a refuge from the auenger that he which killeth dye not vntil he stand before the Congre gacion in iudgement 13 And of the cities which ye shal giue six cities shal ye haue for refuge 14 Ye shal appoint thre on this side Iordén and ye shal appoint thre cities in the land of Canà an which shal be cities of refuge 15 These six cities shal be a refuge for the chil dren of Israél and for the stranger for him that dwelleth among you that euerie one which killeth anie persone vn war res may flee thither 16 * And if one smite an other with an īstru ment of yron that he dye he is a murthe rer and the murtherer shal dye the death 17 Also if he smite him by casting a stone where with he may be slaine and he dye he is a murtherer and the murtherer shal dye the death 18 Or if he smite him with an hād weapon of wood where with he may be slaine if he dye he is a murtherer and the murtherer shal dye the death 19 The reuenger of the blood him selfe shal slay the murtherer when he meteth him he shal slay him 20 But if he trust him * of hate or hurle at him by laying of wait that he dye 21 Or smite him through enemitie with his hand that he dye he that smote him shal dye the death for he is a murtherer there uenger of the blood shal slay the murtherer when he meteth him 22 But if he punished him vnaduisedly and * not of hatred or cast vpon him anie thing without saying of wait 23 Or anie stone whereby he might be slaine and sawe him not or caused it to fall vpon him and he dye and was not his ene mie nether soght him anie harme 24 Then the Congregacion shal iudge betwene the slayer the auēger of blood according to these lawes 25 And the Gongregacion shal deliuer the slayer out of the hand of the auenger of blood and the Congregacion shal restore him vnto the citie of
promising all blessing and felicitie to suche as obserue and obey them CHAP. I. 2 A brefe reharsal of things done before from Horéb vnte Kadesh-bernea 32 Mosés reproueth the people for their incredulite 44 The Israelites are ouer come by the Amorites because they fought against the commandemēt of the Lord. 1 THESE be the wordes which Mosés spake vnto all Israélon this side 〈◊〉 in the wildernes in the plaine ouer against that red Sea betwene Paran Tophel and Laban Hazeroth and Di-za hab 2 There are eleuen daies iourney from Ho reb vnto Kadésh-barnea by the way of mount Seir. 3 And it came to passe in the first day of the eleuenth moneth in the forteth yere that Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél according vnto al that the Lord hade giuē him in commandement vnto them 4 After that he had slaine * Sihôn the King of the Amorites which dwelt in Heshbon and Og King of Bashan which dwelt at Ashtaroth in 〈◊〉 5 On this side Iordén in the land of Moab began Mosés to declare this Law saying 6 The Lord our God spake vnto vs in Horéb saying Ye haue dwelt long ynough in this mount 7 Turne you and departe and go vnto the mounteine of the Amorities and vnto all places nere therunto in the plaine in the mounteine or in the valley bothe South ward and to the sea side to the land of the Canaanites and vnto Lebanon euen vnto the great riuer the riuer Perath 8 Beholde I haue set the land before you goin * possesse that land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers Abraham Izhak and Iaakob to giue vnto them to their sede after them 9 ¶ And I spake vnto you the same time saying I am not able to beare you my selfe alone 10 The lord your God hathe multiplied you and beholde ye are this day as the starres of heauen in nomber 11 The Lord God of your fathers make you a thousand times so manie mo as ye are blesse you as he hathe promised you 12 How can I alone beare your cumbrance and your charge and your strife 13 Bring you men of wisdome and of vnderstanding and knowen amōg your tribes and I wil make them rulers ouer you 14 Then ye answered me and said The thing is good that thou hast commanded vs to do 15 So I toke the chief of your tribes wise knowen men and made them rulers ouer you captaines ouer thousands and captai nes ouer hundreds and captaines ouer fif ty captaines ouer ten and officers amōg your tribes 16 And I charged your iudges that same time saying Heare the controuersies betwene your brethren and * iudge righteously be twene euerie man and his brother and the stranger that is with him 17 Ye shal haue no respect of persone in iudgement * but shall heare the small aswel as the great ye shal not feare the face of man for the iudgement is Gods and the cause that is to hard for you bring vn to me and I wil heare it 18 Also I commanded you the same time all the things which ye shulde do 19 ¶ Then we departed from Horeb and wēt through all that greate and terrible wildernes as ye haue sene by the way of the mounteine of the Amorites as the Lorde our God commanded vs and we came to Kadesh barnéa 20 And I said vnto you ye are come vnto the mounteine of the Amorites whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vnto vs. 21 Beholde the Lord thy God hath layed the land before thee go vp and possesse it as the Lord the God of thy fathers hathe said vnto thee feare not nether be discouraged 22 ¶ Then ye came vnto me euerie one and said We will send men before vs to search vs out the land to bring vs word againe what way we must go vp by and vnto what cities we shal come 23 So the saying pleased me well and I toke twelue men of you of euerie tribe one 24 * Who departed and went vp into the mounteine and came vnto the riuer Eshcôl and searched out the land 25 And toke of the frute of the land in their handes and broght it vnto vs and broght vs worde againe and said It is a good land whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vs. 26 Not withstanding ye wolde not go vp but were disobedient vnto the commandemēt of the Lord your God 27 And murmured in your tentes and said Because the Lord hated vs therefore hathe he broght vs out of the land of Egypte to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites to destroy vs. 28 Whether shal we go vp our brethrē haue discouraged our heartes saying The people is greater and taller then we the Cities are great and walled vp to heauē and moreouer we haue fene the sonnes of the * Anakims there 29 But I sayde vnto you Dread not nor be afraid ' of them 30 The Lord your God who goeth before you he shall fight for you according to all that he did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes 31 And in the wildernes where thou hast sene how the Lord thy GOD bare thee as a man doeth beare his sonne in all the waye whiche ye haue gone vntill ye came vnto this place 32 Yet for all this ye did not beleue the Lorde your God 33 * Who went in the waye before you to searche you out a place to pitche your tētes in in fire by nighte that ye mighte se what way to go and in a cloude by day 34 Then the Lorde heard the voyce of your wordes and was wroth and sware saying 35 * Surely there shal not one of these men of this froward generacion se that good lād which I sware to giue vnto your fathers 36 Saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunneh he shall se it * and to him will I giue the lande that he hathe troden vpō and to his children because he hathe constātly followed the Lord. 37 * Also the Lord was angry with me for your sakes saying * Thou also shalt not go in thither 38 But Ioshúa the sonne of Nun which standeth before thee he shal go in thither incourage him for he shall cause Israél to inherit it 39 Moreouer your children whiche ye said shulde be a praye and your sonnes whiche in that daye had no knowledge betwene good and euill they shall go in thither and vnto them will I giue it and they shall possesse it 40 But as for you turne backe take your iourney into the wildernes by i the waye of the red Sea 41 Then ye answered and said vnto me We haue sinned against the Lord we will go vp and fight according to all that the Lord our God hathe commanded vs and ye armed you euerie man to the
when the Lord said vnto me Gather me the people together I wil cause thē heare my words that they maye learne to feare me all the dayes that they shal liue vpon the earthe and that they may teache their children 11 Then came you nere and * stode vnder the mountaine and the mountaine burnt with fire vnto the middes of heauen and there was darcknes cloudes and mist. 12 And the Lord spake vnto you out of the middes of the fire and ye heard the voyce of the wordes but sawe no similitude saue a voyce 13 Then he declared vnto you his couenant which he commanded you to do euen the ten commandements and wrote them vpon two tables of stone 14 ¶ And the Lord commanded me that same time that I shulde teache you ordinances and Lawes which ye shulde obserue in the land whither ye go to possesse it 15 Take therfore good hede vnto your selues for ye sawe no image in the daye that the Lord spake vnto you in Horéb out of the middes of the fire 16 That ye corrupt not your selues make you a grauen image or representacion of anie figure whither it be the likenes of male or female 17 The likenes of anie beast that is on earth or the likenes of anie fethered foule that flieth in the aire 18 Or the likenes of any thing that crepeth on the earthe or the likenes of anie fishe that is in the waters beneth the earth 19 And lest thou lift vp thine eyes vnto heauen and when thou seest the sunne the moone and the starres with all the hoste of heauen shuldest be driuen to worshippe them and serue them whiche the Lord thy God hathe distributed to all people vnder the whole heauen 20 But the Lord hath taken you and broght you out of the yrō fornace out of Egypt to be vnto him a people and inheritance as appeareth this day 21 And the Lord was angry with me for your wordes and sware that I shuld not go ouer Iordén and that I shulde not go in vnto that good land whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee for an inheritance 22 For I muste dye in this land and shall not go ouer Iordén but ye shall go ouer and possesse that good land 23 Take hede vnto your selues lest ye forget the couenant of the Lord your God which he made with you lest ye make you any grauen image or likenes of anie thing as the Lord thy God hathe charged thee 24 For the Lord thy GOD is a consuming fire and a ielous God 25 ¶ When thou shalt beget chyldren and childrens children and shalt haue remayned long in the lande if ye corrupte your selues and make any grauē image or likenes of anie thynge and worke euill in the sight of the Lord thy GOD to prouoke him to angre 26 I call heauen and earth to record against you this day that ye shall shortely perishe from the land wherunto ye go ouer Iordē to possesse it ye shal not prolōg your daies therein but shal vtterly be destroyed 27 And the Lord shal scatter you among the people and ye shal be left fewe in nomber amonge the nacions whether the LORD shal bring you 28 And there ye shall serue Gods euen the worke of mans hand wood stone which nether se nor heare nor eat nor smel 29 But if frome thence thou shalt seke the Lord thy God thou shalt finde him if thou seke him with all thine hearte and with all thy soule 30 When thou arte in tribulacion and all these things are come vpon thee at the lēgth if thou returne to the Lord thy God and be obedient vnto his voyce 31 For the Lord thy God is a mercifull God he wil not forsake thee nether destroy thee nor forget the couenant of thy Fathers which he sware vnto them 32 For inquire now of the daies that are past which were before thee since the day that GOD created man vpon the earthe and aske frō the one end of heauen vnto the other if there came to passe suche a greate thinge as this or whether anie suche like thing hathe bene heard 33 Did euer people heare the voyce of God speakynge out of the middes of a fire as thou hast heard and liued 34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nacion from among nacions by tentacions by signes and by wonders and by warre and by a mighty hand by a stretched out arme and by great feare according vnto all that the Lord your God did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes 35 Vnto thee it was shewed that thou mightest knowe that the Lord he is God that there is none but he alone 36 Out of heauē he made thee heare his voice to instruct thee vpō earth he shewed thee his greate fire and thou heardest his voyce out of the middes of the fire 37 And because he loued thy fathers therfore he chose their sede after them and hathe broght thee out of Egypte in hys sight by his mighty power 38 To thrust out nacions greater and mightier then thou before thee to bring thee in and to giue thee their land for inheritance as appeareth this day 39 Vnderstand therefore this day and consider in thine heart that the Lord he is God in heauen aboue and vpon the earthe beneth there is none other 40 Thou shalt kepe therefore his ordinan ces and his commandements whiche I cōmande thee this day that it may go well with thee and with thy childrē after thee and that thou maiest prolonge thy dayes vpon the earth whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee foreuer 41 ¶ Thē Mosés separated thre cities on this side of 〈◊〉 towarde the sonne rising 42 That the slayer shulde flee thither which had killed his neighbour at vnwares and hated him not in time past mighte flee I say vnto one of those 〈◊〉 and liue 43 That is * Bézerin the wildernes in the plaine countrey of the Reubenites Ramôth in Gileád among the Gadites Golán in Bashán among them of Manasséh 44 ¶ So this is the lawe which Mosés set before the children of Israél 45 These are the witnesses and the ordināces and the Lawes which Mosés declared to the children of Israél after they came out of Egypt 46 On this side Iordén in the valey ouer againste Beth peôr in the lande of Sihón Kynge of the Amorites whiche dwelt at Heshbôn whome Mosés and the chyldren of Israél * smote after they were come out of Egypt 47 And they possessed his land and the land of * Og King of Bashán two Kings of the Amorites whiche were on this side Iordén toward the sonne rising 48 From Aroér which is by the banke of the theriuer Arnōn euen vnto mount Siōn which is Hermón 49 And all the plaine by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euē vnto the
now the Lord thy God hathe made thee as the * starres of the heauen in multitude CHAP. XI 1 An exhortacion to loue God and kepe his 〈◊〉 to The praises of 〈◊〉 18 To meditate continually the worde of God 19 To 〈◊〉 it vnto the children 26 Blessing cursing 1 THerefore thou shalt loue the Lord thy God and shalt kepe that which he cōmandeth to be kept that is his ordinances and his Lawes his commandements alwaie 2 And consider this day for I speake not to your childrē which haue nether know en nor sene the chastisement of the Lord your God his greatnes his mightie hand and his stretched out arme 3 And his signes and his actes which he did in the middes of Egypt vnto Pharaoh the King of Egypt and vnto all his land 4 And what he did vnto the hoste of the Egy ptians vnto their horses and to their charetes when he caused the waters of the red Sea to ouerfloe them as they pursued after you and the Lord destroyed them vnto this day 5 And what he did vnto you in the wildernes vntil ye came vnto this place 6 And what he did vnto Dathán and Abirám the sonnes of Eliáb the sonne of Reubén when the earth opened her mouth and swallowed them with their householdes their tents and all their substance that thei had in the middes of all Israél 7 For your eies haue sene all the great actes of the Lord which he did 8 Therefore shal ye kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day that ye may be strong and go in and possesse the land whether ye go to possesse it 9 Also that ye may prolong your daies in the land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers to giue vnto them and to their sede euē a land that floweth with milke and honie 10 ¶ For the land whether thou goest to pos sesse it is not as the land of Egypt from whence ye came where thou sowedst thy sede and waterest it with thy fete as a garden of herbes 11 But the land whether ye go to possesse it is a land of mountaines and valleis and drinketh water of the raine of heauen 12 This land doeth the Lord thy God care for the eies of the Lord thy God are alwaies vpon it from the beginning of the yere euen vnto the end of the yere 13 ¶ If ye shal hearken therefore vnto my cō mandements which I commāde you this day that ye loue the Lord your God and serue him with all your heart and with all your soule 14 I also wil giue raine vnto your land in due time the first raine and the latter that thou maiest gather in thy wheat and thy wine and thine oyle 15 Also I wil send grasse in thy fields for thy cattel that thou maiest eat and haue ynough 16 But bewarre lest your heart deceaue you and lest ye turne aside serue other gods and worship them 17 And so the angre of the Lord be kindled against you he shutvp the heauen that there be no raine and that your land yel de nother frute and ye perish quickely from the goodlād which the Lord giueth you 18 ¶ Therefore shalye lay vp these my wordes in your heart in your soule * binde them for a signe vpon your hand that they maie be as a frontelet betwene your eyes 19 And ye shal * teache them your children speaking of thē when thou sittest in thine house and when thou walkest by the way and whē thou liest downe and when thou risest vp 20 And thou shalt write them vpon the postes of thine house and vpon thy gates 21 That your dayes maie be multiplied and the dayes of your childrē in the landwhich the Lord sware vnto your fathers to giue them aslong as the heauens are aboue the earth 22 ¶ For if ye kepe diligently all these commandements which I commande you to do that is to loue the Lord your God to walke in all his waies and to cleaue vnto him 23 Then wil the Lord cast out all these naciōs before you ye shal possesse great naciōs and mightier then you 24 * Al the places wheron the soles of your fete shal treade shal be yours your coast shal be from the wildernes and from Leba nôn and from the Riuer euen the riuer Perâth vnto the vttermost Sea 25 No man shal stand against your for the Lord your God shal cast the feare dread of you vpon all the land that ye shal tread vpon as he hathe said vnto you 26 ¶ Beholde I set before you this day a blessing and a curse 27 * The blessing if ye obey the commandements of the Lord your God which I commande you this day 28 And the curse if ye wil not obey the commandements of the Lord your God but turne out of the way which I cōmande you this day to go after other gods which ye haue not knowen 29 ¶ When the Lord thy God therefore hathe broght thee into the land whether thou goest to possesse it then thou shalt put the * blessing vpon mount Gerizim the curse vpon mount Ebál 30 Are they not beyonde Iordén on that par te where the sunne goeth downe in the land of the Canaanites which dwel in the plaine ouer agaīst Gilgál beside the groue of Moréh 31 For ye shal passe ouer Iordên to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you and ye shal possesse it and dwel therein 32 Take hede therefore that ye * do all the commandements and the lawes which I set before you this day CHAP. XII 1 Te destroy the idolatrous places 5. 8. To serue God where be commandeth and as he commandeth and not as men fantasie 19 The Leuites must be nourished 31. Idolaters burnt their children to theie gods 32 To addenothing to Gods worde 1 THese are the ordinances the lawes which ye shal obserue do in the land which the Lord God of thy fathers giueth thee to possesse it as long as ye liue vpon the earth 2 * Ye shal vtterly 〈◊〉 allthe places whe rein the nacions 〈◊〉 ye shal possesse ser ued their gods vpon the hie mountains vpō the hilles and vndereuerie grene tre 3 * Also ye shal ouerthrowe their altars and breake downe their pillers burne their groues with fire and ye shal hewe downe the grauen images of their gods and abo lish their names out of that place 4 Ye shal not so do vnto the Lord your God 5 But ye shal seke the place which the Lord your god shal * chose out of all your tribes to put his Name there and there to dwel and thether thou shalt come 6 And ye shal bring thether your burnt offrings your sacrifices your tithes the offring of
all thine heart and with all thy soule 17 * Thou hast set vp the Lord this day to be thy God and to walke in his wayes and to kepe his ordinances and his commandements and his lawes and to hearken vnto his voyce 18 And the Lord hathe set thee vp this day to be a precious people vnto him as he hathe promised thee and that thou shuldest kepe all his commandements 19 And to make thee * high aboue all nacions which he hathe made in praise and in name and in glorie * and that thou shuldest be an holie people vnto the Lord thy God as he hathe said CHAP. XXVII 2 They are commanded to write the Law vpon stones for a remembrance 5. Also to buylde an altar 13 The cursings are giuen on mount Ebál 1 THen Mosés with the Elders of Israél commanded the people saying Kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day 2 And whē ye shal passe ouer Iordén vnto the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee thou shalt setthee vp great stones plaister them with plaister 3 And shalt write vpon them all the wordes of this Lawe when thou shalt come ouer that thou maiest go into the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee a lād that floweth with my lke and hony as the Lord God of thy fathers hathe promised thee 4 Therefore when ye shal passe ouer Iordén ye shal set vp these stones which I commande you this day in mount Ebál thou shalt plaister them with plaister 5 * And there shalt thou buyld vnto the Lord thy God an altar euē an altar of stones thou shalt lift none yron instrument vpon them 6 Thou shalt make the altar of the Lord thy God of whole stones offer burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord thy God 7 And thou shalt offer peace offrings and shalt eat there and reioyce before the Lord thy God 8 And thou shalt write vpon the stones all the wordes of this Lawe wel and plainly 9 ¶ And Mosés and the Priests of the Leuites spake vnto all Israél saying Take hede and heare ô Israél this day thou art become the people of the Lord thy God 10 Thou shalt hearken therefore vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and do his commandements and his ordināces which I commande thee this day 11 ¶ And Mosés charged the people the same day saying 12 These shal stand vpon mount Gerizzim to blesse the people when ye shal passe ouer Iordén Simeôn and Leui and Iudáh and Issa chár and Ioséph and Beniamin 13 And these shal stand vpon 〈◊〉 Ebál to curse Reubén Gâd and Ashér and Zebulún Dan and 〈◊〉 14 And the Leuites shal answer and say vnto all the men of Israél with a loude voyce 15 ¶ Cursed be the mā that shal make anie carued or moltē image which is an abominaciō vnto the Lord the worke of the hāds of the craftesmā and putteth it in a secret place And al the people shal answer and say So be it 16 Cursed be he that curseth his father and his mother And all the people shal say So be it 17 Cursed be he that remoueth his neighbours marke And all the people shal say So be it 18 Cursed be he that maketh the blinde go out of the way And all the people shal say So be it 19 Cursed be he that hindreth the right of the stranger the fatherles and the wido we And all the people shal say So be it 20 Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wif for he hathe vncouered his fathers skirt And all the people shal say So be it 21 Cursed be he that lieth with anie beast And all the people shal say So be it 22 Cursed be he that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother And all the people shal say So be it 23 Cursed be he that lieth with his mother in lawe And all the people shal say So be it 24 Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly And all the people shal say So be it 25 * Cursed be he that tak eth a rewarde to put to death innocent blood And all the people shal say So be it 26 * Cursed be he that confirmeth nor all the wordes of this Lawe to do them And all the people shal say So be it CHAP. XXVIII 1 The promises to them that obey the commandements 15. The threatenings to the contrarie 1 IF * thou shalte obey diligently the voyce of the Lorde thy God and obserue and do all his commandements whiche I commande thee this daye then the Lorde thy GOD wil set thee on hygh aboue all the nacions of the earth 2 And al these blessings shal come on thee and 〈◊〉 thee if thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God 3 Blessed shalt thou be in the citie and blessed also in the field 4 Blessed 〈◊〉 be the frute of thy body and the frute of thy ground and the frute of thy cattel the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy shepe 5 Blessed shal be thy basket and thy dough 6 Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in and blessed also when thou goest out 7 The Lord shall cause thyne enemies that rise against thee to fall before thy face they shal come out against thee one way and shal flee before thee seuen wayes 8 The Lorde shall commande the blessing to be with thee in thy store houses and in all that thou 〈◊〉 thine hād to will blesse thee in the land which the Lord thy Godgiueth thee 9 The Lord shal make thee an holy people vnto him selfe as he hathe sworne vnto thee if thou shalt kepe the commandements of the Lord thy God and walke in his waies 10 Thē all people of the earth shal se that the Name of the Lord is called vpon ouer thee and they shal be afraid of thee 11 And the Lord shal make thee plenteous in goods in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of thy ground in the land which the Lord swarevn to thy fathers to giue thee 12 The Lord shal open vnto thee his good treasure euen the heauen to giue rayne vnto thy land in due season and to blesse all the worke of thine hands thou shalt lend vnto many nacions but shalt not borowe thy self 13 And the Lord shal make thee the head and not the tayle and thou shalt be aboue onely and shalt not be beneth if thou obey the commandemēts of the Lord thy God which I commande thee this day to kepe and to do them 14 But thou shalt not decline from anie of the wordes which I commande you this day ether to the right hand or to the left to go after other gods to serue them
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
hast forgotten the myghtie GOD that begate thee and haste forgotten God that formed thee 19 The Lord then sawe it and was angry for the prouocacion of his sonnes and of hys 〈◊〉 20 And he said I will hide my face from them I will se what their end shal be for they are a frowarde generacion children in whome is no fayth 21 They haue moued me to ielousie with hat which is not God they haue prouoked me to angre with theyr vanities * and I wyll moue them to ielousie with those whiche are no people I will prouoke them to angre with a 〈◊〉 nacion 22 For fire is kyndled in my wrath and shall burne vnto the bothome of hell and shall consume the earth with her increase and set on fire the fundacions of the mountaines 23 I will send plagues vppon them I will bestowe mine arrowes vpon them 24 They shal be burnt with hunger and consumed wyth heat and with bitter destruction I will also send the teeth of 〈◊〉 vpon them with the venime of serpents 〈◊〉 in the dust 25 The sworde shall kill them without and in the chambers feare bothe the 〈◊〉 man and the yong womā the suckeling with the man of graye heere 26 I haue said I wolde scatter them abroade I wolde make their remembrance to cease frō among men 27 Saue that I feared the furie of the enemie lest their aduersaires shulde waxe proude and lest they shulde saye Our hye hand and not the Lord hathe done all this 28 For they are a nacion voyde of counsel nether is there anie 〈◊〉 in them 29 Oh that they were wise then they wolde vnderstand this they wolde consider their later 〈◊〉 30 Howe shulde one chase a thousande and two putten thousand to flight except their strong God had solde them and the Lorde had shut them vp 31 For their God is not as our God euen our enemies being iudges 32 For their vine is of the vine of Sodom and of the vines of Gomoráh their grapes are grapes of gall their clusters be bitter 33 Their wine is the poyson of dragons and the cruel gall of aspes 34 Is not this laid in store with me and sealed vp among my treasures 35 * Vengeance and recopense are mine their fote shall slide in due time for the daye of their destruction is at hand and the thinges that shal come vpon them make haste 36 For the Lorde shall iudge his people and repent toward his seruantes when he seeth that their power is gone and none shut vp in holde nor 〈◊〉 abroad 37 When men shal say Where are their gods their myghtie God in whome their trusted 38 Whyche did eat the fat of their sacrifices and did drynke the wyne of theyr drynke offrynge 〈◊〉 hym ryse vp and helpe you let 〈◊〉 be your refuge 39 Beholde now for I I am he and there is no Gods 〈◊〉 me * I 〈◊〉 ād giue life I wounde and I make whole * nether is there anie that can deliuer out of mine hand 40 For I lift vp mine hand to heauen and say I 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euer 41 If I whet my glitteryng sworde and myne hand take holde on iudgement I wil execute vengeance on mine enemies and wyll rewarde them that hate me 42 I wyll make mine arrowes dronke wyth blood and my worde shall eat flesh for the blood of the 〈◊〉 and of the captiues whē I beginne to take vengeance of the enemie 43 * Ye nations prayse hys people for he will auenge the blood of hys seruauntes and wyll execute vengeance vpon hys aduersaries and wil be merciful vnto his land and to his people 44 ¶ Then Mosés came and spake all the wordes of this song in the audience of the people he and Hoshéa the sunne of Nun. 45 When Mosés had made an end of speaking all these wordes to all Israél 46 Then he said vnto them * Set your hearts vnto all the wordes which I testifie agaynst you this daye that ye may commande them vnto your children that they may obserue and do all the wordes of this Lawe 47 For it is no vaine worde concerning you but it is your life and by this worde ye shall prolong your dayes in the land whether ye go ouer lordén to possesse it 48 * And the Lord spake vnto Mosés the selfe same day saying 49 Go vp into this mountaine of Abarim vnto the mount Nebó whiche is in the land of Moáb that is ouer agaynst Ierichô and beholde the land of Canáan whiche I giue vnto the children of Israél for a possession 50 And dye in the mount whyche thou goest vp vnto and thou shalte be * gathered vnto thy people * as Aarôn thy brother dyed in mounte Hor and was gathered vnto hys people 51 Because ye * trespassed agaynst me among the children of Israél at the waters of Meribáh at Kadésh in the wildernes of Zin for ye sanctified me not among the children of Israél 52 Thou shalt therfore se the land before thee but shalt not go thither I meane into the land which I giue the children of Israél CHAP. XXXIII 1 Mosés before his death blesseth all the tribes of Israél 26 There is no God like to the God of Israél 29 Nor anie people like vnto his 1 NOw this is the blessing where with Mosés the man of God blessed the children of Israél before his death and said 2 The LORD came from Sinái and rose vp from Seir vnto them and appeared clearely from mount Parán and he came with ten thousandes of Saintes and at hys ryght hand a firy Lawe for them 3 Thogh he loue the people yet all thy Saintes are in thine hands and they are hum bled at thy fete to receiue thy wordes 4 Mosés commanded vs a Lawe for an inheritance of the Congregacion of Iaakób 5 Thē he was among the righteous people as King when the heades of the people ād the tribes of Israél were assembled 6 ¶ Let Reubén liue and not dye thogh hys men be a small nomber 7 ¶ And thus he blessed Iudáh ād said Heare ô Lorde the voice of Iudáh and bryng hym vnto hys people hys handes shal be sufficient for hym if thou helpe hym against his ennemies 8 ¶ And of Leui he sayd Let thy * Thummim and thine Vrim be with thine holy one whō thou didest proue in Massáh and didest cause him to striue at the waters of Meribáh 9 Who sayd vnto hys father and to hys mother I haue not sene hym nether knewe he hys brethren 〈◊〉 knewe hys owne children for they obserued thy worde and kept thy couenant 10 They shall teache Iaakób thy iudgements and Israél thy Lawe they shall put in cens before thy face and the burnt offring vpon thine altar 11 Blesse ô Lorde hys substance and
Bóaz commanded his seruants saying Let her gather among the sheaues and do not rebuke her 16 Also let fall some of the sheaues for her let it lie that she may gather it vp and rebuke her not 17 So she gleaned in the field vntil euening and she threshed that she had gathered it was about an * Epháh of barly 18 ¶ And she toke it vp and went into the citie and her mother in lawe sawe what she had gathered also she toke forthe and gaue to her that which she had reserued whē she was suffised 19 Thē her mother in lawe said vnto her Where hast thou gleaned to day where wroghtest thou blessed be he that knewe thee And she shewed her mother in lawe with whome she had wroght and said The mans name with whome I wroght to day is Bóaz 20 And Naomi said vnto her daughter in lawe Blessed be he of the Lord for he ceaseth not to do good to the liuing and to the dead Againe Naomi said vnto her The man is nere vnto vs and of our affinitie 21 And Ruth the Moabitesse sayde He sayde also certainly vnto me Thou shalt be with my seruants vntil they haue ended all mine haruest 22 And Naomi answered vnto Ruth her daughter in lawe It is best my daughter that thou go out with his maids that thei mete thee not in an other field 23 Then she kept her by the maids of Bōaz to gather vnto the end of barly haruest and of wheat haruest and dwelt with her mother in lawe CHAP. III. 1 Naomi giueth Ruth counsel 8. She 〈◊〉 at Bōaz fete 12 He acknowledgeth him selfe to be her kinseman 1 AFterward Naomi her mother in law said vnto her My daughter shal not I seke rest for thee that thou maiest prosper 2 Now also is not Bōaz our kinsman with whose maids thou wast beholde he winoweth barly to night in the floore 3 Wash thy selfe therefore and anoint thee and put thy raiment vpon thee and get thee downe to the floore let not the man knowe of thee vntil he haue left eating drinking 4 And when he shal slepe marke the place where he layeth him downe and go and vncouerthe place of his fete lay thee downe and he shal tel thee what thou shalt do 5 And she answered her All that thou biddest me I wil do 6 ¶ So she went downe vnto the floore and did according to all that her mother in lawe bade her 7 And when Bóaz had eaten and dronken cheared his heart he went to lie downe at the end of the heape of corne and she came softely and vncouered the place of his fete and lay downe 8 And at midnight the man was afraied and caught holde lo a woman lay at his fete 9 Then he said Who art thou And she answered I am Ruth thine hād maide spread there fore the wing of thy garment ouer thine hand maid for thou art the kinseman 10 Then said he Blessed be thou of the Lord my daughter thou hast she wed more good nes in the latter end then at the beginning in as muche as thou folowedst not yong men were they poore or riche 11 And now my daughter feare not I wil do to thee all that thou requirest for al the citie of my people doeth knowe that thou art a vertuous woman 12 And now it is true that I am thy kinsman howbeit there is a kinseman nearer then I. 13 Tary to night and when morning is come if he wil do the duetie of a kinseman vnto thee wel let him do the kinsmans duetie but if he wil not do the kinsemans parte thē wil I do the duetie of a kinsman as the Lord liueth slepe vntil the morning 14 ¶ And she lay at his fete vntil the morning and she arose before one colde knowe another for he said Let no man knowe that a woman came in to the floore 15 Also he said bring the shete that thou hast vpon thee and holde it And when she helde it he measured six measures of barly and laied them on her and went into the citie 16 And when she came to her mother in law she said Who art thou my daughter And she tolde her all that the man had done to her 17 And said These six measures of barly gaue he me for he said to me Thou shalt not come empty vnto thy mother in lawe 18 Then said she My daughter sit stil vntil thou knowe how the thing wil fall for the man wil not be in rest vntil he hathe finished the matter this same day CHAP. IIII. 1 Bóaz speaketh to Ruths next kinseman touching her mariage 7 The ancient custome in Israél 10 Bóaz maryeth Ruth of whome he begetteth Obéd 18 The gene ration of Phárez 1 THen went Bóaz vp to the gate and sate there and beholde the kinseman of whome Bôaz had spoken came by and he said Ho suche one come sit downe here And he turned and sate downe 2 Then he toke ten men of the Elders of the citie and said Sit ye downe here And they sate downe 3 And he said vnto the kinseman Naomi that is come againe out of the countrei of Moáb wil sel a parcel of lād which was our brother Elimélechs 4 And I thoght to aduertise thee saying Bye it before the assistās and before the Elders of my people If thou wiltredeme it redeme it but if thou wilt not redeme it tel me for I knowe that there is none besides thee to redeme it and I am after thee Then he answered I wil redeme it 5 Then said Bōaz What day thou byest the field of the hand of Naomi thou must also bye it of Ruth the Moabitesse the wife of the dead to sterre vp the name of the dead vpon his inheritance 6 And the kinsman answered I cannot redeme it lest I destroy mine owne inheritance redeme my right to thee for I cannot redeme it 7 Now this was the maner beforetime in Israél concerning redeming and changing for to stablish all things a man did plucke of his shooe and gaue it his neighbour and this was a sure witnes in Israél 8 Therefore the kinsman said to Bôaz Bye it for thee and he drue of his shooe 9 And Bóaz said vnto the Elders and vnto all the people Ye are witnesses this day that I haue boght all that was Elimélechs and all that was Chiliōns and Mahlóns of the hand of Naomi 10 And moreouer Ruth the Moabitesse the wife of Mahlón haue I boght to be my wife to sterre vp the name of the dead vpon his in heritance and that the name of the dead be not put out from among his brethren and from the gate of his place ye are witnesses this day 11 And al the people that were in the gate and the Elders said We are witnes the Lord make the wife
him and made him a captaine ouer a thousand and he went out and in before the people 14 And Dauid behaued him selfe wisely in all his waies for the Lord was with him 15 Wherefore when Saúl sawe that he was ve ry wise he was afraied of him 16 For all Israél and Iudáh loued Dauid becau se he went out and in before them 17 ¶ Then Saúl said to Dauid Beholde mine eldest daughter Meráb her I wil giue thee to wife onely be a valiant sonne vnto me and fight the Lords battels for Saúl thoght Mine hand shal not be vpon him but the hād of the Philistīs shal be vpō him 18 And Dauid answered Saúl What am I and what is my life or the familie of my father in Israél that I shuldebe sonne in lawe to the King 19 How 〈◊〉 whē Meráb Sauls daughter shulde haue bene giuen to Dauid she was giuen vnto Adriél a Meholathite to wife 20 ¶ Then Michál Sauls daughter loued Dauid and thei shewed Saúl and the thing pleased him 21 Therefore Saul said I wil giue him herz that she may be a snare to him and that the hand of the Philistims may be against hi Wherefore Saúl said to Dauid Thou shalt this day be my sonne in lawe in the one of the twaine 22 And Saúl commāded his seruants Speake with Dauid secretly and say Beholde the King hathe a fauour to thee and all his ser uants loue thee be now therefore the Kings sonne in lawe 23 And Sauls seruants spake these wordes in the eares of Dauid And Dauid said Semeth it to you a light thing to be a Kings sonne in lawe seing that I am a poore mā and of small reputacion 24 And thē Sauls seruants broght him word againe saying Suche wordes spake Dauid 25 And Saúl said This wise shal ye say to Dauid The King desireth no do wrie but an hundreth foreskinnes of the Philistims to be auenged of the Kings enemies for Saúl thoght to make Dauid fall into the hands of the Philistims 26 And when his seruants tolde Dauid these wordes it pleased Dauid wel to be the Kings sonne in lawe and the daies were not expired 27 After warde Dauid arose with his men and went and slewe of the Philistims two hundreth men and Dauid broght their foreskinnes and thei gaue them wholy to the King that he might be the Kings sonne in lawe therefore Saúl gaue him michál daughter to wife 18 Then Saúl sawe and vnderstode that the Lord was with Dauid and that Michál the daughter of Saûl loued him 29 Then Saúl was more and more afraied of Dauid and Saúl became alway Dauids enemy 30 And when the princes of the Philistims went for the at their going for the Dauid behaued him selfe more wisely then all the seruantes of Saúl so that his name was mu che set by CHAP. XIX 2 Ionathan declareth to Dauid the wicked purpose of Saúl 11 Michal his wife saueth him 18 Dauid commeth to Samuél 23 The Spirit of prophecie commeth en Saúl 1 THen Saúl spake to Ionathan his sonne and to all his seruants that they shulde kil Dauid but Ionathán Sauls sonne had a great fauour to Dauid 2 And Ionathán tolde Dauid saying Saūl my father goeth about to slaye thee now therefore I pray thee take hede vnto thy selfe vnto the morning and abide in a secret place and hide thy selfe 3 And I wil go out and stand by my father in the field where thou art and wil commune with my father of thee and I wil se what he saith and wil tel thee 4 ¶ And Ionathan spake good of Dauid vn to Saúl his father and said vnto him Let not the King sinne against his seruant against Dauid for he hathe not sinned against thee but his workes haue bene to thee very good 5 For he did * put his life in danger and slewe the Philistim and the Lord wroght a great saluacion for all Israél thou sawest it and thou reioysedst wherefore then wilt thou sinne against innocent blood slaye Dauid with out a cause 6 Then Saúl hearkened vnto the voyce of Ionathán and Saūl sware As the Lord liueth he shalt not dye 7 So Ionathán called Dauid and Ionathán shewed him all those wordes and Ionathán broght Dauid to Saúl and he was in his presence as in times past 8 ¶ Againe the warre began Dauid wēt out and foght with the Philistims slewe them with a great slaughter and they fled from him 9 ¶ And the euil Spirit of the Lord was vpō Saúl as he sate in his house hauing his spea re in his hand and Dauid played with his hand 10 And Saūl entended to smite Dauid to the wall with the speare but he turned aside out of Sauls presence and he smote the speare against the wall but Dauid fled eschaped the same night 11 Saūl also sent messengers vnto Dauids house to watche him and to slaye him in the morning Michál Dauids wife tolde it him saying If thou saue not thy self this night tomorowe thou shalt be slaine 12 So Michál let Dauid downe through a windowe and he went and fled and escaped 13 Then Michāl toke an image and layed it in the bed and put a pillowe stuffed with goates heere vnder thé head of it and co uered it with a cloth 14 And when Saúl sent messen gers to take Dauid she said He is sicke 15 And Saúl sent the messengers againe to se Dauid saying Bring him to me in the bed that I may slaye him 16 And when the messengers were come in beholde an image was in the bed with a pillowe of goates here vnder the head of it 17 And Saúl said vnto Michà l Why hast thou mocked me so and sent away mine enemy that he is eschaped And Michál answered Saúl He said vnto me Let me go or els I wil kil thee 18 ¶ So Dauid fled and escaped and came to Samuél to Ramáh and tolde him all that Saúl had done to him and he and Samuél went and dwelt in Naiōth 19 But one tolde Saūl saying Beholde Dauid is at Naioth in Ramáh 20 And Saúl sent messengers to take Dauid and whē they sawe a cōpanie of Prophets prophecying and Samuel standing as ap pointed ouer them the Spirit of God fel vpon the messengers of Saúl and they also prophecied 21 And when it was tolde Saūl he sent other messēgers and they prophecied likewise againe Saūl sent the third messengers they prophecied also 22 Then went he him self to Ramáh and came to a great wel that is in Sechū he asked and said Where are Samuel and Dauid and one said Beholde they be at Naiōth in Ramáh 23 And he went thither euen to Naiòth in Ramáh and the Spirit of God came vpon him also and he wēt prophecying vntil he came to Naiōth in Ramáh 24 And he stript of
50 ¶ And Adoniiāh fearing the presence of Salomon arose and went and toke holde on the hornes of the altar 51 And one tolde Salomōn saying Beholde Adoniiáh doeth feare King Salomōn for lo he hathe caught holde on the hornes of the altar saying Let King Salomon sweare vnto me this day that he wil not slaye his seruant with the sworde 52 Thē Salomon said If he wil shewe him selfe a worthy man there shal not an here of him fall to the earth but if wickednes be found in him he shal dye 53 Then King Salomōn sent and thei broght him from the altar and he came ād did obeisance vnto King Salomón And Salomōn said vnto him Go to thine house CHAP. II. 1 Dauid exhorteth Salomōn and giueth charge as concerning Ioáb Barzillái and Shimei 10 The death of Dauid 17 Adoniiah asketh Abishāg to wife 25 He is slayne 35. Zadok was placed in Abiathars roume 1 THen the daies of Dauid drewe nere that he shulde dye and he charged Salomōn his sonne saying 2 I go the waie of all the earth be strong therefore and she we thy felfe a man 3 And take hede to the charge of the Lord thy God to walke in his waies and kepe his statutes and his commandements his iudgements and his testimonies as it is written in the Lawe of Mosés that thou maiest * prosper in all that thou doest and in euery thing whereunto thou turnest thee 4 That the Lord may confirme his worde which he spake vnto me saying If thy sonnes take hede to their way that thei walke before me in trueth with all their hearts with all their soules * thou shalt not said he want one of thy posteritie vpon the throne of Israél 5 Thou knowest also what Ioáb the sonne of 〈◊〉 did to me and what he did to the two captaines of the hostes of Israél vnto * Abnér the sonne of Ner and vnto * Amasā the sonne of Iethér whome he slewe and shed blood of battel in peace and put the blood of warre vpon his girdle that was about his 〈◊〉 and in his shooes that were on his feete 6 Do therefore according to thy wisdome let thou not his hoare head go downe to the graue in peace 7 But shewe kindenes vnto the sonnes of * Barzillái the Gileadite and let them be amōg them that eat at thy table for sothei came to me when I fled from Absalóm thy brother 8 ¶ And beholde with thee * is Shimei the sonne of Gerá the sonne of 〈◊〉 of Bahurim which cursed me with an horrible curse in the day when I went to Mahanáim but he came downe to meete me at Iordén and I sware to him by the Lord saying * I wil not slaye thee with the sworde 9 But thou shalt not count him innocent for thou art a wiseman and knowest what thou oughtest to do vnto him therfore thou shalt cause his hoare head to go downe to the gra ue with blood 10 So * Dauid slept with his fathers and was buryed in the citie of Dauid 11 And the dayes which Dauid * reigned vpon Israél were fourtie yere seuē yeres reigned he in Hebron and thirty and thre yeres reigned he in Ierusalém 12 ¶ * Then sate Salomōn vpon the throne of Dauid his father and his kingdome was stablished mightely 13 And Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith came to Bath-shébathe mother of Salomōn and she said Commest thou peaceably And he said Yea. 14 He said moreouer I haue a sure vnto thee And she said Say on 15 Then he said Thou knowest that the kingdome was mine and that all Israél set their faces on me that I shulde reigne how beit the kingdome is turned away and is my bro ther 's for it came to him by the Lord. 16 Now therefore I aske thee one request refuse me not And she said vnto him Say on 17 And he said Speake I pray thee vnto Salomōn the King for he wil not say thee naye that he giue me Abishāg the Shunammite to wife 18 And Bath-sheba said Wel I wil speake for thee vnto the King 19 ¶ Bath-shéba therefore went vnto King Salomōn to speake vnto him for Adoniiáh and the King rose to meete her ād bowed him selfe vnto her and sate downe on his throne and he caused a seat to be set for the Kings mother and she sate at his right hand 20 Then she said I desire a smale request of thee say me not naye Then the King said vnto her Aske on my mother for I wil not say thee naye 21 She said then Let Abishág the Shunámite be giuen to Adoniiáh thy brother to wife 22 But King Salomōn answered and said vnto his mother And why doest thou aske Abishág the Shunamite for Adoniiáh aske for him the kingdome also for he is mine elder brother and hathe for him bothe Abiathar the Priest and Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiāh 23 Then King Salomōn sware by the Lord saying God do so to me and more also if Adoniiáh hathe not spoken this worde against his owne life 24 Now therefore as the Lordliueth who hathe established me and set me on the throne of Dauid my father who also hathe made me an house as he * promised Adoniiáh shal surely dye this day 25 And King Salomón sent by the hand of Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá and he smote him that he dyed 26 ¶ Then the King said vnto Abiathār the Priest Go to Anathoth vnto thine owne fields for thou art worthy of death but I wil not this day kil thee because thou barest the Arke of the Lord God before Dauid my father and because thou hast suffred in all where in my father hathe bene afflicted 27 So Salomón cast out Abiathár from being Priest vnto the Lord that he might * fulfil the wordes of the Lord which he spake against the house of Eli in Shilōh 28 ¶ Then tidings came to Ioáb for Ioáb had turned after Adoniiáh but he turned not after Absalōm and Ioáb fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord and caught holde on the hornes of the altar 29 And it was tolde King Salomōn that Ioáb was fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord beholde he is by the altar Then Salomōn sent Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá saying Go fall vpon him 30 And Benaiāh came to the Tabernacle of the Lord and said vnto him Thus saith the King Come out And he said Naye but I wil dye here Then Benaiáh broght the King worde againe saying Thus said Ioáb and thus he answered me 31 And the King said vnto him Do as he hathe said and smite him burye him that thou maiest take away the blood which Ioáb shed causeles from me and from the house of my father 32 And the Lord shal bring his blood vpon his owne head for he
Saneherib King of Asshúr departed and went his way and returned and dwelt in Niniuéh 37 And as he was in the temple worshiping Nisrōch his God Adramélech and Sharézer his sonnes slewe him with the sworde and they escaped into the land of Ararát ad Esarhaddōn his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XX. 1 Hezehiáh is sicke and receyueth the signe of his health 12 He receyueth rewardes of Berodách 13 Sheweth his treasures and is reprehended of Isaiah 22 He dyeth and Manasséh his sonne reigneth in his steade 1 ABout that time * was Hezekiáh sicke vn to death and the Prophet Isaiáh the son ne of Amōz came to him and said vnto him Thus sayth the LORD Put thine house in an ordre for thou shalt dye and not liue 2 Then he turned his face to the wall and prayed to the Lord saying 3 I beseche thee ô Lord remember now how I haue walked before thee in trueth with a perfit heart and haue done that which is good in thy sight Hezekiáh wept sore 4 ¶ And a fore Isaiáh was gone out into the middle of the court the worde of the Lord came to him saying 5 Turne againe and tel Hezekiáh the captaine of my people Thus sayth the Lord God of Dauid thy father I haue heard thy prayer and sene thy teares beholde I haue healed thee and the third day thou shalt go vp to the house of the Lord 6 And I wil adde vnto thy dayes fiftene yere and wil deliuer thee and this citie out of the hand of the King of Asshúr and wil defend this citie for mine owne sake and for Dauid my seruants sake 7 Then Isaiáh said Take a lompe of drye figs And they toke it and layed it on the 〈◊〉 and he recouered 8 ¶ For Hezekiáh had said vnto Isaiáh What shal be the sigue that the Lord wil heale me and that I shal go vp into the house of the Lord the third day 9 And Isaiáh answered This signe shalt thou haue of the Lord that the Lord wil do that he hathe spoken Wilt thou that the 〈◊〉 go forwarde ten degrees or go bicke ten degrees 10 And Hezekiáh answered It is a light thing for the shadowe to passe forwarde ten degrees not so then but let the shadowe go backe ten degrees 11 And Isaiáh the Prophet called vnto the Lord and he broght againe the shadowe ten degrees backe by the degrees 〈◊〉 by it had gone downe in the dial of Aház 12 ¶ * The same season Berodách Baladán the sonne of Baladán King of 〈◊〉 sent letters and a present to Hezekiáh for he had heard how that Hezekiáh was sicke 13 And Hezekiáh heard thē and shewed them all his treasure house to wit the siluer and the golde and the spices and the precious ointmēt and all the house of his armour and al that was founde in his treasures there was nothing in his house and in all his realme that Hezekiáh she wed them not 14 Then Isaiáh the Prophet came vnto King Hezekiáh and said vnto him What said thesemen and from whence came they to thee And Hezekiáh said They be come from a farre countrey euen from Babél 15 Then said he What haue they sene in thine house And Hezekiáh answered All that is in mine house haue they sene there is nothing among my treasures that I haue not shewed them 16 And Isaiáh said vnto Hezekiáh Heare the worde of the Lord. 17 Beholde the dayes come that all that is in thine house and whatsoeuer thy fathers haue laied vp in store vnto this day * shal be caried into Babél Nothing shal beleft saith the Lord. 18 And of thy sonnes that shal procede out of thee and which thou shalt be get shal they take away and they shal be eunuches in the place of the King of Babél 19 Then Hezekiáh said vnto Isaiáh The word of the Lord which thou hast spokē is good for said he Shal it not be good if peace and trueth be in my dayes 20 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh all his valiāt dedes and how he made a poole and a condite broght water into the citie are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the Kings of Iudà h 21 And Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and Manasséh his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XXI 3 King Manasséh restoreth idolatrie 16 And vseth great 〈◊〉 18 He dyeth and Amon his sonne succedeth 23 who is killed of his owne seruants 26 After him 〈◊〉 Iosiah 1 MAnasséh * was twelue yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned fiftie and fiue yere in Ierusalém his mothers name also was Hephzi-báh 2 And he did euil in the sight of the Lord after the abominacion of the heathen whome the * Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekià h his father had destroied and he erected vp altars for Báal and made a groue as did Aháb King of Israél and worshiped all the hoste of heauen and serued them 4 Also he * buylt altars in the house of the Lord of the which the Lord said * In Ierusalém wil I put my Name 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre and gaue him selfe to witch craft and sorcerie and he vsed them that had fami liar spirits and were sothe sayers and did mu che euil in the sight of the Lord to 〈◊〉 him 7 And he set the image of the groue that he had made in the house where of the Lord had said to Dauid and to Salomōn his sonne * In this house ād in Ierusalém which I haue chosen out of all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether wil I make the feete of Israél moue anie more out of the land which I gaue their fathers so that they wil obserue and do all that I haue commanded them and according to all the Lawe that my seruant Mosés commanded them 9 Yet they obeyed not but Manasséh led thē out of the way to do more wickedly then did the heathen people whome the Lord de stroyed before the children of Israél 10 Therefore the Lord spake by his seruants the Prophetes saying 11 * Because that Manasséh King of Iudáh hathe done suche abominacions and hathe wroght more wickedly then all that the Amorites which were before him did and ha the made Iudáh sinne also with his idoles 12 Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil bring an euil vpon Ierusalém and Iudáh that whoso heareth of it bothe his eares shal tingle 13 And I wil stretch ouer Ierusalém the line of Samaria and the plommet of the house of Aháb
all the worke finished that Salomōn made for the house of the Lord and Salomōn broght in the thynges that Dauid his father had dedicated wyth the siluer and the golde and all the vessels put them amōg the treasures of the house of God 2 Then Salomōn assembled the Elders of Israél and all the heades of the tribes the chief fathers of the children of Israél vnto Ierusalém to bring vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lord from the citie of Dauid which is Zión 3 And all the men of Israél assembled vnto the King at the feast it was in the seuenth moneth 4 And all the Elders of Israél came and the Leuites toke vp the Arke 5 And thei caryed vp the Arke and the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and all the holy vessels that were in the Tabernacle those did the Priests Leuites bring vp 6 And King Salomōn and all the Congregacion of Israél that were assembled vnto him were before the Arke offring shepe and bullockes whiche colde not be tolde nor nombred for multitude 7 So the Priests broght the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord vnto his place into the Oracle of the house into the moste Holye place euen vnder the wings of the Cherubims 8 For the Cherubims stretched out theyr wings ouer the place of the Arke and the Cherubims couered the Arke and the barres there of aboue 9 And they drewe out the barres that the ends of the barres might be sene out of the Arke before the Oracle but they were not sene without and there they are vnto this day 10 Nothing was in the Arke saue the two Tables whiche Mosés gaue at Horéb where the Lord made a couenant with the children of Israél when they came out of Egypt 11 And when the Priestes were come out of the Sanctuarie for all the Priests that were present were sanctified and did not wait by course 12 And the Leuites the singers of all sortes as of Asáph of Hemán of Ieduthún of their sonnes and of their brethren being cladde in fine linen stode with cymbales and with violes and harpes at the Eastend of the altar and with them an hundreth twentie Priests blowing with trumpets 13 And thei were as one blowing trūpets and singing and made one sounde to be heard in praising and thanking the Lord and when they lift vp their voyce wyth trumpets and with cymbales and with in struments of musike and when they praised the Lord singing For he is good because his mercie lasteth for euer thē the house euen the house of the Lord was filled with a cloude 14 So that he Priests colde not stand to ministre because of the cloude for the glorie of the Lord had filled the house of God CHAP. VI. 3 Salomón blesseth the people 4 He praiseth the Lord. 14 He praieth vnto God for those that shal pray in the Temple 1 THen Salomōn said The Lord hathe said that he wolde dwel in the darke cloude 2 And I haue buylt thee an house to dwel in an habitacion for thee to dwel in for euer 3 And the King turned his face and blessed all the Congregacion of Israél for all the Congregacion of Israél stode there 4 And he said Blessed be the Lord God of Israél who spake with his mouthe vnto Dauid my father and hathe with his hand fulfilled it saying 5 Since the day that I broght my people out of the land of Egypt I chose no citie of all the tribes of Israél to buylde an house that my Name might be there nether cho se Ianie man to be a ruler ouer my people Israél 6 But I haue chosen Ierusalém that my Name might be there and haue chosen Dauid to be ouer my people Israél 7 * And it was in the heart of Dauid my father to buylde an house vnto the Name of the Lord God of Israél 8 But the Lord said to Dauid my father Where as it was in thine heart to buylde an house vnto my name thou didest wel that thou wast so minded 9 Notwithstanding thou shalt not buylde the house but thy sonne which shal come out of thy loynes he shal buylde an house vnto my Name 10 And the Lord hathe performed his worde that he spake and I am risen vp in the roume of Dauid my father and am set on the throne of Israél as the Lord promised haue buvlt an house to the Name of the God of Israél 11 And I haue set the Atke there wherein is the couenant of the Lord that he made with the children of Israél 12 ¶ And the King stode before the altar of the Lord in the presence of all the Congregacion of Israél and stretched out his hands 13 For Salomōn had made a brasen skaffolde and set it in the middes of the courte of fiue cubites long fiue cubites broade and thre cubites of height and vpon it he stode and kneled downe vpon his knees before all the Congregacion of Israél and stretched out his hands towarde heauen 14 And said O Lord God of Israél * there is no God like thee in heauen nor in earth which kepest couenant and mercie vnto thy seruants that walke before thee with all their heart 15 Thou that hast kept with thy seruats Da uid my father that thou hast promised him for thou spake with thy mouthe and hast fulfilled it with thine hands as appeareth this day 16 Therefore now Lord God of Israél kepe with thy seruant Dauid my father that thou hast promised him sayīg Thou shalt not want a man in my sight that shal sit vpon the throne of Israél so that thy sonnes take 〈◊〉 to their waies to walke in my Lawe as thou hast walked before me 17 And now ô Lord God of Israél let thy worde be verified which thou spakest vnto thy seruant Dauid 18 Is it true in dede that God wil dwel with man on earth beholde the * heauens and the heauens of heauens are not able to to cōteine thee how muche more vnable is this house which I haue buylt 19 But haue thou respect to the prayer of thy 〈◊〉 and to his supplicacion ô Lord my God to heare the crye and prayer which thy seruant prayeth before thee 20 That thine eyes may be open toward this house day and night euen toward the pla ce where of thou hast said That thou woldest put thy Name there that thou maiest hearken vnto the prayer which thy seruāt prayeth in this place 21 He are thou therefore the 〈◊〉 of thy seruant and of thy people Israél which they praye in this place and heare thou in the place of thine habitacion euen in hea uen and when thou hearest be merciful 22 ¶ * When a man shal sinne against his neighbour and he lay vpon him anothe to cause him to sweare and the swearer shal come before thine
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
forte And I answered them after the same maner 5 Then sent Sanbállát his seruant after this for te vnto me the fift time with an open letter in his hand 6 Wherein in was writen It is reported amōg the heathen and Gashmú hathe said it that thou and the Iewes thinke to rebell for the which cause thou buy Idest the wal and thou wilt be their King according to these wordes 7 Thou hast also ordeined the Prophetes to preache of thee at Ierusalém saying There is a King in Iudáh and now according to these wordes it shal come to the Kings eares come now therefore and let vs take counsel together 8 Then I sent vnto him saying It is not done according to these wordes that thou sayest for thou fainest them of thine owne heart 9 For all thei afraied vs saying Their hands shal be weakened frō the worke it shal not be done now therefore in courage thou me 10 ¶ And I came to the house of Shemaià h the sonne of Delaiáh the sonne of Mehetabél and he was shut vp ād he said Let vs come together into the house of God in the middes of the Temple and shut the dores of the Temple for they wil come to slay thee yea in the night wil they come to kil thee 11 Then I said Shulde suche a man as I flee Who is he being as I am that wolde go into the Temple to liue I wil not go in 12 And lo I perceiued that God had not sent him but that he pronounced this prophecie against me for Tobiáh and Sanballát had hy red him 13 Therefore was he hyred that I might be afrayed and do thus and sinne and that they might haue an euil reporte that they might reproche me 14 My God remember thou Tobiáh and San ballát according vnto these their workes No adiák the Prophetesse also and the rest of the Prophetes that wolde haue put me in feare 15 ¶ Not withstanding the wall was finished on the fiue and twentieth day of Elūl in two and fiftic dayes 16 And when all our enemies heard thereof euen all the heathen that were about vs thei were 〈◊〉 and their courage failed them for they knewe that this worke was wroght by our God 17 And in these dayes were there manie of the princes of Iudáh whose letters 〈◊〉 vn to Tobiáh and those of Tobiáh came vnto them 18 For there were manie in Iudáh that were sworne vnto him for he was the sonne in law of Shechaniah the sonne of Aráh and his sō ne Iehonathán had the daughter of Meshullám the sonne of Berechiáh 19 Yea they spake in his praise before me and tolde him my wordes and Tobiah sent letters to put me in feare CHAP. VII 1 After the wall once buylded is the watch appointed 6 They that returned from the captiuitie are nōmbred 1 NOw * whē the wall was buylded I had set vp the dores and the porters and the singers and the Leuites were appointed 2 Then I commanded my brother Hanáni and Hananiáh the prince of the palace in Ierusalém for he was doutles a faithful man and feared God aboue manie 3 And I said vnto them Let not the gates of Ie rusalém be opened vntil the heat of the sun ne and while they stand by let them shut the dores and make them fast I appointed wardes of the inhabitants of Ierusalém euerie one in his warde and euerie one ouer against his house 4 Now the citie was large and great but the people were fewe therein and the houses were not buylded 5 And my God put into mine heart I gathered the princes and the rulers and the people to counte their genealogies I founde a boke of the genealogie of them * whiche came vp at the first and founde writen therein 6 These are the sonnes of the prouince that came vp from the captiuitie that was caryed away whome Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél had caried away and they returned to Ie rusalém and to Iudáh euerie one vnto his citie 7 They which came with Zerubbabél Ieshūa Nehemiáh Azariáh Raamiáh Nahamáni Mordecái Bilshán Mispéreth Biguái Nehū Baanáh This is the nomber of the men of the people of Israél 8 The sonnes of Parôsh two thousand an hun dreth seuentie and two 9 The sonnes of Shephatiáh thre hundreth seuentie and two 10 The sonnes of Aráh six hundreth fiftie and two 11 The sonnes of Paháth Moáb of the sonnes of Ieshúa Ioáb two thousand eight hundreth and eightene 12 The sonnes of Elám a thousand two hundreth fiftie and foure 13 The sonnes of Zattu eight hundreth fiue and fourtie 14 The sonnes of Zacchái seuen hundreth and thre score 15 The sonnes of Binnui six hundreth eight and fourtie 16 The sonnes of Bebái six hundreth and eight and twentie 17 The sonnes of Azgád two thousand thre hū dreth and two and twentie 18 The sonnes of Adonikám six hundreth thre score and seuen 19 The sonnes of Biguái two thousand thre score and seuen 20 The sonnes of Adin six hundreth and fyue and fiftie 21 The sonnes of Atér of Hizkiah ninetie and eight 22 The sonnes of Hashûm thre hundreth and eight and twentie 23 The sonnes of Bezai thre hundreth foure and twentie 24 The sonnes of Hariph an hundreth and twelue 25 The sonnes of Gibeōn ninetie and fiue 26 The men of Beth-léh em and Netophah an hundreth foure score and eight 27 The men of Anathôth an hundreth eight and twentie 28 The men of Beth-azmaueth two and fourtie 29 The men of Kiriath-iearim Chephirah and Beerôth seuen hundreth and thre fourtie 30 The men of Ramah and Gaba six hundreth and one and twentie 31 The men of Michmas an hundreth and two an twentie 32 The men of Beth-él and Ai an hundreth and thre and twentie 33 The men of the other Nebó two fiftie 34 The sonnes of the other Elam a thousand two hundreth and foure and fiftie 35 The sonnes of Harim thre hundreth and twentie 36 The sonnes of Ierichô thre hundreth and fyue and fourtie 37 The sonnes of Lod-hadid and Onó seuen hundreth and one and 〈◊〉 38 The sonnes of Senaâh thre thousand nine hundreth and thirtie 39 The Priests the sonnes of Iedaiáh of the house of Ieshúa nine hūdreth seuētie thre 40 The sonnes of Immér a thousand and two and fiftie 41 The sonnes of 〈◊〉 a thousand two hun dreth and seuen and fourtie 42 The sonnes of Harim a thousand and seuen tene 43 ¶ The Leuites the sonnes of Ieshûa of Kadmiél and of the sonnes of Hodiuáh seuentie and foure 44 ¶ The singers the children of Asaph an hū dreth and eight and fourtie 45 The porters the sonnes of Shallúm the son nes of Atér the sonnes of Talmon the sonnes of Akkúb the sonnes of Hatitā the sonnes of Shobái an hundreth and eight and thirtie 46 ¶ The
Nethinims the sonnes of Zihá the sonnes of Hashuphá the sonnes of 〈◊〉 47 The sonnes of Kerós the sonnes of Siá the sonnes of Padon 48 The sonnes of Lebaná the sonnes of Hagabá the sonnes of Shalmái 49 The sonnes of Hanán the sonnes of 〈◊〉 the sonnes of Gáhar 50 The sonnes of Reaiáh the sonnes of Rezin the sonnes of Nekodá 51 The sonnes of Gazzám the sonnes of Vzzá the sonnes of Paséah 52 The sonnes of Besái the sonnes of Meunîm the sonnes of Nephishesim 53 The sonnes of Bak búk the sonnes of Hakuphá the sonnes of Harhúr 54 The sonnes of Bazlith the sōnes of Mehidá the sonnes of Harshá 55 The sonnes of Barkós the sonnes of Sisserá the sonnes of Támah 56 The sonnes of Neziah the sonnes of Hatiphá 57 The sonnes of Salomons seruāts the sonnes of Sotái the sonnes of Sophéreth the sónes of Peridá 58 The sonnes of Iaalá the sonnes of Darkōn the sonnes of 〈◊〉 59 The sonnes of Shephatiáh the sonnes of Hattil the sonnes of Pochéreth of Zebaim the sonnes of Amón 60 All the Nethinims and the sonnes of Salomons seruants were thre hundreth ninetie and two 61 ¶ And these came vp from Tel-meláh Telhareshá Cherúb Addón and Immér but thei colde not slew their fathers house nor their sede or if they were of Israél 62 The sonnes of Delaiáh the sōnes of Tobiáh the sonnes of Nekodá six hundreth and two and fourtie 63 And of the Priests the sonnes of Habaiâh the sonnes of Hakkōz the sonnes of Barzillâi which toke one of the daughters of Barzillái the Giliadite to wife was named after their name 64 These soght their writing of the genealogies but it was not founde therefore they were put from the Priesthode 65 And the Tirshátha said vnto thē that they shulde not eat of the most holy til there rose vp a Priest with * Vrim and Thummim 66 All the Congregacion together was two and fourtie thousand thre hundreth threscore 67 Besides their seruants and their maids which were seuen thousand thre hundreth and seuen and thirtie and they had two hundreth and fiue and fourtie singing men and singing women 68 Their horses were seuen hundreth and six and thirtie their mules two hundreth fiue and fourtie 69 The camels foure hundreth and fiue and thirtie six thousand seuen hundreth and twentie asses 70 And certeine of the chief fathers gaue vnto the worke The 〈◊〉 gaue to the trea sure a thousand drammes of golde fiftie 〈◊〉 fiue hundreth and thirtie Priests garments 71 And some of the chief fathers gaue vnto the treasure of the worke twentie thousand drammes of golde two thousand and two hundreth pieces of siluer 72 And the rest of the people gaue twētie thou 〈◊〉 drammes of golde and two thousand pieces of siluer and threscore seuē Priests garments 73 And the Priests and Leuites and the porters and the singers and the rest of the people the 〈◊〉 and all Israél dweltin their cities and when the seuent moneth came the children of Israél were in their cities CHAP. VIII 2 Ezra gathereth together the people and readeth to them the Law 12 〈◊〉 reioyce in 〈◊〉 for the knowledge of the worde of God 15 They kepe the feast of Tabernacles or boothes 1 ANd all the people assembled them selues together in the streat that was before the watergate and they spake vnto Ezrá the scribe that he wold bring the boke of the Law of Mosés which the Lord had comman ded to Israél 2 And Azrá the Priest broght the Law before the Congregacion bothe of men and women and of all that colde heare and vnderstand it in the first day of the seuent moneth 3 And hered therein in the streat that was before the watergate from the morning vntil the midday before men and women and of them that vnderstode it and the eares of all the people hearkened vnto the boke of the Law 4 And Ezrá the scribe stode vpon a pulpit of wood which he had made for the preaching and beside him stode Mattithiáh Shêma and Ananiáh and Vriiáh and Hilkiáh and Maaseiáh on his right hand and on his left hand Pedaiáh and Mishaél and Malchiáh and Hashum and Hashbadāna Zecháriáh and Meshullám 5 And Ezrá opened the boke before all the people for he was aboue all the people whē he opened it al the people stode vp 6 And Ezrá praised the Lord the great God and all the people answered Amen Amē with lifting vp their hands thei bowed them selues and worshiped the Lord with 〈◊〉 faces toward the grounde 7 Also Ieshúa and Bani and Sherebiáh Iamin Akkúb Shabbethái Hodiiáh Maaseiáh Kelitá Azariáh Iozabád Hanán Pelaiáh and the Leuites caused the people to vnderstand the Law and the people stode in their place 8 And they red in the boke of the Lawe of God distinctly and gaue the sense and caused them to vnderstand the reading 9 Then Nehemiáh which is Tirshátha and Ezrá the Priest and scribe and the Leuites that instructed the people said vnto all the people Thys daye is holy vnto the Lord your God mourne not nether wepe for all the people wept whē they heard the wordes of the Law 10 He said also vnto them Go and eate of the fat and drinke the swete send parte vnto thē for whome none is prepared for this daye is holye vnto our Lord be ye not sory therfore for the ioye of the Lord is your strength 11 And the Leuites made silēce throughout all the people saying Holde your peace for the day is holy be not sad therefore 12 Then all the people went to eate and to drinke and to send away parte to make great ioye because they had vnderstande the wordes that they had taught them 13 And on the seconde day the chief fathers of all the people the Priests and the Leuites were gathered vnto Ezrá the scribe that he also myghte instructe them in the wordes of the Law 14 And they founde writen in the Law that the Lord had commanded by Mosés that the children of Israél shulde dwel in * boothes in the feast of the seuent moneth 15 And that thei shulde cause it to be declared and proclaimed in all their Cities and in Ierusalém saying Go for the vnto the mount and bringe oliuebranches and pine branches and branches of myrtus and palmebranches and branches of thicke trees to make boothès as it is writen 16 So the people went forth broght thē and made them boothes euerie one vpon the rofe of his house and in their courts and in the courts of the house of God and in the strete by the watergate and in the strete of the gate of Ephráim 17 And all the Congregacion of them that were come againe out of the captiuitie made boothes sate vnder the boothes for since the time of Ieshúa the sonne of Nun vnto this day had not the
My merciful God wil preuent me God wil let me se my desire vpon mine enemies 11 Slay them not lest my people forget it but scater them abroad by thy power put them downe ô Lord our shield 12 For the sinne of their mouth the wordes of their lippes and let them be taken in their pride euen for their periurie and lies that thei spake 13 Consume them in thy wrath consume them that thei be no more and let them know that God ruleth in Iaakób euē vnto the ends of the worlde Seláh 14 And in the euening they shal go to and fro and barcke like dogs and go about the citie 15 Thei shal runne here and there for meat surely they shal not be satisfied thogh thei tarie all night 16 But I wil sing of thy power and wil praise thy mercie in the morning for thou hast bene my defence and resuge in the day of my trouble 17 Vnto thee ô my Strength wil I sing for God is my defence and my merciful God PSAL. LX Dauid being now King ouer Iudáh and hauing had ma nie victories sheweth by euident signes that God elected him King assuring the people that God wil prosper them if they approue the same 11 After he prayeth vnto God to finish that that he hathe begonne ¶ To him that excelleth vpō Shushan Eduth or Michtám A psal of Dauid to teache * When he soght against Aram Nabaraim and against Arám Zobáh when Ioab retur ned and slew twelue thousand Edomites in the salt vallei 1 O God thou hast castvs out thou hast scatered vs thou hast bene angrie tur ne againe vnto vs. 2 Thus hast made the land to tremble and hast made it to gape heale the breaches thereof for it is shaken 3 Thou hast shewed thy people heauie things thou hast made vs to drinke the wine of gidines 4 But now thou hast giuen a banner to thē that feare thee that it maie be displaied because of thy trueth Sélah 5 That thy beloued maye be deliuered helpe with thy right hand and heate me 6 God hathe spoken in his holines therefore I wil reioyce I shall deuide Shechém and measure the valley of Succóth 7 Gilead shal be mine and Manasseh shal be myne Ephraim also shal be the strength of mine head Iudah is my law giuer 8 Moáb shal be my washe pot ouer Edom wil I cast out my 〈◊〉 Palestina shewe thy self joyful for me 9 Who will lead me into the stronge citie who wil bring me vnto Edóm 10 Wilt not thou o God whiche hadest cast vs of and didest not go forthe o God with our armies 11 Giue vs helpe againste trouble for vain cis the helpe of man 12 Through God we shall do valiantly for he shal treade downe our enemies PSAL. LXI 1 Whether that he were in danger of the Ammonites or being pursued of Absalom here he cryeth to be heard ād deliuered 8 And confirmed in his kingdome 1 He promiseth perpetual praises ¶ To hym that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid 1 HEare my crye ô God giue eare vnto my prayer 2 From the ends of the earth wil I crye vnto thee when mine heart is opprest bring me vpon the rocke that is highter then I. 3 For thou hast bene mine hope and a strong tower against the enemie 4 I will dwel in thy Tabernacle foreuer and my trust shall be vnder the 〈◊〉 of thy wings Sélah 5 For thou o God hast heard my desires thou hast giuen an heritage vnto those that feare thy Name 6 Thou shalt giue the Kyng a longlyfe his yeres shal be as manie ages 7 He shal dwell before God for euer prepare mercie and faithfulnes that they may preserue him 8 So wil I alway sing praise vnto thy Name in performing daiely my vowes PSAL. LXII This Psalme 〈◊〉 conteineth meditations whereby Dauid incourageth hym selfe to trust in God againste the assalts of tentations And because our mindes are easely drawen from God by the allurementes of the worlde he sharpely reproueth this vanitie to the intent he myght cleaue fast to the Lord. ¶ To the excellent musician * Ieduthun A Psalme of Dauid 1 YEt my soule kepeth silence vnto God of him cometh my saluacion 2 Yet he is my strength and my saluaciō ād my defence therefore I shall not muche be moued 3 How long will ye imagine mischief against a man ye shal be all slaine ye shal be as a bowed wall or as a wall shaken 4 Yet they consulte to cast hym downe from his dignitie their delite is in lies they blesse with their mouthes but curse with their hearts Sélah 5 Yet my soule kepe thou silence vnto God for mine hope is in him 6 Yet is he my strength and my saluation ād my defence therfore I shall not be moued 7 In God is my saluacion and my glorie the rocke of my strength in God is my trust 8 Trust in hym alwaye ye people powre out your hearts before hym for GOD is our hope Sélah 9 Yet the children of men are vanitie the chief men are lies to lay them vpon a balan ce they are altogether lighter then vanitie 10 Trust not in oppression nor in roberie be not vayne if riches increase set not your heart thereon 11 God spake once or twise I haue heard it that power belongeth vnto God 12 And to thee ó Lorde mercie for thou rewardest euerie one according to his worke PSAL. LXIII 1 Dauid after he had bene in greate danger by Saulin the deserte of Ziph made this Psalme 3 Wherein he giueth thankes to God for his wonderful deliuerance in whose mercies he trusted euen in the middes of his miseries 9 Prophecying the destructiō of Gods enemies 11 And cō 〈◊〉 happines to all them that trust in the Lord. ¶ A Psalme of Dauid when he was in the wildernes of Iudah 1 O God thou art my God early will I seke thee my soule thirsteth for thee my fleshe longeth greatly aster thee in a baren and drye land without water 2 Thus I beholde thee as in the Sanctuarie when I beholde thy power and thy glorie 3 For thy louing kindenes is better then life therefore my lippes shal praise thee 4 Thus will I magnifie thee all my life and lift vp mine hands in thy Name 5 My soule shal be satisfied as with maro we and fatnes and my mouth shal praise thee with ioyful lippes 6 When I remember thee on my bed and when I thinke vpon thee in the night wat ches 7 Because thou hast bene mine helper therefore vnder the shadow of thy wings wil I reioyce 8 My soule cleaneth vnto thee for thy right hand vpholdeth me 9 Therfore they that seke my soule to destroy it they shall go
the Lord. 18 The Lord hathe chastened me sore but he hathe not deliuered me to death 19 Open ye vnto me the gates of righteousnes that I maye go in to them and praise the Lord. 20 This is the gate of the Lord the righteous shal entre into it 21 I wil praise thee for thou hast heard me and hast bene my deliuerance 22 * The stone which the buylders refused is the head of the corner 23 This was the Lords doing and it is maruelous in our eyes 24 This is the daye whiche the Lord hathe made let vs reioyce and be glad in it 25 O Lord I praye thee saue now ô Lord I praye thee now giue prosperitie 26 Blessed be he that cometh in the Name of the Lord we haue blessed you out of the house of the Lord. 27 The Lord is mightie and hathe giuen vs light binde the sacrifice with cordes vnto the hornes of the altar 28 Thou art my God I wil praise thee euē my God therefore I wil exalt thee 29 Praise ye the Lord because he is good for his mercie endureth for euer PSAL. CXIX 1 The Prophet exhorteth the children of God to frame their liues according to his holie worde 12 Also he sheweth wherein the true seruice of God standeth that is whē we serue him according to his worde not after our one fantasies ALEPH. 1 BLessed are those that are vpright in their waye and walke in the Lawe of the Lord. 2 Blessed are they that kepe his testimonies and seke him with their whole heart 3 Surely they worke none iniquitie that walke in his wayes 4 Thou hast commanded to kepe thy precepts diligently 5 Oh that my wayes were directed to kepe thy statutes 6 Then shulde I not be confounded when I haue respect vnto all thy commandements 7 I wil praise thee with an vpright heart when I shal learne the iudgements of thy righteousnes 8 I wil kepe thy statutes for sake me not ouer long BETH 9 Where with shal a yong man redresse his waye in taking hede thereto according to thy worde 10 With my whole heart haue I soght thee let me not wander from thy commandements 11 I haue hid thy promes in mine heart that I might not sinne against thee 12 Blessed art thou ô Lord teache me thy statu tes 13 With my lippes haue I declared all the iudgements of thy mouth 14 I haue had as great delite in the waie of thy testimonies as in all riches 15 I wil meditate in thy precepts and consider thy wayes 16 I wil delite in thy statutes and I wil not for get thy worde GIMEL 17 Be benificial vnto thy seruant that I maye liue and kepe thy worde 18 Open mine eyes that I may se the wonders of thy Law 19 I am a stranger vpon earth hide not thy commandements from me 20 Mine heart breaketh for thy desire to thy iudgements alwaie 21 Thou hast destroied the proude cursed are they that do erre from thy commandement 22 Remoue from me shame and contempt for I haue kept thy testimonies 23 Princes also did sit ād speake against me but thy seruant did meditate in thy statutes 24 Also thy testimonies are my delite ād my counselers DALETH 25 My soule cleaueth to the dust quicken me according to thy worde 26 I haue declared my waies and thou heardest me teache me thy statutes 27 Make me to vnderstand the waie of thy pre cepts and I wil meditate in the wonderous workes 28 My soule melteth for heauines raise me vp according vnto thy worde 29 Take from me the 〈◊〉 waie of lying and grant me graciously thy Law 30 I haue chosen the waie of trueth and thy iudgements haue I laied before me 31 I haue cleaued to thy testimonies ô Lord confounde me not 32 I wil runne the waie of thy cōmandements when thou shalt enlarge mine heart HE. 33 Teache me ô Lorde the waie of thy statutes and I wil kepe it vnto the end 34 Giue me vnderstanding and I wil kepe thy Law yea I wil kepe it with my whole heart 35 Direct me in the path of thy commandements for therein is my delite 36 Incline myne heart vnto thy testimonies and not to couetousnes 37 Turne awaie mine eyes from regarding va nitie and quicken me in thy waie 38 Stablish thy promes to thy seruant because he feareth thee 39 Take awaie my rebuke that I feare for thy iudgements are good 40 Beholde I desire thy commaundements quicken me in thy righteousnes VAV 41 And let thy louyng kindenes come vnto me o Lord and thy saluacion according to thy promes 42 So shal I make answere vnto my blasphemers for I trust in thy worde 43 And take not the word of truth vtterly out of my mouth for I wait for thy iudgements 44 So shall I alwaie kepe thy Lawe for euer and euer 45 And I wil walke at libertie for I seke thy precepts 46 I will speake also of thy testimonie before Kings and wil not be ashamed 47 And my delite shal be in thy commandements which I haue loued 48 Mine hands also wil I lift vp vnto thy commandements whiche I haue loued and I will meditate in thy statutes ZAIN 49 Remembre the promes made to thy seruant wherein thou hast caused me to trust 50 It is my comfort in my trouble for thy promes hathe quickened me 51 The proud haue had me excedingly in deri sion yet haue I not declined from thy Law 52 I remembred thy iudgementes of olde o Lord and haue bene comforted 53 Feare is come vpō me for the wicked that forsake thy Law 54 Thy statutes haue bene my songs in thy hou se of my pilgrimage 55 I haue remembred thy Name o Lord in the night and haue kept thy Law 56 This I had because I kept thy precepts CHETH 57 O Lord that art my porcion I haue deter mined to kepe thy wordes 58 I made my supplicatiō in thy presence with my whole heart be merciful vnto me accor ding to thy promes 59 I haue considered my waies ād turned my fete into thy testimonies 60 I made haste and delayed not to kepe thy commandements 61 The bands of the wicked haue robbed me but I haue not forgotten thy Law 62 At midnight wil I rise to giue thankes vnto thee because of thy righteous iudgements 63 I am companiō of all them that 〈◊〉 thee and kepe thy precepts 64 The earth o Lord is full of thy mercie teache me thy statutes TETH 65 O Lord thou hast delt graciously with thy seruant according vnto thy worde 66 Teache me good iudgemēt and knowledge for I haue beleued thy commandements 67 Before I was afflicted I went astraye but now I kepe
doctrine for certeine dayes that the people might the bet ter marke it as Isa 8. 1. Habak 2. 2. the Priests toke it downe and 〈◊〉 it among their registers so by Gods prouidence these bokes were preserued as a monument to the Church for euer As touching his persone and time he was of the Kings stocke for Amoz his father was brother to Aziariáh King of Iudáh as the best writers agre and prophecied more then 64 yeres from the time of Vzziáh vnto the reigne of Manasséh whose father in lawe he was as the Ebrewes write of whome he was put to death And in reading of the Prophetes this one thing among other is to be obserued that thei speake of things to come as thogh thei were now past because of the certeintie thereof and that thei colde not but come 〈◊〉 passe because God had ordeined them in his secret counsel and so reueiled them to his 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 2 Isaiáh reproueth the Iewes of their ingratitude and stub bernes that nether for benefites nor punishment wolde amend 11 He sheweth why their sacrifices are reiected and wherein Gods true seruice standeth 24 He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalem 25 And of the resti tution thereof A Vision of Isaiáh the sonne of Amóz which he sawe concerning Iudáh and Ierusalém in the daies of Vzziáh Iothám Ahaz Hezekià h Kings of Iudah 2 Heare ô heauens and hearken ô earth for the Lord hathe said I haue nourished and broght vp children but they haue re belled against me 3 The oxe knoweth his owner and the asse his masters cryb but Israel hathe not knowe my people hathe not vnderstand 4 Ah sinful nacion a people laden with iniquitie a sede of the wicked corrupt chil drē thei haue forsaken the Lord thei haue prouoked the holy one of Israél to anger they are gone back warde 5 Wherefore shulde ye be smitten anie more for ye fall away more and more the who le head is sicke the whole heart is hea uie 6 From the sole of the foote vnto the head there is nothing whole therein but woūdes and swelling and sores ful of corruption thei haue not bene wrapped nor bounde vp nor mollified with oyle 7 Your landis waste your cities are burnt with fyre strangers deuoure your land in your presence and it is desolate like the o uerthrowe of strangers 8 And the daughter of Ziōn shal remaine like a cotage in a vineyarde like a lodge in a garden of cucumbers and like a besieged citie 9 Except the Lord of hostes had reserued vnto vs euen a smale remnant we shulde haue bene as Sodôm and shulde haue be ne like vnto Gomoráh 10 Heare the worde of the Lord ô princes of Sodóm hearken vnto the Law of our God ô people of Gomorah 11 What haue I to do with the multitude of your sacrifices saith the Lord I am ful of the burnt offrings of rams of the fat of fed beastes and I desire not the blood of bullockes nor of lambes nor of goates 12 Whē ye come to appeare before me who required this of your hands to tread in my courtes 13 Bring no mo oblations in vaine in cense is an abomination vnto me I can not suffer your newe moones nor sabbats nor solemne daies it is iniquitie nor so lemne assemblies 14 My soule hateth your newe moones and your appointed feasts they are a burden vnto me I am weary to be are them 15 And when you shal stretch out your hands I wil hide mine eyes from you and thogh ye make manie prayers I wil not heare for your hands are ful of blood 16 Wash you make you cleane take away the euil of your workes from before mine eyes cease to do euil 17 Learne to do wel seke iudgement relieue the oppressed iudge the fatherles and defend the widowe 18 Come now and let vs reason together the Lord thogh your sinnes were as crimsin they shal be made white as snowe thoght they were red like skarlet they shal be as woll 19 If ye consent and obey ey shal eat the good things of the land 20 But if ye refuse and be rebellious ye shal be deuoured with the sworde for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it 21 How is the faithful citie become an harlot it was ful of iudgement and iustice lodged therin but now they are murtherers 22 They siluer is become drosse thy wine is mixt with water 23 Thy princes are rebellions and companions of theues euerie one loueth gifts and followeth after rewards they iudge not the fatherles nether doeth the widowes cause come before them 24 Therefore saith the Lord God of hostes the mightie one of Israél Ah I wil ease me of mine aduersities and auenge me of mine enemies 25 Then I wil turne mine hand vpon thee and burne out thy drosse til it be pure and take away all thy tynne 26 And I wil restore thy iudges as at the first and thy counsellers at the beginning afterwarde shalt thou be called a citie of righ teousnes and a faithful citie 27 Zión shal be redemed in iudgement and they that returne in her in iustice 28 And the destruction of thetransgressours and of the sinners shal be together and thei that forsake the lord shal be cōsumed 29 For thei shal be cōfounded for the okes which ye haue desired and ye shal be ashamed of the gardens that ye haue chosen 30 For ye shal be as an oke whose leafe fadeth as a garden that hathe no water 31 And the strong shal be as towe and the maker thereof as a sparke and they shal bothe burne together and none shal quen che them CHAP. II. 2 The Church shal be restored by Christ and the Gentiles called 6 The punishment of the rebellious and obstinate 1 THe worde that I saiāh the sonne of Amōz sawe vpon Iudáh and Ierusalem 2 * It shal be in the last daies that the moun taine of the house of the Lord shal be prepared in the top of the mountaines and shal be exalted aboue the hilles and all nacions shal flowe vnto it 3 And manie people shal go and say Come and let vs go vp to the Lord to the house of the God of Jaakob and he wil teache vs his waies and we wil walke in his paths for the Lawshal go for the of Zión and the worde of the Lord frō Ierusalém 4 And he shal iudge among the nacions rebuke manie people thei shal breake their swordes also into mattockes their spares into sithes nacion shal not lift vp a sworde against nacion nether shal they learne to fight a nie more 5 O house of Iaakob come ye and let vs walke in the
of mine hand taught me that I shulde not walke in the way of this people saying 12 Say ye not A confederacie to all them to whome this people saith a confederacie nether feare you their feare nor be afraied of them 13 Sanctifie the Lord of hostes and 〈◊〉 him be your feare and let him be your dread 14 And he shal be as a Sanctuarie but as a stombling stone as a rocke to fall vpon to bothe the houses of Israél as a snare and as a net to the inhabitants of Ierusalém 15 And manie among them shal stomble and shal fall and shal be broken and shal be snared and shal be taken 16 Binde vp the testimonie seale vp the Law among my disciples 17 Therefore I wil wait vpon the Lord that hathe hid his face from the house of Iaakób and I willoke for him 18 Beholde I the children whome the Lord hathe giuen me are as signes and as wonders in Israél by the Lord of hostes which dwelleth in mount Zión 19 And when they shal say vnto you Enquire at them that haue a spirit of diuination and at the south sayers which whisper and murmur Shulde not a people enquire at their God from the liuing to the dead 20 To the Lawe and to the testimonie if they speake not according to this worde it is be cause there is no light in them 21 Then he that is afflicted and famished shal go to and fro in it when he shal be hūgrie he shal euen freat him self and curse his King and his gods and shal loke vp warde 22 And when he shal loke to the earth behold trouble and darkenes vexaciō anguish and he is driuen to darkenes CHAP. IX 1 The vocation of the Gentiles 6 A prophecie of Christ. 14 The destruction of the tentibes for their pride and cōtempt of God 1 YEt the darkenes shal not be according to the affliction that it had when at the first he touched lightly the land of Zebulún and the land of Naphtali nor afterward when he was more grieuous by the way of the sea beyonde Iordén in Galile of the Gētiles 2 The people that walked in darkenes haue sene a great light they that dwelled in the land of the shadow of death vpon thē hathe the light shined 3 Thou 〈◊〉 multiplied the nation and not increased their ioye thei haue reioyced be fore thee according to the ioye in haruest as men reioyce whē they diuide a spoile 4 For the yoke of their burden the staffe of their shulder the rodde of their oppres 〈◊〉 hast thou broken as in the day of Midiā 5 Surely euerie battel of the warriour is with noise and with tūbling of garments in blood but this shal be with burning and deuouring of fyre 6 For vnto vs a Childe is borne and vnto vs a sonne is giuen the gouernement is vpon his shulder he shal call his name Wonder ful Counseller The mightie God The euerla sting Father The prince of peace 7 The increase of his gouernement and peace shal haue none end he shal sit vpon the throne of Dauid vpon his kingdome to order it and to stablish it with iudgement and with iustice from hence forthe euen for euer the zeale of the Lord of hostes wil perfome this 8 ¶ The Lord hathe sent a worde into Iaakób and it hathe lighted vpon Israél 9 And all the people shal knowe euē Ephrá im and the inhabitant of Samaria that saye in the pride and presumption of the heart 10 The brickes are fallen but we wil buylde it with hewen stones the wilde figtrees are cut downe but we wil change them into cedres 11 Neuertheles the Lord wil raise vp the aduer saries of Rezin against him ioyne his ene mies together 12 Arám before and the Philistims behind and they shal deuoure Israél with open mouth yet for all this his wrath is not turned a waie but his hand is stretched out stil. 13 For the people turneth not vnto him that smitteth them nether do they seke the Lord of hostes 14 Therefore wil the Lord cut of from Israél head and taile branch and rush in one daye 15 The ancient and the honorable man he is the head and the prophet that teacheth lies he is the taile 16 For the leaders of the people cause thē to erre and they that are led by them are deuou red 17 Therefore shal the Lord haue no pleasure in their yong men nether wil he haue compassion of their fatherles of their 〈◊〉 for euerie one is an hypocrite and wicked and euerie mouth speaketh folie yet for all this his wrath is notturned awaye but his hand is stretched out stil. 18 For wickednes burneth as a fyre it deuou reth the briers the thornes wilkindle in the thicke places of the forest and they shal mounte vp like the liftning vp of smoke 19 By the wrath of the Lord of hostes shal the land be darkened and the people shal be as the meat of the fyre no man shal spare his brother 20 And he shal snatche at the right hand and be hungrie and he shal eat on the left hand and shal not be satisfied euerie one shal eat the flesh of his owne arme 21 Manasséh Ephráim Ephráim Manasseh and they bothe shal be against Iudāh yet for all this his wrath is not turned awaie but his hand is stretched out stil. CHAP. X. 1 Of wicked lawe makers 〈◊〉 God punish his people by the Assyrians and after destroye them 21 The remnant of Is rael shal be saued 1 WO vnto them that decre wicked decrees and write grieuous things 2 To kepebacke the poore from iudgement to take awaie the iudgement of the poore of my people that widowes maye be 〈◊〉 praie and that they maye spoile the fatherles 3 What wilye do now in the daye of visitation and of destruction which shal come from farre to whome wil ye flee for helpe and where wil ye leaue your glorie 4 Without me euerie one shal fallamong that are bounde and they shal fall downe among the slaine yet for all this his wrath is not turned awaye but his hand is stretched out stil. 5 ¶ O Asshúr the rodde of my wrath and the staffe in their hands is mine indignation 6 I wil send him to a dissembling nation and I wil giue him a charge against the people of my wrath to take the spoile and to take the praye and to treade them vnder fere like the myre in the strete 7 But he thinketh not so nether doeth his heart esteme it so but he imagineth to destroye and to cut of not a fewe nacions 8 For he saith Are not my princes all together Kings 9 Is 〈◊〉 Calnō as Carchemish Is
Egyptians are vanitie and they shall helpe in vaine Therefore haue I cryed vnto her Their strength is to sit still 8 Now go and write it before them in a table and note it in a boke that it maye be for the last day for euer and euer 9 That it is a rebellious people lying children and children that wolde not heare the Law of the Lord. 10 Which say vnto the Seers Se not and to the Prophetes Prophecie not vnto vs right things but speake flattering things vnto vs prophecie errours 11 Departe out of the waye go aside out of the path cause the holye one of Israél to cease from vs. 12 Therefore thus saith the holie one of Israél Because you haue cast of this worde and trust in violence and wickednes and stay thereupon 13 Therefore this iniquitie shal be vnto you as a breache that falleth or a swelling in an hie wall whose breaking cometh suddē ly in a moment 14 And the breaking thereof is like the brea king of a potters pot which is brokē with out pitie and in the breaking thereof is not founde a sheard to take fyre out of the herth or to take water out of the pit 15 For thus saith the Lord God the holie one of Israél 〈◊〉 rest and quietnes shal ye be saued in quietnes and in confidence shal be your strength but ye wolde not 16 For ye haue said No but we will flee away vpon horses Therefore shallye flee We wilride vpon the swistest Therefore shall your persecuters be swister 17 A thousād as one shal flec at the rebuke of one as the rebuke of fiue shall ye flee till ye be left as a shippe mast vppon the top of a mountaine and as a beaken vpō an hill 18 Yet therefore will the Lord waite that he may haue mercie vpon you and therfore wil he be exalted that he may haue cōpassion vpon you for the Lord is the God of iudgement Blessed are all they that 〈◊〉 for him 19 Surely a people shal dwel in Ziôn and in Ierusalém thou shalt wepe no more he wil certeinly haue mercie vpō thee at the voice of thy crye when he heareth thee he wil answer thee 20 And when the Lord hathe gyuen you the bread of aduersitie and the water of asflictiō thy raine shal be no more kept backe but thine eyes shal se thy raine 21 And thine eares shal heare a worde behind thee saying This is the waye walke ye in it when thou turnest to the right hand when thou turnest to the left 22 And ye shall pollute the couering of the images of siluer and the riche ornament of thine images of golde and cast thē away as a monstruous clothe and thoushalt say vnto it Get thee hence 23 Then shall he gyue rayne vnto thy sede when thou shalt sowe the grounde and bread of the increase of the earth and it shal be fat and as oyle in that daye shal thy cattel be fed in large pastures 24 The oxen also and the yong asses that til the grounde shall eate cleane prouendre which is winowed with the shoouel with the fanne 25 And vpon euerie hie mountaine vpon euerye hye hyll shall there be riuers and streames of waters in the day of the great slaughter when the towers shall fall 26 Moreouer the light of the moone shal be as the light of the sunne and the light of the sunne shal be seuen folde and like the light of seuen dayes in the daye that the Lord shal binde vp the breache of his people and heale the stroke of their wounde 27 Beholde the Name of the Lord cometh from farre his face is burning and the bur den thereof is heauie his lippes are full of indignacion and his tongue is as a deuouring fyre 28 And his Spirit is as a riuer that ouerfloweth vp to the necke it diuideth a sondre to fanne the nations with the fanne of vanitie and there shal be a bridle to cause them to erre in the chawes of the people 29 But there shal be a song vnto you as in the night when a solemne feast is kept and gladnes of heart as he that commeth with a pipe to go vnto the mount of the Lord to the mightie one of Israél 30 And the Lord shal cause his glorious voyce to be heard and shall declare the lighting downe of his arme with the angre of his countenance and flame of a deuouring fyre with scattering and tempest and haile stones 31 For with the voyce of the Lord shall Asshúr be destroyed whiche smote with the rodde 32 And in euerye place that the staffe shall passe it shal cleaue fast whiche the Lord shal laye vpon him with tabrets and harpes with battels lifting vp of hāds shal he fight against it 33 For Tôphet is prepared of olde it is euē prepared for the King he hathe made it depe and large the burning thereof is 〈◊〉 and muche wood the breth of the 〈◊〉 like a ryuer of brimstone doeth kindle it CHAP. XXXI 1 He curseth them that forsake God and seke for the helpe of men 1 WO vnto them that go downe into Egypt for helpe and stay vpon horses and trust in charettes because they are manie in horsemē because they be very strong but thei loke not vnto the holy one of Israél nor seke vnto the Lord. 2 But he yet is c wisest therfore he wil bring euill and not turne backe his worde but he will arise against the house of the wicked and agaynste the helpe of them that worke 〈◊〉 3 Now the Egyptiās are men and not God and their horses flesh and not spirit and when the Lord shal stretche out hys hand the helper shall fall and he that is holpen shal fall and thei shal altogether faile 4 For thus hathe the Lord spoken vnto me As the lion or lions whelpe roareth vpon his praie againste whome if a multitude of shepherds be called he will not be afraide at their voice nether wil hūble him self at their noise so shal the Lord of hostes come downe to fight for mount Zión and for the hill thereof 5 As birdes that flie so shal the Lord of hostes defend Ierusalem by defending and de liuering by passing through and preseruing it 6 Oye children of Israél turne againe in asmuche as ye are sunken depe in rebellion 7 For in that day euerie man shal cast out his idoles of siluer and his idoles of golde which your hand haue made you euen a sinne 8 Then shal Asshûr fall by the sworde not of man nether shal the sworde of man deuoure him and he shal fle from the sworde and his yong men shal faint 9 And he shal go for feare to his towre and his princes shal be afraide of
Egypt as a shepherd putteth on his garmēt and shal departe from thence in peace 13 He shal brake also the images of Beth-shé mesh that is in the land of Egypt and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians shal he burne with fyre CHAP. XLIIII He reproueth the people for their idolatrie 15 They that set light by the threatening of the Lorde are 〈◊〉 26 The destruction of Egypte and of the Iewes 〈◊〉 is prophecied THe worde that came to Ieremiah concer ning all the Iewes whiche dwell in the land of Egypt and remained at Mig-dól and at Tahpanhes and at Noph and in the coūtrey of Pathros saying 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Ye haue sene all the euil that I haue broght vpon Ierusalém and vpon all the cities of Iudah and beholde this day they are 〈◊〉 and no man dwelleth therem 3 Because of their wickednes which they haue committed to prouoke me to angre in that they went to burne incense and to serue other gods whome they knewe not nether they nor you nor your fathers 4 Howbeit I sent vnto you all my seruants the Prophetes rising early and sending them saying Oh do not this 〈◊〉 able thyng that I hate 5 But they wolde not heare nor in cline theyr eare to turne from their wickednes and to burne no more incense vnto other gods 6 Wherefore my wrath and mine angre was powred forthe and was kyndled in the cities of iudah and in the stretes of Ierusalém and they are desolate and wasted as appea reth this daye 7 Therefore now thus sayth the Lorde of hostes the God of Israél Wherefore commit ye this great euil against your soules to cut of from you man and woman childe and suckeling out of Iudáh and leaue you none to remaine 8 In that ye prouoke me vnto wrath with the workes of your hands burning incense vnto other gods in the land of Egypt whether ye be gone to dwell that ye might bring destruction vnto your selues and that ye might be a cursse and a reproche among al nations of the earth 9 Haue ye forgotten the wyckednes of your fathers and the wickednes of the Kyngs of Iudah and the wickednes of their wiues and your owne wickednes and the wickednes of your wiues whiche they haue committed in the land of Iudah and in the stretes of Ierusalém 10 They are not humbled vnto this daye nether haue they feared nor walked in my Law not in my statutes that I set before you and before your fathers 11 Therfore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I will set my face against you * to euil and to destroye all 〈◊〉 12 And I will take the remnant of Iudah that haue set their faces to go into the land of Egypt there to dwel and they shal all be con sumed and fall in the land of Egypte they shal euen be consumed by the 〈◊〉 ād by the famine they shall dye from the least vnto the most by the sworde and by the famine and they shal be a detestation and an astonishment and a cursse and a reproche 13 For I will visit them that dwell in the lande of Egypt as I haue visited Ierusalém by the sword by the famine and by the pestilence 14 So that none of the remnant of Iudah whiche are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there shall escape or remaine that they shulde returne into the land of Iudah to the whiche they haue a desire to returne to dwell there for none shall returne but suche as shal escape 15 Then all the men whiche knewe that their 〈◊〉 had burnt incense vnto others Gods and all the women that stode by a great mul titude euen all the people that dwelt in the land of Egypt in Pathros aunswered Ieremiah saying 16 The worde that thou hast spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord we wil not heare it of thee 17 But we will do what soeuer thing goeth out of our owne mouth as to burne incense vn to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drynke 〈◊〉 vnto her as we haue done both we and our fathers our Kings ād our princes in the citie of Iudáh and in the stretes of Ieru salém for then had we plētie of vitailes and were wel and felt none euil 18 But since we left of to burne incense to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drinke 〈◊〉 vnto her we haue had scarcenes of all things and haue bene 〈◊〉 by the sworde and by the famine 19 And when we burnt incense to the Quene of heauen and powred out drinke offringes vnto her did we make her cakes to make her glad and powre out drinke offrings vnto her with out our housbandes 20 Then said leremiáh vnto all the people to the men and to the women ād to all the peo ple which had giuē him that answer saying 21 Did not the Lord remēber the incense that ye 〈◊〉 in the cities of Iudáh in the stretes of Ierusalém both you ād your fathers your Kings ād your princes and the people of the land and hathe he not cōsidered it 22 So that the LORDE colde no longer forbeare because of the wickednes of your inuencions and because of the abominations whiche ye haue committed there fore is your land desolate ād an astonishment and a cursse and without in habitant as appeareth this daie 23 Because ye haue burnt incense and because ye haue sinned against the Lorde and haue not obeyed the voice of the Lorde nor walked in his Lawe nor in his statutes nor in his testimonies therefore this plague is come vpon you as appeareth this day 24 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto all the people and to all the women Heare the worde of the Lord all Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt 25 ¶ Thus speaketh the Lorde of hostes the God of Israél saying Ye and your wiues haue bothe spoken with your mouthes and fulfilled with your hand saying We will performe our vowes that we haue vowed to burne incense to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drinke offrings to her ye will performe your vowes and do the things that ye haue vowed 26 Therefore heare the worde of the Lord all Iudáh that dwell in the land of Egypte Beholde I haue sworne by my great Name saith the Lord that my Name shal no more be called vpon by the mouth of any man of Iudáh in all the land of Egypt saying The Lord God liueth 27 Beholde I will watche ouer them for euill and not for good and all men of Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt shal be consumed by the sworde and by the famine vntil they be vtterly destroyed 28 Yet a smale nōbre that escape the sworde shall returne out of the land of Egypt into the land of Iudáh and all the
shewe me the interpretacion thereof but they colde not declare the interpretacion of the thing 16 Then heard I of thee that thou coldest shewe interpretacions and dissolue doutes now if thou canst read the writing and shewe me the interpretaciō thereof thou shalt be clothed with purple and shalt ha ue a chaine of golde about thy necke shalt be the third ruler in the kingdome 17 Then Daniél answered and said before the King Kepe thy rewardes to thy self and gi ue thy giftes to another yet I wil read the writing vnto the King and shewe him the interpretacion 18 O King heare thou The moste high God gaue vnto Nebuchadnezzar thy father a kingdome and maiestie and honour and glorie 19 And for the maiestie that he gaue him all people nations and langages trembled and feared before him he put to death whome he wolde he set vp and whome he wolde he set vp and whome he wolde he put downe 20 But when his heart was puft vp and his minde hardened in pride he was deposed from his kinglie throne and they toke his honour from him 21 And he was driuen from the sonnes of mé and his heart was made like the beasts and his dwelling was with the wilde asses they fed him with grasse like oxen and his bodie was wet with the dewe of the heauē til he knewe that the moste high GOD bare rule ouer the kingdome of men and that he appointeth ouer it whome soeuer he pleaseth 22 And thou his sonne ō Belshazzar hast 〈◊〉 humbled thine heart thogh thou knewest all these things 23 But hast lift thy self vp against the Lord of heauen and they haue broght the vessel of his House before thee and thou and thy princes thy wiues and thy 〈◊〉 haue drunke wine in them ' and thou hast praised the gods of siluer and golde of brasse yron wood and stone which nether se nether heare nor vnderstand and the GOD in whose hand thy breath is and all thy wayes him hast thou not glorified 24 Then was the palme of the hand sent from him and hathe writen this writing 25 And this is the writing that he hathe writen MENE MENE TEKEL VPHARSIN 26 This is the interpretacion of the thing MENE God hathe nōbred thy kingdome and hathe finished it 27 TEKEL thou art wayed in the balance art founde to light 28 PERES thy kingdome is deuided and giuen to the Medes and persians 29 Then at the commandement of Bel shazzar they clothed Daniel with purple put a chaine of golde about his necke and made a proclamation concerning him that he shulde be the thirde ruler in the kingdome 30 The same night was Belshazzár the King of the Caldeans slaine 31 And Darius of the Medes toke the king dome being threscore and two yere olde CHAP. VI. 1 Daniél is made ruler ouer the gouerners 5 An acte against Daniél 16 He is put into adenne of 〈◊〉 by the commandement of the King 2 He is 〈◊〉 by faith in God 24 〈◊〉 accusers are put vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15 Darius by a decre magnifieth the God of 〈◊〉 1 IT pleased Darius to set ouer the kingdome an hundreth and twentie gouer nours whiche shulde be ouer the whole kingdome 2 And ouer these thre rulers of whome Da niél was one that the gouernours might giue accompts vnto them and the King shulde haue no domage 3 Now this Daniél was preferred aboue the rulers and gouernours because the spirit was excellent in him and the King thoght to set him ouer the whole realme 4 ¶ Wherefore the rulers and gouernours soght an occasion against Daniél concer ning the kingdome but they colde finde none occasiónor faute for he was so faithful that there was no blame nor faute founde in him 5 Then said these men We shal not finde an occasion against this Daniél except we finde it against him concerning the Law of his God 6 Therefore the rulers and these gouernours went together to the King and said thus vnto him King 〈◊〉 liue for euer 7 All the rulers of thy kingdome the officers and gouernours the counsellers and dukes haue consulted together to make a decre for the King and to establish a statute that whosoeuer 〈◊〉 aske a peticion of anie god or man for thirtie dayes saue of thee ô King he shal be cast into the den ne of lyons 8 Now o King confirme the decre and seale the writing that it be not changed according to the law of the Medes and Persians which altereth not 9 Wherefore King Darius sealed the writing and the decre 10 ¶ Now when Daniél vnderstode that he had sealed the writing he went into his house and his windowe being opē in his chamber toward Ierusalém he 〈◊〉 vpon his knees thre times a day prayed and praised his God as he did a fore time 11 Then these men assembled and founde Daniél praying and making supplication vnto his God 12 So they came and spake vnto the King concerning the Kings decre Hast thou not sealed the decre that euerie man that shal make request to anie god or mā within thirtie dayes saue to thee ô King shal be cast into the denne of lyons The King answered and said The thing is true according to the law of the Medes and Persians which altereth not 13 Then answered they and said vnto the King This Daniél whiche is of the children of the captiuitie of Iudáh regardeth not thee ô King nor the decre that thou hast sealed but maketh his peticion thre times a day 14 When the King heard these wordes he was sore displeased with him self and set his hearton Daniél to deliuer him and he laboured til the sunne went downe to deliuer him 15 Then these men assembled vnto the King and said vnto the King Vnderstand ô King that the law of the Medes and Persians is that no decre nor statute which the King confirmeth may be altered 16 ¶ Then the King commanded and they broght Daniél and cast him into the denne of lyons now the King spake and said vnto Daniél Thy God whome thou alway 〈◊〉 euen he wil deliuer thee 17 And a stone was broght and layed vpon the mouthe of the denne and the King sealed it with his owne signet and with the signet of his princes that the purpose might not be changed concerning Daniél 18 Then the King went vnto his palace and remained fasting nether were the instruments of musicke broght before him and his slepe went from him 19 ¶ Then the King arose early in the morning and went in all haste vnto the denne of lyons 20 And when he came to the denne he cryed with a lamentable voyce vnto Daniél and the King spake and said to Daniél O Daniél the seruant of the liuing God is not thy God whome thou alwaie seruest able to deliuer thee from the lions 21 Then said Daniél vnto the King O King liue for euer
shame to our Kings to our princes and to our fathers because we haue sinned agaynst thee 9 Yet compassion and forgiuenes is in the Lorde our God albeit we haue rebelled against him 10 For we haue not obeyed the voice of the Lord our God to walke in his lawes whiche he had laid before vs by the ministerie of his seruants the Prophetes 11 Yea all Israél haue transgressed thy Lawe and are turned backe and haue not heard thy voice therefore the cursse is powred vpon vs and the othe that is writen in the lawe of Mosés the seruant of God because we haue sinned against him 12 And he hath confirmed his wordes which he spake against vs and against our iudges that iudged vs by bringing vpon vs a great plague for vnder the whole heauen hathe not bene the like as hathe bene broght vppon Ierusalém 13 All thys plague is come vpon vs as it is writen in the Lawe of Mosés yet made we not our praier before the Lord our god that we might turne from our iniquities and vnderstand thy trueth 14 Therefore hath the Lord made readie the plague and broght it vpon vs for the Lord our God is righteous in all his workes whiche he doeth for we wolde not heare his voyce 15 * And now ô Lord our God that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and hast gotten thee renoume as appeareth this day we haue sinned we haue done wickedly 16 O Lord according to all thy righteousnes I beseche thee let thine angre thy wrath be turned away from thy citie Ierusalém thine holy Mountaine for because of our sinnes for the iniquities of our fathers Ierusalém and thy people are a reproche to all that are about vs. 17 Now therefore ô our GOD heare the prayer of thy seruant and his supplications and cause thy face to shine vpon thy Sanctuarie that lyeth waste for the Lords sake 18 O my GOD encline thine eare and heare open thine eyes and beholde our desolatiōs and the citie wherupon thy Name is called for we do not present our supplicacions before thee for our owne righteousnes but for thy great tendre mercies 19 O Lord heare ô Lord forgiue ô Lord con sider and do it differre not for thine owne sake ô my God for thy Name is called vpon thy citie and vpon thy people 20 ¶ And whiles I was speaking and praying and confessing my sinne and the sinne of my people Israél and did present my supplicacion before the Lord my God for the holy Mountaine of my God 21 Yea while I was speaking in prayer euen the man * Gabriél whome I had sene before in the vision came flying touched me about the time of the euening oblacion 22 And he informed me and talked with me and said O Daniél I am now come forthe to giue thee knowledge and vnderstanding 23 At the beginning of thy supplicacions the commandement came forthe and I am come to shewe thee forthou art greatly beloued therefore vnderstand the matter and cōsider the vision 24 Seuentie wekes are determined vpon thy people and vpon thine holie citie to finish the wickednes and to seale vp the sinnes and to reconcile the iniquitie to bring in euerlasting righteousnes and to seale vp the vision and prophecie and to anoint the moste Holie 25 Knowe therefore and vnderstand that from the going forthe of the commandement to bring againe the people and to builde Ieru salém vnto Messiah the prince shal be seuē wekes and thre score and two wekes and the strete shal be built againe the wall euen in a troublous time 26 And after thre score and two wekes shal Messiah be slayne and shal haue nothing the people of the prince that shal come shal destroye the citie and the Sanctuarie the end thereof shal be with a flood and vn to the end of the battel it shal be destroyed by desolacions 27 And he shal confirme the couenāt with ma nie for one weke and in the middes of the weke he shal cause the sacrifice and the obla cion to cease and for the ouerspreading of the abominacions he shal make it desolate euen vntil the consummacion determined shal be powred vpon the desolate CHAP. X. There 〈◊〉 vnto Daniel a man clothed in linen 11 Which sheweth him wherefore he is sent 1 IN the third yere of Cyrus King of Persia a thing was reueiled vnto Daniél whose name was called Belteshazzár and the word was true but the time appointed was lōg and he vnderstode the thing and had vnderstanding of the vision 2 At the same time I Daniél was in heauines for thre weekes of dayes 3 I ate no pleasant bread nether came flesh nor wine in my mouth nether did I anoint my self at all til thre weekes of dayes were fulfilled 4 And in the foure and twentieth day of the first moneth as I was by the side of that great riuer euen Hiddékel 5 And I lift vp mine eyes and loked and beholde there was a man clothed in linen whose loynes were girded with fine golde of * Vphaz 6 His bodie also was like the Chrysolite and his face to loke vpon like the lightening his eyes as lampes of yre and his armes and his fete were like in colour to polished bras se and the voyce of his wordes was like the voyce of a multitude 7 And I Daniél alone sawe the vision for the men that were with me sawe not the vision but a great feare fell vpon them so that they fled a way and hid them selues 8 Therefore I was left alone and sawe this great vision there remained no strength in me for my strength was turned in me into corruption and I reteined no power 9 Yet heard I the voyce of his wordes and when I heard the voyce of his wordes I slept on my face and my face was towarde the grounde 10 And beholde an hand touched me which set me vp vpon my knees and vpon the 〈◊〉 of mine hands 11 And he said vnto me O Daniél a man greatly beloued vnderstand the wordes that I speake vnto thee and 〈◊〉 in thy place 〈◊〉 for vnto thee am I now sent And when he had said this worde vnto me I stode trembling 12 Then said he vnto me Feare not Daniél for from the first daye that thou didest set thine heart to vnderstand and to humble thy selfe before thy God thy wordes were heard and I am come for thy wordes 13 But the prince of the kingdome of Persia with stode me one and twentie dayes but lo Michaél one of the chief princes came to helpe me and I remained there by the Kings of Perfia 14 Now I am come to shewe thee what shal come to thy people in the latter dayes for yet the
the consent of King Cyrus and if it seme good to the Lord our King let him make vs answer concerning these things 23 Then Kings Darius commanded to searche in the Kings libraries that were in Babylon and there was founde in Ecbatane which is a towre in the regiō of Media a place where suche things were layed vp for memorie 24 In the first yere of the reigne of Cyrus king Cyrus commanded the House of the Lorde at Ierusalém to be buylded where they did sacrifice with the continual fyre 25 of the which the height shuld be of threscore cubites the breadth of threscore cubi tes with thre rowes of he wen stones ād one rowe of newe wood of that countrey and that the costs shuld be payed out of the hou se of King Cyrus 26 And that the holie vessels of the House of the Lord 〈◊〉 those of golde as of siluer whiche Nabuchodonosor had caryed out of the house in Ierusalém and broght into Babylon shulde be restored to the House whiche is in Ierusalém and set in the place where they were afore 27 Also he commaunded that Sisinnes gouernour of Syria ād Phenice and Sathrabouza nes and their companions and those which were constitute Captaines in Syria and Phenice shulde take hede to refraine from that place and to suffer Zorobabel the seruaunt of the Lorde and gouernour of Iudea and the Elders of the Iewes to buyld that House of the Lord in that place 28 And I also haue commaunded to buylde it cleane vp againe and that they be diligent to helpe them of the captiuitie of the Iewes till the House of the Lord be finished 29 And that some parte of the tribute of Coelo syria and Phenice shulde be diligently giuen to these mē for sacrifice vnto the Lord and to Zoro babel the gouernour for bulles rams and lambes 30 Also corne and salte and wine and oyle con tinually euerie yere without faile as the Priests whiche are in Ierusalém shall testifie to be spent euerie day 31 That offrings may be made to the hygh God for the King and his children and that they may pray for their liues 32 Furthermore he commanded that whosoeuer shulde transgresse anie thing afore spoken or writen or derogate anie thing thereof that atre shulde be taken out of his possession and he be hanged thereon and that his goods shulde be the Kings 33 And therefore let the Lord whose Name is there called vpon destroye euerie King and nation whiche stretcheth out his hand to hinder to do euil to that House of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 34 * I Darius the King haue ordeined that is shulde be diligently executed accordyng to these things CHAP. VII 1 Sisinnes and his companions follow the Kings comman dement and helpe the Iewes 〈◊〉 buyld the Temple 5 The time that it was buylt 〈◊〉 They kepe the Passeouer 1 THen Sisinnes the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice and Sathrabouzanes ād their companions obeying Kyng Darius commandements 2 Assisted diligently the holie workes workieg with the Ancients and gouernours of the Sanctuarie 3 And the holie workes prospered by Aggeus and Zacharias the Prophetes whiche pro phecied 4 So they finished all things by the commandement of the Lord God of Israél and with the consent of Cyrus and Darius and Artaxerxes Kings of the Persians 5 Thus the holie House was finished in the thre and twentieth day of the moneth Adar in the sixtyere of Darius King of the Persians 6 ¶ And the children of Israel and the Priests and the Leuites and the rést whiche were of the captiuitie and had anie charge and according to the things writen in the boke of Mosés 7 And they offred for the dedication of the Tē ple of the Lord an hundreth bulles two hun dreth rams foure hundreth lambes 8 And twelue goates for the sinne of all Israel accordyng to the nōber of the chief of the tribes of Israel 9 And the Priests and the Leuites stode according to their kinreds clothed with long robes in the workes of the Lord God of Israêl accordyng to the boke of Moses and also the porters in euerie gate 10 And the children of Israél offred the Passeouer together with thē of the captiuitie in the 〈◊〉 day of the first moneth after that the Priests and Leuites were sanctified 11 But all the children of the captiuitie were not sanctified together but all the Leuites were sanctified together 12 And they 〈◊〉 the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests and for themselues 13 Then all the chyldren of Israel which were of the captiuitie did eat euen all they that had separated them selues from the abominations of the people of the land and soght the Lord. 14 And thei kept the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes reioycing before the Lord. 15 Because he had turned the counsel of the King of the Assyrians towardes thē to strengthen their hands in the workes of the Lord God of Israél CHAP. VIII 1 〈◊〉 cometh from Babylonto Ierusalem 10 The copie of the commission giuen by Artaxerxes 29 Esdras 〈◊〉 thankes to the Lorde 32 The nomber of the heads of the people that 〈◊〉 with him 76 His prayer and confession 1 ANd after these things when Artaxerxes King of the Persians reigned Esdras the sonne of Sarias the sonne of Ezerias the sonne of Helcias the sonne of Salum 2 The sonne of Sadoc the sonne of Achitob the sonne of Amarias the sonne of Ezias the sonne of Memeroth the sonne of Zaraias the sonne of Sauias the sonne of Boccas the sonne of Abisū the sonne of Phinees the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aaron was the hie Priest 3 This Esdras went out of Babylon and was a scribe wel taught in the Law of Moyses giuen by the Lord God of Israél 4 Also the King gaue him great honour ād he founde grace in hys sight in all hys requestes 5 With hym also there departed some of the children of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites and of the holy singers and of the porters and of the ministers of the Temple vnto Ierusalém 6 In the seuenth yere of the reigne of Artaxerxes ād in the fiftmoneth this was the seuēth yere of the King for they went out of Baby lon in the first day of the first moneth 7 And came to Ierusalē according as the Lord gaue them speed in their iournay 8 For Esdras had gotten great knowledge so that he wolde let nothing passe that was in the Law of the Lord and in the commandements and he taught all 〈◊〉 all the ordinances and iudgements 9 So the commission writen by Kyng Artaxerxes was giuen Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the Lord the copie thereof followeth 10 King Artaxerxes to Esdras the Priest reader of the Law of the Lord Salutacion 11 Forasmuche as consider things with pitie I haue commanded that they that wil and de sire of the
Adam 59 The true life 62 The mercies and goodnes of God 1 ANd whē I had made an end of these wor des there was sent vnto me an Angel which had bene sent down to me the nights afore 2 And he said vnto me Vp Esdras and heare the wordes that I am come to tell thee 3 And I said Speake on my God Then said he vnto me The sea is set in a wyde place that it might be deepe and great 4 But presuppose that the entrance thereof were narow and like the riuers 5 Who colde go into the sea to loke vpon it and to rule it If he went not thorowe the narowe how colde he come into the broade 6 There is also another thing a citie is buylded and set vpon a broade field and is ful of all good things 7 The entrance thereof is narrowe and in a dangerous place to fall that there is fyre at the right hād a deepe water at the lefte 8 And there is but one path betwixt them euen betwene the fyre ād the water so that there colde but one man go there 9 If this citie were giuen vnto a man for an in heritance if he neuer went thorowe the peril before it how colde here ceaue his inheritance 10 And I said It is so Lord. Then said he So is the portion of Israel 11 Surely for their sakes haue I made the worl de and when Adam transgressed my statutes then came this thing to passe 12 Then were the entrances of the worlde made norowe full of sorowe trauail they are but fewe and euil and full of perils and very peineful 13 For the entrances of the fore worlde were wyde and sure and broght immortal frute 14 If then they that are 〈◊〉 labour not to enter by these strait and brittel things they can not atteine to those things that are hid 15 Why then disquietest thou thy self seing thou art corruptible and why art thou moued seing thou art mortal 16 And why hast thou not considered in thy minde the things to come rather then them that are present 17 Then said I O Lord Lord * seing thou hast ordeined in thy Law that the righteous shulde in herite these things and that the vngodlie shulde perish 18 Shulde the righteous suffer straitnes in hoping for large things yet thei that haue liued vngodly and suffered straitnes shal not se the large things 19 Then he said vnto me There is no iudge more iuste then God and there is none more wise then the moste High 20 For manie perish in this life because they despise the Law of God that is apointed 21 For God hathe diligently admonished suche as came so oft as they came what they shulde do to haue life and what they shulde obserue to auoid punishment 22 Neuertheles they were not obedient vnto him but spake against him and imagined 〈◊〉 things 23 And deceiued them selues by their wicked dedes and denied the power of the moste High and regarded not his waies 24 But they despised his Law and resused his promises they haue vnfaithfully broken his ordinances and haue not performed his workes 25 And therefore Esdras vnto the emptie are emptie things and to the ful ful things 26 Beholde the time shal come that these 〈◊〉 which I haue tolde thee shal come to passe and the bride shal appeare and she shal come forthe and besene that now is vnder the earth 27 And whosoeuer shal escape these euils he shal se my wonders 28 For my sonne Iesus shal appeare with those that be with him ād they that remaine shal reioyce with in foure hundreth yeres 29 After these same yeres shal my sonne Christ dye and all men that haue life 30 And the worlde shal be turned into the olde silence for seuen dayes as in the fore iudgements so that no man shal remaine 31 But after seuen dayes the worlde that is yet a slepe shal be raised vp ād that shal dye that is corrupt 32 Then the earth shal restore those that haue slept in her and so shal the dust those that dwell therein in silence and the secret places shal deliuer the soules that were committed vnto them 33 And the most High shal appeare vpon the seate of iudgement and miseries shalv anish a way and long suffring shal haue an end 34 Iustice onely shal continue the trueth shal remaine and faith shal be strong 35 The worke shal followe and the rewarde shal be shewed the good dedes shal be of for ce and vnrighteousnes shal beare no more rule 36 Then said I * Abraham prayed first for the So domites and Moyses for the fathers that sinned in the wildernes 37 And they that came after him for Israel in the time of Achaz and Samuel 38 And * Dauid for the destruction * and Salomon for them that came into the Sanctuarie 39 * And Elias forthose that receiued raine and for the dead that he might liue 40 And Ezechias for the people in the time of Sennacherib and diuerse others for manie 41 Euen so now seing vice is increased and wickednes abundeth the righteous haue prayed for the vngodlie wherefore shal not the same effect followe also now 42 Then he answered me and said This present life is not the end oft times honour is reteined in it therefore haue they prayed for the weake 43 But the day of iudgement shal be the end of this worlde and the beginning of the im mortalitie to come wherein all corruption shal cease 44 Intemperancie shal passe away in sidelitie shal be cut of righteousnes shal growe vp the varitie shal spring vp 45 Thē shal no man be able to saue him that is destroyed nor oppresse him that hathe gotten the victorie 46 I answered then and said This is my first last saying that it had bene better not to hane giuen the earth vnto Adam or when it was giuen him to haue kept him that he shul de not haue sinned 47 For what profit is it for men in this present life to be in heauines ād after death to feare punishment 48 O Adam what hast thou done * for in that that thou hast sinned thou art not fallen alone but the fall also redundeth vnto vs that come of thee 49 For what profit is it vnto vs if there be pro mised an immortal life when we do the workes that bring death 50 And that an euerlasting hope shulde be pro mised vs seing that we bitide our selues to deadlie vanitit 51 And that there shulde be appointed vs dwel lings of health and safetie if we haue liued wickedly 52 And that the glorie of the moste High shuld be kept to defende them which haue led a pacient life if we haue walked in the wicked wayes 53 And that an eternal Paradise shulde be shewed whose frute remaineth incorruptible whereinis safetie and healt if we wil not enter into it 54 For we haue bene
me said Some things hast thou spoken a right and according vntó thy wordes it shal be 38 For I wil not verely consider the workes of thē before the death before the iudgement before destruction 39 But * I wil reioyce in the wayes of the righteous and I wil remember the pilgrimage the saluation and the rewarde that they shal haue 40 Like as I haue spoken now so shal it come to passe 41 For as the housband mā soweth much syde vpon the grounde planteth many trees yet alway the thing that is sowen cometh not vp in time nether yet doeth all that is plā ted take roote so nether shal thei all that are broght into the worlde be saued 42 I answered then said If I haue founde gra ce let me speake 43 Like as the housband mans sede perisheth if it come not vp and receiue not raine in due season or if it be destroyed with to muche raine 44 So perisheth man which is created with thine hands thou art called his patern because he is created to thine image for whose sake thou hast made all things and lickened him vnto the housbandmans sede 45 Be not wroth with vs ô Lord but spare thy people haue mercie vpō thine inheritācet for thou wilt be merciful vnto thy creature 46 Then answered he me and said The things present are for the present and the things to come for suche as be to come 47 For thou art farre of that thou shuldest loue my creature aboue me but I haue oft times drawen nere vnto thee and vnto it but neuer to the vn righteous 48 In this also thou art maruelous before the Highest 49 In that thou hast hūbled thy self as it be cometh thee and hast not iudged thy self worthie to boast thy self greatly among the righteous 50 For many miseries and calamities remaine for them that shal liue in the latter time because they shal walke in great pride 51 But learne thou for 〈◊〉 self seke out the glorie for suche as be like thee 52 For vnto you is paradise opened the 〈◊〉 of life is planted the time to come is prepared pléte ousnes made ready the citie is buylded and rest is prepared perfite goodnes and absolute wisdome 53 The roote of euil is sealed vp from you the weakenes moth is destroyed from you into hell sleeth corruption to be forgotten 54 Sorowes are vanished away and in the end is sheped the treasure of immortalitie 55 Therefore aske thou no more questiōs con cerning the multitude of them that perish 56 For when thei had libertie thei despised the most High they contemned his Law and for soke his wayes 57 Moreouer they haue trodēd downe his righ teous 58 * Saying in their heart that there was no God thogh they knewe that they shuld dye 59 For as the thing that I haue spoken of is made readie for you so is thirst peine prepared for them for God wolde not that man shulde perish 60 But they after that they were created haue defilled the Name of him that made them are vnthankeful vnto him which prepared life for them 61 Therefore my iudgement is now at hand 62 These things haue I not shewed vnto all mē but vnto thee and to a fewe like thee then I answered and said 63 Beholde now ô Lord thou hast shewed me the many wonders which thou art determined to do in the last time but in what time thou hast not shewed me CHAP. IX 5 All things in this worlde haue a beginning and an end 10 Tormērs for the wicked 〈◊〉 this life 15 The nomber of the 〈◊〉 is more then of the good 29 The Iewes in gratitude 36 Therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 38 The vision of a woman 〈◊〉 1 HE answered me then and said Measure the time with it self and when thou seest that one parte 〈◊〉 the tokens come to passe which I haue tolde thee before 2 Then shalt thou vnderstād that it is the time wherein the moste High wil begin to visite the worlde which he made 3 Therefore when there shal be sene an * erthquake in the worlde and an vproare of the people 4 Then shalt thou vnderstand that the moste High spake of those things from the dayes that were before thee euen from the beginning 5 For as all that is made in the worlde hathe a 〈◊〉 and an end and the end is manifest 6 So the times also of the most High haue plaine beginnings in wonders and signes end in effect and miracles 7 〈◊〉 euerie one that shal escape safe and shal be deliuered by his workes and by the faith wherein ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8 Shalbe preserued from the said perils shal se my saluacion in my land and within my borders for I haue kept me holy from the worlde 9 Then shal they haue pitie of them selues which now haue abused my waies and thei that haue cast them out dispitefully shal dwell in peines 10 For suche as in their life haue receiued benefites and haue not knowen me 11 But haue abhorred my Law while they we re yet in libertie and when they had yet leasure of amendement and wolde not vnderstand but despised it 12 They must be taught it after death by peine 13 And therefore be thou no more careful to knowe how the 〈◊〉 shal be punished but in quire how the righteous shal be saued and whose the worlde is and for whome it is and when 14 Then answered I and said 15 I haue a fore said that which I say now and wil speake it hereafter that there be many mo of them which perish then of them that shal be * saued 16 As the flood is greater then a drop 17 And he answered me saying As the field is so is also the sede as the floures be so are the colours also suche as the workeman is such is the worke and as the housband man is so is his housbandrie for it was the time of the worlde 18 Surely when I prepared the worlde which was not yet made for them to dwell in that now liue no man spake against me 19 For then 〈◊〉 one obeyed but now the maners of thē that are created in this world that is made are corrupted by a perpetual sede by a Law where out thei can not rid them selues 20 So I considered the worlde and beholde there was peril because of the deuises that were sprung vp into it 21 Yet when I sawe it I spared it greatly and haue kept me one grape of the cluster and a plant out of a great people 22 Let therefore the 〈◊〉 perish which are borne in vaine and let my grape 〈◊〉 kept and my plāt which I haue dressed with great labour 23 ¶ 〈◊〉 is thou wilt cease seuen daies mo but thou 〈◊〉 not fast in them 24 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 go into a faire field where no hou se is buylded and shalt eat onely of the sloures of the field
and 〈◊〉 no flesh nor drinke wine but the floures onely 25 And pray vnto the moste High continually then 〈◊〉 come and take with thee 26 So I went my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 to the field 〈◊〉 is called 〈◊〉 and there I sate among 〈◊〉 floures and did 〈◊〉 of the herbes of the field and the 〈◊〉 of the same 〈◊〉 me 27 And after 〈◊〉 dayes as I 〈◊〉 vpon the 〈◊〉 and mine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me as a 〈◊〉 28 I opened my mouth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 before the moste High and to say 29 O Lord when thou woldest shewe thy self vnto vs * thou declaredst thy self vnto our fathers in the wildernes in a place where no man dwelleth in a baren place when they came out of Egypt 30 And expressely spak est vnto them saying Heare me ô Israél marke my wordes thou sede of Iacob 31 For beholde I sawe my Law in you that it may bring for the frute in you that ye may be honored by it for euer 32 But our fathers which receiued the Law kept it not nether obserued thine ordinances nether did the frute of the Law appeare nether colde it for it was thine 33 * For they that receiued it perished because they kept not the thing that was sowen in them 34 And lo it is a custome when the grounde re ceiueth sede or the sea a ship or avesselmeat and drinke if that perish wherein a thing is sowen or wherein anything is put 35 Like wise the thing that is sowen or is put therein the things that are receiued must perish so the things that are receiued do not remaine with vs but in vs it cometh not so to passe 36 For we that haue receiued the Law perish in sinne and our heart also which receiued it 37 But the Law perisheth not but remaineth in his force 38 ¶ And when I spake these things in mine heart I loked about me and vpon the right side * I sawe a woman which mourned sore and lamented with a loude voyce and was grieued in heart and rēt her clothes and she had ashes vpon her head 39 Then I left my thoghts wherein I was occu pied and turned me vnto her 40 And said vnto her wherefore wepest thou why art thou so sory in minde 41 And she said vnto me Syr let me alone that I may be waile my self and increase sorowe for I am sore vexed in my minde and broght verie lowe 42 Then I said vnto her What aileth thee tel me 43 And she said vnto me I thy seruāt haue bene baren and haue had no childe hauing an housband thirtie yeres 44 And euery houre and euery day these thirtie yeres I pray to the moste High day and night 45 And after thirtie yeres God heard me thine hand maid and loked vpon my miserie con sidered my trouble and gaue me a sonne and I was glad of him so was mine housband also and all they of my countrey and we gaue great honour vnto the Almightie 46 And I nourished him with great trauail 47 So when he grewe vp and came to take a wife I made a feast CHAP. X. Esdras and the woman that appeareth vnto him commune together 1 BVt when my sonne went into his chāber he fell downe and dyed 2 Then we all ouerthrewe the lights and all my neighbours rose vp to comfort me so I rested vntil the seconde day at night 3 And when thei had all left of to comfort me that I shulde be quiet thē I rose vp by night and fled and am come into this field as thou seest 4 And am not purposed to returne into the citie but to remaine here and nether to eat nor drinke but continually to mourne and fast vntil I dye 5 Then left I my purpose wherein I was and spake to her angerly and said 6 Thou foolish woman aboue all other seest thou not our heauines and what cometh vn to vs 7 For Sion our mother is all woful and is sore afflicted and mourneth extremely 8 Seing we be all now in heauines and make our mone for we be all sorowful art thou so rie for one sonne 9 Demande the earth and she shal tell thee that it is she which ought to mourne for the fall of so manie that growe vpon her 10 For from the beginning all men are borne 〈◊〉 her and other shal come beholde they walke almoste all into destruction and the multitude of them shal be destroyed 11 Who shulde then rather mourne she that hat helost so great a multitude or thou which art sorie but for one 12 But if thou woldest say vnto me My mourning is not like the mourning of the earth for I haue lost the frute of my wōbe which I broght for the with heauines and bare with sorowes 13 But the earth is according to the maner of the earth the present multitude returneth into her as it came 14 Then say I vnto thee As thou hast borne with trauail so the earth also from the beginning giueth her frute vnto man euen to him that labored her 15 Now therefore with holde thy sorow in thy self and beare constantly that which cometh vnto thee 16 For if thou allowest Gods purpose and receiuest his counsel in time thou shalt be cōmended therein 17 Go thy way then into the citie to thine housband 18 ¶ Then she said vnto me I wil not I wil not go into the citie but here wil I dye 19 So I continued to speake more with her and said 20 Do not so but be counseled for how manie falles hathe Sion Be of good comfort becau se of the soro we of Ierusalem 21 For thou seest that our Sāctuarie is layed waste our altar is broken downe our Tem ple is destroyed 22 Our psalterion fainteth and the song ceaseth and our mirth is vanished away and the light of our candelsticke is quenched and the Arke of our couenant is taken away and our holie things are defiled and the Name that is called vpon ouervs is almoste dishonored and our children are put to shame and our Priests are burnt and our Leuites are caryed into captiuitie and our virgines are defiled and our wiues 〈◊〉 and our righteous men spoyled and our children de stroyed and our yong men are broght in bondage and our strong men are become weake 23 And which is the greatest of all Sion the seale hathe lost her worship for she is deliue red into the hands of them that hate vs. 24 And therefore shake of thy great heauines and put away the multitude of sorowes that the Almightie may be merciful vnto thee and that the moste High may giue thee rest and ease from thylabour 25 And when I was talking with her her face and beautie shined suddenly and her counte nance was bright so that I was afrayed of her and mused what it might be 26 And beholde immediatly she cast out a great voyce very fearful sothat the earth
stonish the heartes of them that dwell vpon the earth 31 And one shall prepare to fight against another citie against citie place agaynst place * and nation against nation realme against realme 32 When this commeth to passe then shall the tokens come that I shewed thee before then shal my Sonne be reueiled whome thou sawest go vp as a man 33 And when all the people heare his voyce euerie man shall in their owne lande leaue the battell that they haue one against ano ther. 34 And an in numerable multitude shal be ga thered as one as they that be willing to come and to fight against him 35 But he shal stand vpō the toppe of mount Sion 36 And Sion shall come and shal be shewed to all being prepared and builded as thou sawest the hill grauen forthe without any hands 37 And this my Sonne shall rebuke the wicked inuentions of those nacions whiche for their wicked life are fallen into the tēpest 38 And into torments like to flame whereby they shal be tormented and without anye labour wil he destroy thē euen by the Law which is compared vnto the fyre 39 And where as thou sawest that he gathered another peaceable people vnto him 40 Those are the ten tribes which were caryed away captiues out of their owne lād * in the time of Oseas the King whome Salmanasar the King of the Assyrians toke captiue and caryed them beyonde the riuer so were they broght into another land 41 But they toke this counsel to them selues that they wolde leaue the multitude of the heathen and go for the into a further coun trey where neuer man kinde dwelt 42 That they might there kepe their statutes which they neuer kept in their owne land 43 And they entred in at the narowe passages of the riuer Euphrates 44 For the moste High then shewed thē signes * and stayed the springs of the flood til they were passed ouer 45 For thorow the coūtrey there was a great iourney euen of a yere and an halfe and the same region is called Arsareth 46 Then dwelt they there vntil the latter time and when they come for the againe 47 The moste High shal holde stil the springs of the riuer againe that they maye go thorow therefore sawest thou the multitude peaceable 48 But thei that beleft behinde of thy people are those that be founde within my borders 49 Now when he destroieth the multitude of the nacions that are gathered together he shal defende the people that remaine 50 And then shal he shewe great vonder vnto them 51 Then said I O Lord Lord shewe me this wherefore haue I sene the man comming vp from the middes of the sea 52 And he said vnto me As thou canst nether seke out nor knowe these things that are in the deepe of the sea so can no man vpō earth se my Sonne or those that be with him but in the time of that day 53 This is the interpretation of the dreame which thou sawest and whereby thou one ly art lightened 54 For thou hast forsaken thine owne Law and applied thy diligence vnto mine and soghtit 55 Thy life hast thou orderer in wisdome and hast called vnderstanding thy mother 56 Therefore haue I shewed thee the rewarde with the moste High and after thre other daies I wil speake other things vnto thee and wil declare the great and wonderous things 57 Then wēt I forthe vnto the field glorifying and praising the most High for the wonders which he did in time 58 Which he gouerneth and suche things as come in their seasons and there I sate thre dayes CHAP. XIIII 3 How God appeared to Moses in the bush 10 All things de cline to age 15 The latter armes worse then the former 29 The ingratitude of Israél 35 The resurrection and iudgement 1 VPon the thirde day I sate vnder anoke and beholde there came forthe a voyce vnto me out of the bush and said Esdras Esdras 2 And I said Here am I Lord and stode vp vpon my fete 3 Then said he vnto me * In the bush I reuei led my self and spake vnto Moyses when my people serued in Egypt 4 And I sent him and led my people out of Egypt and broght him vpon the mount Sinái I helde him with me a long season 5 And I tolde him many wonders shewed him the secrets of the times and the end commanded him saying 6 These wordes shalt thou declare these shalt thou hide 7 And now I say vnto thee that thou lay vp in thyne hearte the signes that I haue shewed and the dreames that thou hast sene and the interpretacions whiche thou hast heard 8 Forthou shalt be takē away from all and thou shalt remayne hence forthe with my counsel and with such as belike thee vntil the times be ended 9 For the worlde hathe lost his youth the times beginne to waxe olde 10 For the world is deuided into twelue partes and ten partes of it are gone alreadye and halfe of the tenth parte 11 And there remayneth that whiche is after the halfe of the tenth parte 12 Therefore set thine house in order and reforme thy people and comfort such of thē as bein trouble and now renounce the cor ruption 13 Let go frō thee mortal thoghts cast away from thee the burdens of men and put of now the weake nature 14 And set aside thy moste grieuous thoghts and hast thee to departe from these times 15 For greater euils then those whiche thou hast sene now shal thei commit 16 For the weaker that the worlde is by reasō of age the more shal the euils be increased vpon them that dwell therein 17 For the trueth is fled farre awaye and lies are at hand for now hasteth the vision to come that thou hast sene 18 ¶ Then answered I and said before thee 19 Beholde ô Lord I wil go as thou hast commanded me and reforme the people which are presēt but they that shal be borne afterwarde who shal admonish them 20 Thus the worlde is set in darkenes and they that dwell therein are without light 21 For thy Lawe is burnt therefore no man knoweth the things that are done of thee or the workes that shal be done 22 But if I haue founde grace before thee send the holie Gost into me and I wil write all that hathe bene done in the world since the beginning which was writē in thy law that men may finde the path and that thei which wil liue in the latter daies may liue 23 And he answered me saying Go gather the people and say vnto them that they seke thee not for fortie daies 24 But prepare thee many boxe tables and take with thee these fiue Sarea Dabria Selemia Ecanus Asiel which are readye to write swiftly 25 And come hether and I wil light a candle of vnderstanding in thine heart which shal not be put out til the
was facioned of newe and serued in their owne offices inioyned thē that thy children might be kept without hurt 7 For the cloude ouershadowed their tentes and the drye earth appeared where afore was water so that in the red Sea there was a way without impediment and the great depe became a great field 8 Through the which all the people went that were defended with thine hand seing thy wonderous marueiles 9 For they neyed like horses and leaped like lambes praising thee ô Lord which hadest 〈◊〉 them 10 For they were yet mindeful of those things which were done in the lād where thei dwelt how the grounde forthe flies in steade of cat tel how the riuer 〈◊〉 with the multitude of frogges in steade of fishes 11 * But at the last they sawe a new generation of birdes when they were intised with lust and desired delicare meates 12 * For the quailes came forthe of the sea vnto them for comfort but punishments came vpō the sinners not without signes that we re giuē by great thundrings for they suffred worthely according to their wickednes because they sheweda cruel hatred towarde strangers 13 For the one sorte wold not receiue thē whē they were present because they knewe thē not the other sorte broght the strangers into bondage that had done them good 14 Beside all these things some wolde not suffer that anie regarde shulde be had of them for they handeled the strangers dispitefully 15 Others that had receiued thē with great bāketing and admitted them to be partakers of the same lawes did afflict them with great labours 16 Therefore thei were striken with blindenes as in olde time certeine were at the dores of the * righteousnes so that euerie one being compassed with darknes soght the entrance of his dore 17 Thus the elements agreed among them selues in this change as when one tune is chan ged vpon an instrument of musike and the melodie stil remaineth which may easely be perceiued by the sight of the things that are come to passe 18 For the things of the earth were changed in to things of the water and the thing that did swimme went vpon the grounde 19 The fyre had power in the water contrarie vnto his owne vertue the water for gate his owne kinde to quench 20 Againe the flames did not hurte the flesh of the corruptible beasts that walked therein nether melted they that which semed to be yee and was of a nature that wolde melt and yet was an immortal meat 21 For in all things ô Lord thou hast magnified and glorified thy people and hast not despised to assist them in euerie time and place THE WISDOME OF IESVS the sonne of Sirach called Ecclesiasticus This argument was founde in a certeine Greke copie THis Iesus was the sonne of Sirach and Sirachs father was 〈◊〉 called Iesus and he liued in the latter times after the peo ple had bene led away captiue and broght home againe and almoste after all the Prophetes Now his grandfather as he him self witnesseth was a man of great diligence and wisdome among the 〈◊〉 who did not onely gather the graue sentences of wise men that had bene before him but he him self also spake manie ful of great knowledge and wisdome So this first Iesus dyed and left this which he had gathered and Sirach afterwarde left it to Iesus his sonne who toke it and put it in order in a boke and called it WISDOME in titling it bothe by his owne name his fathers name and his grādfathers thinking by this title of Wisdome to allure the reader to read this boke with more great desire and to consider it more diligently Therefore this boke conteineth wise sayings and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and similitudes with certeine diuine histories which are notable and ancient euen of men that were approued of God and 〈◊〉 prayers and songs of the autor him self moreouer what benefites the Lord had bestowed vpon his people and what plagues he had heaped vpon their ene mies This Iesus did imitate Salomon and was no lesse famous in wisdome and doctrine who was therefore called a man of great knowledge as he was in dede The prologue of the Wisdome of Iesus the sonne of Sirach WHere as manie and great things haue bene giuen vs by the Law and the Prophetes and by others that haue followed them for the which things Israél ought to be cōmē ded by the reason of doctrine and wisdome whereby the readers ought not onely to become learned them selues but also may be able by the diligent studie thereof to be profitable vnto strāgers bothe by speaking and writing after that my grand father Iesus had giuen him self to the reading of the Law and the Prophetes and other bokes of our fathers and had got ten therein sufficient iudgement he purposed also to write some thing 〈◊〉 to learning wisdome to the intent that they which were desirous to learne and wolde giue them selues to these things might profite muche more in liuing according to the Law Wherefore I exhorte you to receiue it louingly and to read it with diligence and to take it in good worthe thogh we seme to some in some things not able to atteine to the interpretation of suche wordes as are hard to be expressed for the things that are spoken in the Hebrewe tongue haue another force in them selues then when they are translated into another tongue not onely these things but other things also as the Law it self and the Prophetes and other bokes haue no smale difference when they are spoken in their owne language Therefore in the eight and thirtieth yere when I came into Egypt vnder King Euergetes continued there I founde a copie ful of great learning and I thoght it necessarie to bestowe my diligence and trauaile to interpret this boke So for a cer teine time with great watching and studie I gaue my self to the finishing of this boke that it might be published that they which remaine in banishement are desirous to learne might applie them selues vnto good maners and liue according to the Law CHAP. I. 1 Wisdome cometh of God 11 A praise of the feare of God 29 The meanes to come by wisdome 1 ALL wisdome* cometh of the Lord ād hathe bene euer with him and is with him for euer 2 Who can nomber the sand of the sea the droppes of the raine and the dayes of the world who cāmeasure the height of heauē the bredth of the earth the depth 3 Who can finde the wisdome of God which hathe bene afore all things 4 Wisdome hathe bene created before all things and the vnderstanding of prudence from euerlasting 5 The worde of God moste high is the foun taine of wisdome and the euerlasting commandements are the entrance vnto her 6 * Vnto whome hathe the roote of wisdome bene declared or who hathe knowen her wi se counsels 7 Vnto whome hath the doctrine
heauen 20 They come against vs with a cruel and proude multitude to destroye vs and our 〈◊〉 and our children and to robbe vs. 21 But we do fight for our liues and for our Lawes 22 And God him self wil destroie thē before our face therefore be not yet afraied of them 23 And whē he had left of speaking he lept suddenly vpon them so was Seron and his hoste destroied before him 24 And they pursued them from the going downe of Bethhorō vnto the plaine where there were 〈◊〉 eyght hundreth men of them and the residue fled into the lande of the Philistims 25 Then the feare and terrour of Iudas his brethren fel vpon the nacios round about 26 So that his fame came vnto the King for all the Gentiles colde tell of the warres of Iudas 27 ¶ But when King Antiochus heard these tidings he was angrie in his minde wherefore he sent forthe and gathered all the 〈◊〉 of his realme a very strong armie 28 And opened his treasurie and gaue hys hoste a yeres wages in hand commanding thē to be readie for a yere for all occasions 29 Neuertheles when he sawe that the money of his treasures failed that the tribu tes in the countrey were smale because of the dissencion and plagues that he had broght vpon the land in taking a way the lawes which had bene of olde time 30 He feared lest he shulde not haue now at the secōde time as at the first for the charges and gifts that he had giuen with a liberal hād afore for in liberalitie he farre passed the other Kings that were before him 31 Wherefore he was heauie in his minde and thoght to go into Persia for to take tributes of the countreis and to gather muche money 32 So he left Lysias a noble man and of the Kings blood to ouerse the Kings busines from the riuer of Euphrates vnto the borders of Egypt 33 And to bring vp his sonne Antiochus till he came againe 34 Moreouer he gaue him halfe of his hoste and elephātes and gaue him the charge of all things that he wolde haue done 35 And concerning those which dwelt in Iuda and Ierusalem that he shulde send an armie against them to destroye and roote out the power of Israel and the remnāt of Ierusalem and to put out their memorial from that place 36 And to set straungers for to inhabite all their quarters and parte their land among them 37 And the King toke the halfe of the hoste that remained and departed from Antiochia his royal citie in the yere an hundreth fortie and seuen and passed the riuer Euphrates and went thorow the hie countreis 38 Then Lysias chose Ptolomeus the sonne of Doriminus and Nicanor and Gorgias mightie men and the Kings friends 39 And sent with them fortie thousand fote men and seuen thousand horsemen to go into the land of Iuda and to destroie it as the King commanded 40 So they went forthe with all their power and came and pitched by Emmaus in the plaine countrey 41 Now when the marchāts of the countrey heard the rumour of them they toke verye muche siluer and golde and seruants and came into the campe to bye the childrē of Israel for sclaues and the strength of Syria and of strange nacions ioyned with them 42 ¶ Now when Iudas and his brethren sawe that trouble increased and that the hoste drewe nere vnto their borders considering the Kings wordes whereby he had commanded to destroy the people and vtterly abolish them 43 They said one to another Let vs redresse the decay of our people and let vs fight for our people and for our Sanctuarie 44 Then the congregacion were sone ready gathered to fight and to praye and to desire mercie and compassion 45 As for Ierusalem it was not inhabited but was as a wildernes There went none that was borne in it in or out at it and the Sanctuarie was troden downe and the straungers kept the forteresse and it was the habitacion of the heathen and the mirth of Iacob was taken a way the pipe and the harpe ceased 46 So they gathered them selues together and came to Maspha before Ierusalem for in Maspha was the place where they praied afore time in Israel 47 And they fasted that day and put sackecloth vpon them and cast ashes vpon their heads and rent their clothes 48 And opened the boke of the Law wherein the heathen soght to paint the lickenes of their idoles 49 And broght the Priests garments and the first frutes and the tithes and set there the Nazarites which accomplished their daies 50 And thei cryed with a loude voyce toward heauē saying What shal we do with these and whether shal we carye them away 51 For thy Sanctuarie is troden downe defiled and thy Priests are in heauines and broght downe 52 And behold the heathen are come against vs to destroie vs thou knowest what things they imagine against vs. 53 How can we stand before them excepte thou helpe vs 54 Then they blewe the trumpets and cryed with a loude voyce 55 And after this Iudas ordeyned captaines ouer the people euē captaines ouer thousands and captaines ouer hundreths and captaines ouer fifties and captaines ouer ten 56 And they commanded them that buylded houses or maried wiues or planted vineyardes or were feareful that thei shulde returne euerie one to his owne house according * to the Law 57 So the hoste remoued and pitched vppon the Southside of Emmaus 58 And Iudas said Arme your selues and be valiant men be readie against the morning to fight with these naciōs which are gathered together against vs to destroye vs and our Sanctuarie 59 For it is better for vs to dye in battell thē to se the calamities of our people and of our Sanctuarie 60 Neuertheles as the wil of God is in heauen so be it CHAP. IIII. 1 Iudas goeth against Gorgias which lieth in wait 14 He putteth Gorgias and his hoste to flight 28 Lysias inuadeth Iudea 29 But Iudas driueth him out 43 Iudas purifieth the Temple and dedicateth the altar 1 THen toke Gorgias fiue thousand fote men and a thousand of the best horsemen and departed out of the campe by night 2 To inuade the campe of the Iewes and to slaye them suddenly and the men of the forteresse were his guides 3 Now when Iudas heard it he remoued and they that were valiantmen to smite the Kings armie which was at Emmaus 4 Whiles yet the armie was dispersed frome the campe 5 In the meane seasō came Gorgias by night into Iudas campe and when he founde no man there he soght thē in the mountaines for said he They flee from vs. 6 But assone as it was day Iudas shewed him selfe in the field with thre thousand men whiche had nether harnes nor swordes to their mindes 7 And thei sawe that the armies of the heathen were strong and wel armed and their horsemen about them and that these
from death and that for the olde friendship that was among them be wolde receiue this fauour 23 But he began to consider discretely and as became his age and the excellencie of his ancient yeres and the honour of his gray heere 's whereunto he was come his moste honest conuersation from his childeho de but chiefly the holie Law made and giuen by God therefore he answered consequently and willed them straight waies to send him to the graue 24 For it becometh not our age said he to dissemble whereby manie yong persones might thinke that Eleazar being foure score yere olde and ten were now gone to another religion 25 And so through mine hypocrisie for a litle time of a transitorie life they might be deceiued by me and I shulde procure male diction and reproche to mine olde age 26 For thogh I were now deliuered from the torments of men yet cold I not escape the hand of the Almightie nether aliue nor dead 27 Wherefore I wil now change this life mā fully and wil shewe my self suche as mine age requireth 28 And so wil leaue a notable example for suche as be yong to dye willingly and coura geously for the honorable holie Lawes And whē he had said these wordes immediatly he went to torment 29 Now they that led him changed the loue which they bare him before into hatred because of the wordes that he hast spoken for they thoght it had bene a rage 30 And as he was readie to giue the gost because of the strokes be sighed and said The Lord that hathe the holy knowledge knoweth manifestly that whereas I might haue bene deliuered from death I am scourged and suffer these sore paines of my bodie but in my minde I suffer thē gladly for his religion 31 Euē now after this maner ended he his life leauing his death for an exāple of a noble courage and a memorial of vertue not one ly vnto yong men but vnto all his nacion CHAP. VII The punishment of the seuen brethren of their mother 1 IT came to passe also that seuen brethren with their mother were taken to be cōpelled by the King against the Law to taste swines flesh and were tormented with scourges and whippes 2 But one of thē which spake first said thus What sekest thou 〈◊〉 what woldest thou knowe of vs we are readie to dye rather thē to trāsgresse the Lawes of our fathers 3 Then was the King angrie and commanded to heat pannes and cauldrons which were in continently made hote 4 And he cōmanded the tongue of him that spake first to be cut out and to flay him to cut of the vtmost partes of his bodie in the sight of his other brethrē his mother 5 Now when he was thus mangled in all his membres he commāded him to be broght aliue to the fyre to frye him in the panne while the smoke for a long time smoked out of the pāne the other brethren with their mother exhorted one another to dye courageously saying in this maner 6 The Lord God doeth regarde vs in dede taketh pleasure in vs as Moyses* decla red in the song wherein he restified openly saying That God wil take pleasure in his seruāts 7 ¶ So when the first was dead after this ma ner they broght the seconde to make him a mocking stocke and when they had pulled the skinne with the heere ouer his head they asked him if he wolde eat or he were punished in all the members of the bodie 8 But he answered in his owne langage and said No. Wherefore he was tormented forthe with like the first 9 And when he was at the last breth he said Thou murtherer takest this present life frō vs but the King of the worlde wil raise vs vp which dye for his Lawes in the resurrection of euerlasting life 10 ¶ After him was the thirde had in derisiō and when they demanded his tongue he put it out incontinently and stretched forthe his hands boldely 11 And spake manfully These haue I had frō the heauen but now for the Law of God I despise them and trust that I shal receiue them of him againe 12 In so muche that the King they which were with him marueiled at the yong mās courage as at one that nothing regarded the paines 13 ¶ Now when he was dead also they vexed and tormented the fourth in like maner 14 And when he was now readie to dye he said thus It is better that we shulde chāge this which we might hope for of men and wait for our hope from God that we may be raised vp againe by him as for thee thou shalt haue no resurrection to life 15 ¶ Afterwarde they broght the fift also and tormented him 16 Who loked vpon the King said Thou hast power among men and thogh thou be a mortalman thou doest what thou wilt but thinke not that God hathe forsaken our nacion 17 But abide a while and thou shalt se his greatpower how he wiltorment thee and thy sede 18 After him also they broght the sixt who being at the point of death said Deceiue not thy self foolishly for we suffer these things whiche are worthie to be wondred at for our owne sakes because we haue offended our God 19 But thinke not thou which vndertakest to fight against God that thou shalt be vnpunished 20 But the mother was marueilous about all other and worthie of honorable memorie for when she sawe her seuen sonnes slaine within the space of one day she suffred it with a good wil because of the hope that she had in the Lord. 21 Yea she exhorted euerie one of them in her owne langage and being ful of courage and wisdome stirred vp her womanlie affections with a málie stomacke and said vnto them 22 I can not tel how ye came into my wombe for I nether gaue you breth nor life it is not I that set in order the members of your bodie 23 But douteles the Creator of the worlde which formed the 〈◊〉 of man founde out the beginning of all things wil also of his owne mercie giue you breth and life againe as ye now regarde not your owne sel ues for his Lawes sake 24 Now Antiochus thinking him self despised 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 iniurious wordes while the yongest was yet aliue he did exhorte him not onely with wordes but swore also vnto him by an othe that he wolde make him riche and welthie if he wolde forsake the Lawes of his fathers and that he wolde take him as a friend giue him offices 25 But when the yong man wolde in no case hearken vnto him the King called his mother and exhorted that she wolde counsel the yong man to saue his life 26 And when he had exhorted her with manie wordes she promised him that she wolde counsel her sonne 27 So she turned her vnto him laughing the cruel tyrāt to scorne spake in her owne langage O
Iesus entred into Ierusalem and into the Temple and when he had loked about on al things ād now it was euening he went forthe vnto Bethania with the twelue 12 * And on the morow whē they were come out from Bethania he was hungrie 13 And seing a figgetre a farre of that had leaues he went to se if he might 〈◊〉 any thing thereon but whē he came vnto it he founde nothing but leaues for the time of figgs was not yet 14 Then Iesus answered and said to it Neuer man eat frute of thee hereafter while the worlde standeth and his disciples heard it 15 ¶ And they came to Ierusalem and Iesus went into the Temple and began to cast out thē that solde and boght in the Temple and ouerthrew the tables of the money chāgers and the seates of them that solde doues 16 Nether wolde he suffer that any māshulde cary a vessel through the Temple 17 And he taught saying vnto them Is it not writtē * Mine House shal be called the House of prayer vnto all nacions * but you haue made it a denne of theues 18 And the Scribes and hie Priests hard it and soght how to destroye him for they feared him because the whole multitude was astonied at his doctrine 19 But when euen was come Iesus went out of the citie 20 ¶ * And in the mornyng as they passed by they sawe the figge tre dryed vp frome the rootes 21 〈◊〉 Peter remembred and said vnto him Master beholde the figge tre whiche thou cursedst is withered 22 And Iesus answered and said vnto them Haue faith in God 23 For verely I say vnto you that whosoeuer shal say vnto this mountaine Take thy selfe away cast thy self into the sea shall not wauer in his heart but shal beleue that those things whiche he saith shall come to passe whatsoeuer he saith shal be done to him 24 * Therefore I say vnto you whatsoeuer ye desire when ye pray beleue that ye shal haue it and it shal be done vnto you 25 * But when ye shal stand and pray forgiue if ye haue any thing agaynst any man that your Father also which is in heauen may for giue you your trespaces 26 For if you will not forgiue your Father which is in heauē will not pardon you your trespaces 27 ¶ * Then they came agayne to Ierusalem and as he walked in the Temple there came to him the high Priests and the Scribes and the Elders 28 And said vnto him By what autoritie doest thou these things and who gaue thee thys autoritie that thou shuldest do these things 29 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them I will also aske of you a certeine thing and answer ye me and I wil tel you by what auto ritie I do these things 30 The baptisme of Iohn was it frō heauen or of men answer me 31 And they thoght with them selues saying If we shal say from heauen he will say Why then did ye not beleue him 32 But if we say of men we feare the people for all men counted Iohn that he had bene averie Prophet 33 Then they answered and said vnto Iesus We can not tell And Iesus answered and said vnto thē Nether wil I tel you by what autoritie I do these things CHAP. XII 1 The vineyarde is let out 14 Obedience and tribute due to princes 25 The resurrection of the dead 28 The summe of the Lawe 35 Christ the sonne of Dauid 38 Hypocrites muste be eschewed 41 The offryng of the poore widowe 1 ANd he began to speake vnto them in parables * A certeine man planted a vineyarde and compassed it with and hedge and digged a pit for the winepresse and buylt a towre in it and let it out to housbandmen and went into a straunge countrey 2 And at a time he sent to the housband men a seruant that he might receiue of the housband men of the frute of the vineard 3 But they toke him and bet him and sent him away emptie 4 And againe he sent vnto them another seruant and at him they cast stones and brake hys head and sent hym awaye shamefully handled 5 And againe he sent another and hym they slewe and manie other beatyng some and killing some 6 Yet had he one sonne his dere beloued him also he sent the last vnto them saying They wil reuerence my sonne 7 But the housband men said among them sel ues This is the heire come let vs kill hym and the inheritance shal be ours 8 So they toke him and killed him and caste him out of the vineyarde 9 What shall then the Lorde of the vineyarde do He will come and destroye these housband man ād giue the vineyarde to others 10 Haue ye not red so much as this Scripture * The stone which the buylders did refuse is made the head of the corner 11 This was done of the Lord and it is marueilous in our eyes 12 Then they went about to take him but they feared the people for they perceiued that he spake that parable against them therfore they left him and went their way 13 ¶ * And they sent vnto him certeine of the Pharises and of the Herodians that they might take him in his talke 14 And when they came they said vnto hym Master we knowe that thou art true and ca rest for no man for thou considerest not the persone of men but teachest the way of God truely Is it lawful to giue tribute to Cesar or not 15 Shulde we giue it or shulde we not giue it But he knewe their hypocrisie and said vnto them Why tempt ye me Bring me a penie that I may se it 16 So they broght it and he sayd vnto them Whose is this image and superscription and they said vnto him Cesars 17 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them * Giue to Cesar the things that are Cesars and to God those that are Gods and they marueiled at him 18 ¶ * Thē came the Sadduces vnto him which say there is no resurrection and they asked him saying 19 Master * Moses wrote vnto vs If any mans brother dye and leaue his wife ād leaue no children that his brother shulde take his wife and raise vp sede vnto his brother 20 There were seuen brethren and the first toke a wife and when he dyed left no yssue 21 Then the seconde toke her and he dyed nether did he yet leaue yssue and the thirde likewise 22 So seuen had her and left no yssue last of all the wife dyed also 23 In the resurrection then when they shal rise againe whose wife shal she be of them for seuen had her to wife 24 Then Iesus answered and said vnto them Are ye not therefore deceiued because ye knowe not the Scriptures nether
house deuided againe an house falleth 18 So yf Satan also be deuided agaynste hym selfe howe shall his kyngdome stande because ye saye that I caste out deuils through Beel-zebub 19 If I through Eeel-zebub cast out deuils by whom do your children cast thē out Therfore shal they be your iudges 20 But if I by the finger of God cast out deuils doutles the kyngdome of God is come vnto you 21 When a stronge man armed kepeth hys palace the things that he possesseth are in peace 22 But when a stronger then he cometh vpon him and ouer commeth him he taketh from hym all hys armour wherein he trusted and deuideth his spoiles 23 He that is not with me is againste me and he that gathereth not with me scattereth 24 * When the vncleanes Spirite is gone out of a man he walketh through drye places sekyng rest and when he findeth none he saith I wil returne vnto mine house whence I came out 25 And when he commeth he findeth it swept and garnished 26 Then goeth he and taketh to him seuen other spirits worse then hym selfe and they entre in and dwell there * so the last state of that man is worse then the first 27 ¶ And it came to passe as he sayde these thyngs a certeine woman of the companie lifted vp her voyce and sayd vnto hym Blessed is the wombe that bare thee and the pappes which thou haste sucked 28 But he sayd Yea rather blessed are they that heare the worde of God and kepe it 29 ¶ * And when the people were gathered thicke together he began to saye This is a wicked generacion they seke a signe and there shal no signe be giuen them but the signe of * Ionas the Prophet 30 For as Ionas was a signe to the Nineuites so shall also the Sonne of man be to 〈◊〉 generacion 31 * The Quene of the South shall rise in iudgement with the men of this generacion ād 〈◊〉 condemne them for she came from the vtmost partes of the earth to heare the wisdome of Solomon and becholde a greater then Solomon is here 32 The men of Nineue shall ryse in iudgement with thys generacion and shall condemne it for they * repented at the preaching of Ionas and beholde a greater then Ionas is here 33 ¶ * No man lighteth a candell and putteth it in a priuie place nether vnder a bushel but on a candle sticke that they which come in may se the light 34 * The light of the bodie is the eye therfore when thyne eye is single then is thy whole bodie lyght but if thine eye be euill then thy bodie is darke 35 Take hede therefore that the light which is in thee be not darkenes 36 If therefore thy whole bodie shal be light hauing no parte darke then shal all be light euen as when a candel doeth light thee with the brightnes 37 ¶ And as he spake a certeine Pharise besoght him to dyne with him and he went in and sate downe at table 38 And when the Pharise sawe it he marueiled that he had not first washed before dyner 39 * And the Lord said to him In dede ye Pharises make cleane the out side of the cup and of the platter but the inwarde parte is ful of rauening and wickednes 40 Ye fooles did not he that made that which is without make that which is with in also 41 Therefore giue almes of those things which are within and beholde all things shal be cleane to you 42 But wo be to you Pharises for ye tithe the mynt and the rewe and all maner herbes ād passe ouer iudgement and the loue of God these oght ye to haue done and not to haue left the other vndone 43 * Wo be to you Pharises for ye loue the vpper most seates in the Synagogues and gre tings in the markets 44 Wo be to you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye are as graues which appeare not and the men that walke ouer them perceiue not 45 ¶ * Then answered one of the expounders of the Lawe and said vnto him Master thus saying thou puttest vs to rebuke also 46 And he said Wo be to you also ye interpreters of the Lawe for ye lade men with bur dens grieuous to be borne and ye your selues touche not the burdens with one of your fingers 47 Wo be to you for ye buylde the sepulchres of the Prophetes and your Fathers killed them 48 Truely ye beare witnes and allow the dedes of your fathers for they killed them ād ye buylde their sepulchres 49 Therefore sayd the wisdome of God I will send them Prophetes and Apostles and of them they shal slay and persecute 50 That the blood of all the Prophetes shed from the fundacion of the worlde maye be required of this regeneracion 51 Frome the blood of * Abell vnto the blood of * Zacharias whiche was slayne betwene 〈◊〉 altar and the Temple verelye I saye vnto you it shal be required of thys generacion 52 Wo be to you interpreters of the Law for ye haue taken away the keye of knowledge ye entred not in your selues and thē that came in ye forbade 52 And as he say de these thynges vnto them the Scribes and Pharises began to vrge hym sore and to prouoke hym to speake of 〈◊〉 54 Laying wait for him and sek yng to catche some thyng of hys mouth whereby they might accuse him CHAP XII 1 Christ commaundeth to auoide hypocrisie 4 That we shulde not feare man but God 5 To confesse his Name 10 Blasphemie against the Spirit 14 Not to passe our vocation 15 Not to giue our selues to 〈◊〉 care of this life 32 But to ryghteousnes almes watching patiente wisdome and concorde 1 IN * the meane tyme there gathered together an innumerable multitude of people so that they trode one another and he began to say vnto his disciples first Take hede to your selues of the leauen of the Pharises which is hypocrisie 2 * For there is nothyng couered that shall not be reueiled nether hid that shall not be knowen 3 Wherefore whatsoeuer ye haue spoken in darkenes it shal be heard in the light ād that which ye haue spoken in the eare in secret places shal be preached on the houses 4 * And I say vnto you my friendes be 〈◊〉 afraid of thē that kil the bodie and after that are not able to do any more 5 But I will forewarne you whome ye shall feare feare hym whiche after he hathe killed hathe power to cast into hell yea I saye vnto you him feare 6 Are not fiue sparowes boght for two farthings and yet not one of them is forgotten before God 7 Yea and all the heere 's of your head are nom bred feare
Priest Are these things so 2 And he said Ye men brethren and fathers hearken The God of glorie appeared vnto our father Abraham while he was in Mesopotamia before he dwelt in Charran 3 * And said vnto him Come out of thy countrey and from thy kinred and come into the land which I shal shewe thee 4 Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Charran And after that his father was dead God broght him from thēce into this land where in ye now dwell 5 And he gaue him none inheritance in it no not the breadth of a fote yet he promised that he wolde giue it to him for a possession and to his sede after him when as yet he had no childe 6 But God spake thus that his * sede shulde be a soiourner in a strange land and that they shulde kepe it in bondage and entreate it euil foure hundreth yeres 7 But the nacion to whome they shal be in bondage will iudge saith God and after that they shal come forthe and serue me in this place 8 * He gaue him also the couenant of circumcision and so Abraham begate * Isaac and circumcised him the eight daye and Isaac begate * Iacob and Iacob the twelue * Patriarkes 9 And the Patriarkes moued with enuie solde * Ioseph into Egypt but God was with him 10 And deliuered him out of all his afflictions and * gaue him fauour and wisdome in the sight of Pharao King of Egypt who made him gouernour ouer Egypt and ouer his whole house 11 ¶ Thē came there a famine ouer all the land of Egypt and Canaan and great affliction that our fathers founde no sustenance 12 But when * Iacob heard that there was corne in Egypt he sent our fathers first 13 * And at the secōde time Ioseph was know en of his brethren and Iosephs kinred was made knowen vnto Pharao 14 Then sent Ioseph and caused his father to be broght ād all his kinred euen thre score and fiftene soules 15 So * Iacob went downe into Egypt and he * dyed and our fathers 16 And were remoued into * Sychem and were put in the sepulchre that Abraham had boght * for money of the sonnes of Emor sonne of Sychem 17 But when the time of the promes drewe nere which God had sworne to Abraham the people* grewe and multiplied in Egypt 18 Til another King arose which knewe not Ioseph 19 The same dealt subtely with our kinred and euil intreated our fathers ād made them to cast out their yong children that they shulde not remaine aliue 20 * The same time was Moses borne and was acceptable vnto God which was nourished vp in his fathers house thre moneths 21 And when he was cast out Pharaos daugh ter toke him vp and nourished him for her owne sonne 22 And Moses was learned in all the wisdome of the Egyptians and was mightie in wordes and in dedes 23 Now when he was ful fortie yere olde it ca me into his heart to wisit his brethren the children of Israel 24 * And when he sawe one of them suffer wrong he defended him and auenged his quarel that had the harme done to him and sinote the Egyptian 25 For he supposed his brethren wolde haue vnderstand that God by his hand shulde giue them deliuerance but thei vnderstode it not 26 * And the next day he shewed him self vnto them as they stroue and wolde haue set them at one againe saying Syrs ye are brethren why do ye wrong one to another 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge ouer vs 28 Wilt thou kil me as thou did dest the Egyptian yesterday 29 Then fled Moses at that saying and was a stranger in the land of Madian where he begate two sonnes 30 And when fourtie yereswere expired there appeared to him in the * wildernes of mount Sina an Angel of the Lord in a flame of fyre in a bush 31 And when Moses sawe it he wondred at the sight and as he drewe nere to consider it the voyce of the Lord came vnto him saying 32 I am the God of thy fathers the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob Then Moses trembled and durst not beholde it 33 Then the Lord said to him Put of thy shooes from thy fete for the place where thou standest is holie grounde 34 I haue sene I haue sene the affliction of my people which is in Egypt and I haue heard their groning ād am came downe to deliuer them ād now come and I wil send thee into Egypt 35 This Moses whome thei forsoke saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge the same God sent for a prince ād a deliuerer by the hands of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 36 He * broght them out doing wonders and miracles in the land of Egypt and in the red sea and in the wildernes * fourtie yeres 37 This is that Moses which said vnto the chil dren of Israel * A Prophet shal the Lord your God raise vp vnto you euen of your brethren like vnto me him shal ye heare 38 * This is he that was in the Congregation in the wildernes with the Angel which spake to him in mount Sina and with our fathers who receiued the liuelie oracles to giuevnto vs. 39 To whome our fathers wolde not obey but refused and in their hearts turned backe againe into Egypt 40 Saying vnto Aaron * Make vs gods that may go before vs for we knowe not what is 〈◊〉 of this Moses that broght vs out of the land of Egypt 41 And they made a calfe in those daies and offred sacrifice vnto the idole and reioyced in the workes of their owne hands 42 Then God turned him self away and * gaue them vp to serue the hoste of heauen as it is written in the boke of the Prophetes * O house of Israel haue ye offred to me slayne beasts and sacrifices by the space of fourtie yeres in the wildernes 43 And ye toke vp the tabernacle of * Moloch and the starre of your god Remphan figures which ye made to worship them there fore I wil carie you away beyonde Babylon 44 Our fathers had the tabernacle of witnes in the wildernes as he had appointed speaking vnto * Moses that he shulde make it according to the facion that he had sene 45 Which tabernacle also our Fathers receiued and broght in with * Iesus into the possessiō of the Gentiles which God draue out before our fathers vnto the dayes of Dauid 46 * Who founde fauour before God and desired that he might * finde
I wyll giue you the holye thynges of Dauid whiche are faithfull 35 Wherefore he saith also in another place * Thou wilt not suffre thine Holie one to se corruption 36 Howbeit Dauid after he had serued his time by the counsel of God he*slept and was laid with his fathers and sawe corruption 37 But he whome God raised vp sawe no corruption 38 Be it knowenvnto you therefore men and brethren that through this man is preached vnto you the forgiuenes of sinnes 39 And from all things from whiche ye colde not be iustified by the Law of Moses by him euerie one that beleueth is iustified 40 Bew are therfore lest that come vpon you which is spoken of in the Prophetes 41 * Beholde ye despisers and wonder and vanishe away fori worke a worke in your dayes a worke whiche ye shall not beleue if a man wolde declare it you 42 ¶ And when they were come out of the Synagogue of the Iewes the Gentiles besoght that they wolde preache these wordes to them the next Sabbath day 43 Nowe when the Congregacion was dissolued manie of the Iewes and proselytes that feared God folowed Paul and Barnabas whi che spake to them and exhorted them to cō tinue in the grace of God 44 And the nexte Sabbath daye came almost the whole citie together to heare the word of God 45 But when the Iewes sawe the people they were full of enuie and spake against those things which were spoken of Paul contrarying them and railing on them 46 Then Paul and Barnabas spake boldelye and sayd * It was necessarie that the worde of GOD shulde first haue bene spoken vnto you but seing ye put it from you and iudge your selues vnworthie of euerlastynge life lo we turne to the Gentiles 47 For so hathe the Lord cōmāded vs saying * I haue made thee a light of the Gentiles that thou shuldest be the saluacion vnto the end of the worlde 48 And when the Gentiles heard it they were glad and glorified the worde of the Lord as manie as were ordeined vnto eternal life beleued 49 Thus the worde of the Lord was published throught the whole countrey 50 But the Iewes stirred certeine deuoute honorable womē the chief men of the citie raised persecuciō against Paul and Barnabas and expelled thē out of their coasts 51 But they * shouke of the dust of their fete against them and came vnto I conium 52 And the disciples were filled with ioye and with the holie Gost. CHAP. XIIII God giueth successe to his worde 6 Paul and Barnabas preache at I conium and are persecuted 13 At Lystra thei wolde do sacrifice to Barnabas and Paul which refuse it and exhorte the people to worship the true God 19 Paul is stoned 22 They confirme the disciples in faith and pacience 23 Appointe ministers 26 And passing through manie places make reporte of their diligence at Antiochia 1 ANdit came to passe in Iconiū that they went bothe together into the Synagogue of the Iewes and so spake that a great multitude bothe of the Iewes of the Grecians beleued 2 But the vnbelening Iewes stirred vp corrupted the mindes of the Gentiles against the brethren 3 So therefore they abode there a long time and spake boldely in the Lord which gaue testimonie vnto the worde of his grace and caused signes and wonders to be done by their hands 4 But the people of the citie were diuided some were with the Iewes and some with the Apostles 5 And when there was an assaut made bothe of the Gentiles and of the Iewes with their rulers to do them violence and to stone them 6 They were ware of it and fled vnto Lystra and Derbe cities of Lycaonia vnto the region rounde about 7 And there were preaching the Gospel 8 ¶ * Now there sate certeine man at Lystra impotent in his fete which was a creple from his mothers wombe who had neuer walked 9 He heard Paul speake who beholding him and perceiuing that he had faith to be healed 10 Said with a loude voyce Stand vpright on thy fete And he leaped vp and walked 11 Then when the people sawe what Paul had done they lift vp their voyces saying in the speache of Lycaonia Gods are come downe to vs in the likenes of men 12 And thei called Barnabas Iupiter and Paul Mercurius because he was the chief speaker 13 Then Iupiters priest which was before their citie broght bulles with garlandes vnto the gates and wold haue sacrified with the people 14 But when the Apostles Barnabas and Paul heard it thei rent their clothes and ran in among the people crying 15 And saying O men why do ye these things We are euen men subiect to the like passions that ye be and preache vnto you that ye shulde turne from these vaine idoles vnto the liuing God * which made heauen and earth and the sea and all things that in them are 16 Who in times past * suffred all the Gentiles to walke in their owne wayes 17 Neuertheles he left not him self without witnesse in that he did good and gaue vs raine from heauen and fruteful seasons filling our hearts with foode and gladnes 18 And speaking these things scarse refrained they the people that they had not sacrificed vnto them 19 Then there came certeine Iewes from Antiochia and Iconium which when they had persuaded the people * stoned Paul and drewe him out of the citie supposing he had bene dead 20 How beit as the disciples stode rounde about him he arose vp and came into the citie and the next day he departed with Barna bas to Derbe 21 And after they had preached to that citie had taught manie they returned to Lystra and to Iconium and to Antiochia 22 Confirming the disciples hearts and exhorting them to cōtinue in the faith affirming that we must through manie afflictions entre into the kingdome of God 23 And when they had ordeined thē Elders by election in euerie Church and praid and fasted they commended them to the Lord in whome they beleued 24 Thus they went through out Pisidia came to Pamphilia 25 And when they had preached the worde in Perga they came downe to Attalia 26 And thence sailed to Antiochia * frō whēce they had bene commended vnto the grace of God to the worke whiche they had fulfilled 27 And when they were come and had gathered the Church together they rehearsed all the things that God had done by them how he had opened the dore of faith vnto the Gentiles 28 So there they abode a long time with the disciples CHAP. XV. 1 Variance about circumcision 22 The Apostles send their determination to the Churches 35 Paul and Barnabas preache at Antiochia 39 And separate compagnie because
conduit Paul broght him vnto Athenes and when they had receiued a commandement vnto Silas and Timotheus that they shulde come to him at once they departed 16 ¶ Now while Paul waited for them at Athenes his spirit was stirred in him whē he sawe the citie subiect to idolatrie 17 Therefore he disputed in the Synagogue with the Iewes and with them that where religious in the market daily with whom soeuer he met 18 Then certeine philosophers of the Epicucures and of the Stoickes disputed with him and some said What wil this babler say Others said He semeth to be a fetter forthe of strange gods because he preached vnto them Iesus and the resurrection 19 And they toke him and broght him into Mars strete saying May we not knowe what this new doctrine whereof thou speakest is 20 For thou bringest certeine strange things vnto our eares we wolde knowe therefore what these things meane 21 For all the Athenians and strangers which dwelt there gaue them selues to nothing els but ether to tel or to heare some newes 22 Then Paul stode in the middes of i Mars strete said Ye men of Athenes I perceiue that in all things ye are to superstitious 23 For as I passed by and beheld your deuocions I founde an altar where in was written k VNTO THE VNKNOWEN GOD. Whome ye then ignorātly worship him shewe I vnto you 24 God that made the worlde and all things that are therein seing that he is Lord of heauen earth * dwelleth not in temples made with hands 25 * Nether is worshipped with mens hāds as thogh he neded any thing seing he giueth to all life and breath and all things 26 And hathe made of one blood all mankinde to dwell on all the face of the earth and hath assigned the times which were ordeined before the boundes of their habitaciō 27 That they shuld seke the Lord if so be they might haue groped after him and founde him thogh douteles he be not farre from euerie one of vs. 28 For in him we liue and moue and haue our being as also certeine of your 〈◊〉 Poetes haue said For we are also his generacion 29 * For asmuch thē as we are the generaciō of God we ought not to thynke that the God head is like vnto gold or siluer or stone gra uen by arte and the inuention of man 30 And the time of this ignorāce God regarded not but now he admonisheth all men euerie where to repent 31 Because he hathe appointed a day in the which he wil iudge the worlde in righteousnes by that man whome he hath appointed whereof he hathe giuen an assurance to all mē in that he hathe raised him frō the dead 32 Now when they heard of the resurrection from the dead some mocked and other said We wil heare thee againe of this thing 33 And so Paul departed from among them 34 How beit certeine men claue vnto Paul and beleued among whome was also Denis Areopagita and a woman named Damaris other with them CHAP. XVIII 3 Paul laboureth with his hands and preacheth at Corinthus 6 He is detested of the Iewes 7 Yet receiued of many 9 And cōforted of the Lord. 14 Gallio refuseth to medle with religion 18 Pauls vowe 21 His faith in the prouidence of God 22 And care for the brethren 24 The praise of Apollos 1 AFter these things Paul departed frō A the nes and came to Corinthus 2 And founde a certeine Iewe named * Aquila borne in Pontus lately come from Italie and his wife Priscilla because that Claudius had commaunded all Iewes to departe from Rome and he came vnto them 3 And because he was of the same crafte he abode with them wroght for their crafte was to make tentes 4 And he disputed in the Synagogue euerie Sabbath day and exhorted the Iewes and the Grecians 5 Now when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia Paul burned in spirit testifying to the Iewes that Iesus was the Christ. 6 And when they resisted and blasphemed he * shouke his raiment and said vnto them Your blood be vpon your owne head I am cleane from hence forthe wil I go vnto the Gentiles 7 So he departed thence and entred into a certeine mans house named Iustus a worshipper of God whose house ioyned hard to the Synagogue 8 And * Crispus the chief ruler of the Synago gue beleued in the Lord with all his housholde and many of the Corinthians hearing it beleued and were baptized 9 Then said the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision Feare not but speake and holde not thy peace 10 For I am with thee and no man shal lay hands on thee to hurt thee for I haue muche people in this citie 11 So he continued there a yere six moneths and taught the worde of God among them 12 ¶ Now when Gallio was Deputie of Achaia the Iewes arose with one accorde against Paul and broght him to the iudgement seat 13 Saying This felow persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the Law 14 And as Paul was about to open his mouth Gallio said vnto the Iewes If it were a matter of wrong or an euil dede ô ye Iewes I wolde according to reason mainteine you 15 But if it be a question of wordes and names and of your Law loke ye to it your selues for I wil be no iudge of those things 16 And he draue them from the iudgemēt seat 17 Then toke all the Grecians Sosthenes the chief ruler of the Synagogue and bet him before the iudgement seat but Gallio cared nothing for those things 18 But when Paul had taried there yet a good while he toke leaue of the brethren and sailed into Syria and with him Priscilla and Aquila after that he had shorne his head in Cenchrea for he had a * vowe 19 Then he came to Ephesus and left them there but he entred into the Synagogue and disputed with the Iewes 20 Who desired him to tary a longer time with them but he wolde not consent 21 But bade them fare wel saying I must nedes kepe this feast that commeth in Ierusalem but I wil returne againe vnto you * if God wil. So he sailed from Ephesus 22 ¶ And when he came downe to Cesarea he went vp to Ierusalem and when he had saluted the Church he went downe vnto An tiochia 23 Now when he had taried there a while he departed and went through the countrey of Galacia and Phrygia by order strengthening all the disciples 24 And a certeine Iewe named * Apollos borne at Alexandria came to Ephesus an eloquēt man and mightie in the Scriptures 25 The same was instructed in the way of the Lord and he spake feruently in the Spirit ād taught diligently the
perteyning to the Law hauing good reporte of all the Iewes which dwelt there 13 Came vnto me and stode and said vnto me Brother 〈◊〉 receiue thy sight and that same houre I loked vpon him 14 And he said The God of our fathers hathe appointed thee that thou shuldest knowe his will and shuldest se that Iust one and shuldest heare the voyce of his mouth 15 For thou shalte be hys witnes vnto all men of the things which thou hast sene heard 16 Now therefore why tariest thou Arise and be baptized and washe away thy sinnes in calling on the Name of the Lord. 17 ¶ And it came to passe that whē I was come againe to Ierusalem and prayed in the Temple I was in a traunce 18 And sawe him saying vnto me Make hast ād get thee quickely out of Ierusalem for they wil not receiue thy witnes concerning me 19 Then I said Lord they knowe that I * prisoned ād bet in euerie Synagogue them that beleued in thee 20 And when the blood of thy martyr Steuen was shed I also * stode by and consented vnto his death ād kept the clothes of them that slewe him 21 Then he said vnto me Depart for I wil send thee farre hence vnto the Gentiles 22 ¶ And they heard vnto this worde but thē they lift vp their voyces and said A way with suche a felowe frome the earth for it is not mete that he shulde line 23 And as they cryed and cast of their clothes and threwe dust into the aire 24 The chief captaine commanded hym to be led into the castle and bade that he shulde be scourged ād examined that he might know wherefore they cryed so on him 25 And as they bounde him with thongs Paùl sayd vnto the Centurion that stode by Is it lawfull for you to scourge one that is a Romaine and not condemned 26 No we when the Centurion heard it he went and tolde the chief Captaine saying Take hede what thou doest for this man is a Romaine 27 Then the chief captaine came and sayd to hym Tell me art thou a Romaine And he said Yea. 28 And the chief captaine answered With a great summe obteined I this burgeship Then Paul said But I was so borne 29 Then strayght waye they departed frome him whiche shulde haue examined hym and the chief Captaine also was afrayd after he knewe that he was a Romaine and that he had bounde him 30 On the next daye because he wolde haue knowen the certeintie wherfore he was accused of the Iewes he losed him frome hys bondes and commanded the hie Priests and all their Council to come together and he broght Paul and set him before them CHAP. XXIII 3 The answer of Paul being smit and the ouerthrowe of his enemies 〈◊〉 The Lord encourageth him 23 And becau se the Iewes layed waite for him he is sent to Cesarea 1 ANd Paul behelde earnestly the Council and sayd Men and brethren I haue in all good conscience serued GOD vntil this daye 2 Then the hie Priest Ananias commanded thē that stode by to smite him on the mouth 3 Then said Paul to him God will smite thee thou whited wall for thou sittest to iudge me accordyng to the Law and commaundest thou me to be smiten contrary to the Law 4 And they that stode by sayd Reuilest thou Gods hie Priest 5 Then say de Paul I knewe not brethren that he was the hie Priest for it is written * Thou shalte not spake euill of the Ruler of thy people 6 But when Paul perceiued that the one parte were of the Sadduces and the other of the Pharises he cried in the Council Men and brethren * I am a Pharise the sonne of a Pha rise I am accused of the hope and resurrection of the dead 7 And whē he had said this there was a dissen sion betwene the Pharises and the Sadduces so that the multitude was deuided 8 * For the Sadduces say that there is no resurrection nether Angel nor spirit but the Pha risses confesse bothe 9 Then there was a great crye and the Scribes of the Pharises parte rose vp and stroue saying We finde none euill in this man but if a spirit or an Angel hathe spoken to him let vs not fight against God 20 And when there was a great dissension the chief captaine fearing lest Paul shulde haue bene pulled in pieces of them commaunded the souldiers to go do wne and to take him from among them and to bring him into the castel 11 ¶ Now the night following the Lord stode by hym and said Be of good courage Paul for as thou hast testified of me in Ierusalem so must thou beare witnes also at Rome 12 And when the day was come certeine of the Iewes made an assemblie and bounde thē sel ues with an othe saying that they wold ne ther eat nor drinke til they had killed Paul 13 And they were more then fourtie whiche had made this conspiracie 14 And they came to the chief Priests and Elders and sayd We haue bounde our selues with a solēne othe that we will eat nothing vntill we haue slaine Paul 15 Nowe therefore ye and the Council signifie to the chief Captaine that he bring him for the vnto you to morowe as thogh ye wolde knowe some thynge more perfitely of him and we or euer he come nere wil be readie to kil him 16 But when Pauls sisters sonne heard of their laying await he went and entred into the castle and tolde Paul 17 And Paul called one of the Centurions vnto him and said Bring thys yong man vnto the chief captaine for he hathe a certeine thing to she we him 18 So he toke hym and broght hym to the chief Captaine and sayd Paul the prisoner called me vnto him and prayed me to bryng this yong man vnto thee which hath some thing to say vnto thee 19 Thē the chief captaine to ke him by the hād and went aparte with him alone and asked him What hast thou to shewe me 20 And he said The Iewes haue conspired to desire thee that thou woldest bring for the Paul to morow into the Council as thogh they wolde inquire some what of him more perfitely 21 But let them not persuade thee for there lie in waite for him of them more then fourtie men whiche haue bounde them selues with an othe that they wil nether eat nor drinke til they haue killed him and now are they readie and wait for thy promes 22 The chief captaine then let the yong man departe and charged him to speake it to no man that he had shewed him these things 23 And he called vnto him two certeine Centurions saying Make readie two hundreth souldiers that they may go to Cesarea and horsmen thre score and ten and two hundreth with dartes at the thirde houre of the night 24 And let thē make readie an horse
that Paul being seton may be broght safe vnto Felix the Gouernour 25 And he wrote an epistle in this maner 26 Claudius Lysias vnto the moste noble Gouernour Felix sendeth greting 27 As this man was taken of the Iewes and shulde haue bene killed of them I came vpō them with the garison and rescued him per ceiuing that he was a Romaine 28 And when I wolde haue knowen the cause wherefore they accused him I broght him for the into their council 29 There I perceiued that he was accused of questions of their Law but had no crime worthie of death or of bondes 30 And when it was shewed me how that the Iewes laid wait for the mā I sent him straight way to thee and commaunded his accusers to speake before thee the things that they had against him Fare wel 31 Then the souldiers as it was commaunded them toke Paul and broght him by night to Antipatris 32 And the next day they left the horsmē to go with him and returned vnto the castel 33 Now when they came to Cesarea they deliuered the epistle to the Gouernour and presented Paul also vnto him 34 So when the Gouernour had red it he asked of what prouince he was when he vnder stode that he was of Cilicia 35 I wil heare thee said he whē thine accusers also are come and commaunded him to be kept in Herodes iudgement hall CHAP. XXIIII 10 Paul being accused answereth for his life and doctrine against his accusers 25 Felix gropeth him thinking to haue a bribe 28 And after leaueth him in prison 1 NOw after fiue dayes Ananias the high Priest came downe with the Elders and with Tertullus a certeine oratour whiche appeared before the Gouernour against Paul 2 And when he was called for the Tertullus began to accuse him saying Seing that we haue obteined great quietnes through thee and that manie worthie things are done vnto this nation through thy prouidence 3 We acknowledge it wholy and in all places moste noble Felix with all thankes 4 But that I be not tedious vnto thee I pray thee that thou woldest heare vs of thy courtesie a fewe wordes 5 Certeinely we haue founde this man a pestilent felowe a mouer of sedition among all the Iewes throughout the worlde a chief mainteiner of the secte of the Nazarites 6 And hathe gone about to pollute the Tēple therefore we toke him and wolde haue iudged him according to our Law 7 But the chief captaine Lysias came vpō vs and with great violence toke him out of our hands 8 Cōmanding his accusers to come to thee of whom thou maist if thou wilt inquire know all these things where of we accuse him 9 And the Iewes like wise 〈◊〉 saying that it was so 10 Then Paul after that the gouernour had beckened vnto him that he shulde speake answered I do the more gladly answer for my self for asmuche as I knowe that thou hast bene of manie yeres a iudge vnto this nation 11 Seing that thou maist knowe that there are but twelue dayes since I came vp to worship in Ierusalem 12 And thei nether founde me in the Temple disputing with anie man nether making vpro are among the people nether in the Synagogues nor in the citie 13 Nether can they proue the things where of they now accuse me 14 But this I confesse vnto thee that after the way which they call heresie so worship I the God of my Fathers beleuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophetes 15 And haue hope to wards God that the resurrection of the dead which they them selues loke for also shal be bothe of iust and vniust 16 And here in I endeuour my self to haue alway a cleare consciēce to warde God to warde men 17 Now after many yeres I came and broght * almes to my nacion and offrings 18 * At what time certeine Iewes of Asia foūde me purified in the Temple 19 Nether with multitude nor with tumult 20 Who ought to haue bene present before thee accuse me if they had ought against me 21 Or let these thē selues say if they haue foūde any vniust thing in me while I stode in the Council 22 Except it be for this one voyce that I cryed standing among them * Of the resurrection of the dead am I accused of you this day 23 Now when Felix heard these things he differ red them and said Whē I shal more perfitely knowe the things which cōcerne this way by the coming of Lysias the chief Captaine I wil decise your matter 24 Then he cōmande a Centurion to kepe Paul and that he shulde haue ease that he shuld forbid none of his acquaintance to minister vnto him or to come vnto him 25 ¶ And after certeine dayes came Felix with his wife Drusilla which was a Iewesse he called forthe Paul and heard him of the faith in Christ. 26 And as he disputed of righteousnes and tēperance and of the iudgemēt to come Felix trembled ād answered Go thy way for this time and when I haue conuenient time I wil call for thee 27 He hoped also that money shulde haue bene giuen him of Paul that he might lose him wherefore he sent for him the oftener and communed with him 28 When two yeres were expired Porcius Festus came into Felix roume and Felix willing to get fauour of the Iewes left Paul bounde CHAP. XXV 2 The Iewes accuse Paul before Festus 8 He answereth for him self 11 And appealeth vnto the Emperour 14 His matter is rehearsed before Agrippa 23 And he is broght forthe 1 WHen Festus was then come into the pro uince after thre dayes he went vp from Cesarea vnto Ierusalem 2 Then the high Priest and the chief of the Iewes appeared before him against Paul and they besoght him 3 And desired fauour againste him that he wolde send for him to Ierusalem ād they laid wait to kil him by the way 4 But Festus answered that Paul shuld be kept at Cesarea and that he him self wolde shortly departe thither 5 Let them therefore said he which amōg you are able come downe with vs and if there be anie wickednes in the man let them accu se him 6 ¶ Now when he had taried among them no more then ten dayes he went downe to Cesarea and the next day sate in the iudgement seat and commaunded Paul to be broght 7 And when he was come the Iewes whiche were come from Ierusalem stode about him and laid manie and grieuous complaintes against Paul which they colde not proue 8 Forasmuche as he answered that he had nether offended anie thing against the Law of the Iewes nether against the Temple nor against Cesar. 9 Yet Festus willing to get fauour of the Iewes answered Paul and said Wilt thou go vp to Ierusalem there be iudged
to passe that thei came all safe to land CHAP. XXVIII 2 Paul with his compagnie are gently intreated of the barbarous people 5 The viper hurteth him not 8 He healeth Publius father and others and being fornished by them of things necessarie he fared towarde Rome 15 Where being receiued of the brethren he declareth his busines 30 And there preacheth two yeres 1 ANd when they were come safe thē they knewe that the yle was called Melita 2 And the Barbarians shewed vs no litle kindenes for they kindled a fyre and receiued vs euerie one because of the present showre and because of the colde 3 And when Paul had gathered a nomber of stickes laid them on the fyre there came a viper out of the heat and leapt on his hand 4 Now when the Barbarians sawe the worme hang on his hand they said among thē selues This man surely is a murtherer whome thogh he hathe escaped the sea yet Vengeance hathe not suffred to liue 5 But he shoke of the worme into the fyre and felt no harme 6 Howbeit thei waited when he shulde haue swolne or fallen downe dead suddenly but after they had loked a great while and sawe no inconuenience come to him thei chāged their mindes and said That he was a God 7 In the same quarters the chiefman of the yle whose name was Publius had possessions the same receiued vs lodged vs thre dayes courteously 8 And so it was that the Father of Publius lay sicke of the feuer and of a bloodie flixe to whome Paul entred in when he prayed he laid his hands on him and healed him 9 When this then was done other also in the yle which had diseases came to him were healed 10 Which also did vs great honour and when we departed they laded vs with things neces sarie 11 ¶ Now after thre moneths we departed in a ship of Alexādria which had wintred in the yle whose badge was Castor and Pollux 12 And when we arriued at Syracuse we taryed there thre dayes 13 And from thence we fet a compasse came to Rhegium and after one daye the South winde blewe and we came the seconde daie to Putioli 14 Where we founde brethren and were desired to tarie with them seuen dayes and so we went towarde Rome 15 ¶ And from thence when the brethren heard of vs they came to mete vs at the Market of Appius and at the Thre tauernes whome when Paul sawe he thanked God and waxed bolde 16 So when we came to Rome the Centurion deliuered the prisoners to the general Captaine but Paul was suffred to dwel by him self with a souldier that kept him 17 And the third day after Paul called the chief of the Iewes together and when they were come he said vnto them Men and bre thren thogh I haue commited nothing against the people or Lawes of the fathers yet was I deliuered prisoner frō Ierusalem into the hands of the Romaines 18 Who when thei had examined me wolde haue let me go because there was no cause of death in me 19 But when the Iewes spake contrarie I was constrained to appeale vnto Cesar not because I had ought to accuse my nacion of 20 For this cause therefore haue I called for you to se you and to speake with you for the hope of Israels sake I am bounde with this chaine 21 Then they said vnto him We nether receiued letters out of 〈◊〉 concerning thee nether came anie of the brethren that shewed or spake anie euil of thee 22 But we wil he 〈◊〉 of thee what thou thinkest for as concerning this secte we knowe that euerie where it is spoken against 23 And when they had appointed him a daye there came manie vnto him into his lodging to whome he expounded and testified the kingdome of God and preached vnto them concerning Iesus bothe out of the Law of Moses and out of the Prophetes from morning to night 24 And some were persuaded with the things which were spoken and some beleued not 25 Therefore when thei agreed not among them selues they departed after that Paul had spoken one worde to wit Wel spake the holie Gost by Esaias the Prophet vnto our fathers 26 Saying * Go vnto this people and say By hearing ye shal heare and shal not vnderstād and seing ye shal se and not perceiue 27 For the heart of this people is waxed fat and their eares are dull of hearing and with their eyes haue they winked lest they shulde se with their eyes heare with their eares and vnderstād with their hearts and shulde returne that I might heale them 28 Be it knowen therefore vnto you that this saluacion of God is sent to the Gentiles and they shal heare it 29 And whē he had said these things the Iewes departed and had great reasoning among them selues 30 And Paul remained two yeres ful in an house hired for himself and receiued all that came in vnto him 31 Preaching the kingdome of God and teaching those things which cōcerne the Lord Iesus Christ with all boldenes of speache without let THE EPISTLE OF THE Apostle Paul to the Romaines THE ARGVMENT THe great mercie of God is declared towarde man in Christ Iesus whose righteousnes is made ours through saith For when man by reason of his owne corruption colde not fulfil the Law yea committed most abominably bothe against the Law of God and nature the infinite bountie of God mindeful of his promes made to his seruant Abraham the Father of all beleuers ordeined that mans saluation shulde onely stand in the perfect obedience of his Sonne Iesus Christ so that not onely the circumcised Iewes but also the vn circumcised Gentiles shulde be saued by faith in him euen as Abraham before he was circumcised was counted iuste onely through faith and yet afterwarde receiued circumcisiō as a seale or badge of the same righteousnes by faith And to the intent that none shulde thinke that the couenant which God made to him and his posteritie was not performed other because the Iewes receiued not Christ which was the blessed sede orels beleued not that he was the true redemer because he did not onely or at least more notably preserue the Iewes the examples of Ismael Esau declare that all are not Abrahams posteritie which come of Abrahā according to the flesh but also the verie strangers and Gentiles grafied in by faith are made heires of the promes The cause whereof is the onlie wil of God forasmuche as of his fre mercie he electeth some to be saued and of his iuste iudgement reiecteth others to be damned as appeareth by the testimonies of the Scriptures Yet to the intent that the Iewes shuld not be to muche beaten downe nor the Gentiles to muche puffed vp the example of Elias proueth that God hathe yet his elect euen of the natural posteritie of
which haue bene baptized into Iesus Christ haue bene bapti zed into his death 4 * We are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the Father so we also shulde* walke in newnes 〈◊〉 5 * For if we be grasted with him to the simi litude of his death euen so shal we be to the similitude of his resurrection 6 Knowing this that our olde man is crucified with him that the bodie of sinne might be destroyed that henceforthe we shulde not serue sinne 7 For he that is dead is freed from sinne 8 Wherefore if we be dead with Christ we be leue that we shal liue also with him 9 Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dyeth no more death hath no more do minion ouer him 10 For in that he dyed he dyed once to sinne but in that he liueth he liueth to God 11 Likewise thinke ye also that ye are dead to sinne but are aliue to God in Iesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sinne reigne therefore in your mortal bodie that ye shulde obey it in the lustes thereof 13 Nether giue ye'your membres as weapons of vnrighteousnes vnto sinne but giue your selues vnto God as they that are aliue from the deà d and giue your membres as weapons of righteousnes vnto God 14 For sinne shal not haue dominion ouer you for ye are not vnder the Law but vnder grace 15 What then shal we sinne because we are not vnder the Law but vnder grace God forbid 16 * Knowe ye not that to whome soeuer ye giue your selues as seruants to obey his seruants ye are to whome ye obey 〈◊〉 it be of sinne vnto death or of obedience vnto righteousnes 17 But God be thanked that ye haue bene the seruants of sinne but ye haue obeyed from the heart vnto the forme of the doctrine whereunto ye were deliuered 18 Being then made fre from sinne ye are made the seruants of righteousnes 19 I speake after the maner of man because of the infirmitie of your flesh for as ye haue giuen your members seruants to vnclennes ad to iniquitie to commit iniquitie so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines 20 For when ye were the seruants of sinne ye were freed from righteousnes 21 What frute had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed For the end of those things is death 22 But now being freed from sinne and made seruants vnto God ye haue your frute in holines and the end euerlasting life 23 For the wages of sinne is death but the gifte of God is eternal life through Iesus Christ our Lord. CHAP. VII 1. 7 12 The vse of the Law 6. 24 And how Christ hathe de liuered vs from it 16 The infirmitie of the faithful 23 The dangerous fight betwene the flesh and the Spirit 1 KNowe ye not brethren for I speake to them that knowe the Lawe that the Law hathe dominion ouer a man as long as he liueth 2 * For the woman which is in subiection to a man is bounde by the law to the man while he liueth but if the man be dead she is deliuered from the law of the man 3 So then if while the man liueth she take another man she shal be called an* adulteresse but if the man be dead she is fre from the Law so that she is not an adulteresse thogh she take another man 4 So ye my brethren are dead also to the Law by the bodie of Christ that ye shulde be vnto another euen vnto him that is raised vp from the dead that we shulde bring forthe frute vnto God 5 For when we were in the flesh the motiōs of sinnes which were by the Law had force in our membres to bring for the frute vnto death 6 But now we are deliuered from the Law being dead vnto it wherein we were holdē that we shulde serue in newnes of Spirit and not in the oldenes of the letter 7 What shal we say then Is the Law sinne God forbid Nay I knewe not sinne but by the Law for I had not knowen glust except the Law had said * Thou shalt not lust 8 But sinne toke an occasion by the cōmaundemēt and wroght in me all maner of concu piscēce for without the Law sinne is dead 9 For I once was aliue without the Law but when the cōmandemēt came sinne reuiued 10 But I dyed and the same commaundement which was ordeined vnto life was founde to be vnto me vnto death 11 For sinne toke occasion by the cōmaundemēt disceiued me and thereby slew me 12 Wherefore the Law is* holie and the com maundement is holie and iust and good 13 Was that then which is good made death vnto me God 〈◊〉 but sinne that it might appeare sinne wroght death in me by that which is good that sinne might be out of measure sinful by the commaundement 14 For we knowe that the Lawe is spiritual but I am carnal solde vnder sinne 15 For I alowe not that which I do for what I wolde that do I not but what I hate that do I. 16 If I do then that which I wolde not I consent to the Law that itis good 17 Now then it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 18 For I knowe that in me that is in my flesh dwelleth no good thing for to wil is present with me but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good 19 For I do not the good thing which I wolde but the euil which I wolde not that do I. 20 Now if I do that I wolde not it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 21 I finde then by the Law that when I wolde do good euil is present with me 22 For I delite in the Law of God concernig the inner man 23 But I se another law in my membres rebel ling against the law of my minde leading me captiue vnto the law of sinne which is in my membres 24 Owreched man that I am who shal deliuer me from the bodie of this death 25 I thanke God through Iesus Christ our Lord. Then I my self in my minde serue the Law of God but in my slesh the law of sinne CHAP. VIII 1 The asseurance of the faith ful of the fruthe the holie Gost in them 3 The weakenes of the Lawe and who accomplished it 4 And wherefore 5 Of what sorte the faithful ought to be 6 The frute of the Spirit in them 17 Of hope 18 Of pacience vnder the crosse 28 Of the mutual loue betwitx God and his children 29 Of his
our Father Isaac 11 For yer the children were borne when they had nether done good nor euil that the purpose of God might remaine according to election not by workes but by him that calleth 12 It was said vnto her * The elder shal serue the yonger 13 At it is written * I haue loued Iacob haue hated Esau. 14 What shal we say then Is there vnrighte ousnes with God God forbid 15 For he saith to Moses * I wil haue mercie on him to whome I wil she we mercie and wil haue compassiō on him on whome I wil haue compassion 16 So then it is not in him that willeth nor in him that runneth but in God that sheweth mercie 17 For the Scripture saith vnto Pharao * For this same purpose haue I stirred thee vp that I might shew my power in thee and that my Name might be declared through out all the earth 18 Therefore he hathe mercie on whome he wil and whome he wil he hardeneth 19 Thou wilt say then vnto me Why doeth he yet complaine for who hath resisted his 〈◊〉 20 But ô man who art thou which pleadest against God shal the * thing formed say to him that formed it Why hast thou made me thus 21 Hathe not the potter power of the claie to to make of the same lompe one vessel to honour and another vnto dishonour 22 What and if GOD wolde to shewe hys wrath and to make his power knowen suffre with long pacience the vessels of wrath prepared to destruction 23 And that he might declare the riches of his glorie vpon the vessels of mercie whiche he hathe prepared vnto glorie 24 Euen vs whome he hathe called not of the Iewes onely but also of the Gentiles 25 As he saith also in Osee * I wil call them My people which were not my people and her Beloued which was not beloued 26 And it shal be in the place where it was said vnto thē * Ye are not my people that there they shal be called The chyldren of the lyuing God 27 Also Esaias cryeth cōcerning Israel * thogh the nomber of the children of Israel were as the sand of the sea yet shall but a ramnant be saued 28 For he wil make his account and gather it into a short summe with righteousnes for the Lord wil make a short count in the earth 29 * And as Esaias sayd before Excepte the Lorde of hostes had left vs a sede we had bene made as Sodome and had bene lyke to Gomorrha 30 What shall we iaye then That the Gentiles whiche folowed not ryghteousnes haue atteined vnto righteousnes euen the rightous nes which is of faith 31 But Israel which folowed the Law of rightousnes 〈◊〉 not atteine vnto the Lawe of righteousnes 32 Wherefore Because they soght it not by fayth but as it were by the workes of the Lawe 〈◊〉 they haue stombled at the stombling stone 33 As it is written * Beholde Ilaye in Sion a stombling stone and a rocke to make men fall and euerie one that beleueth in him shal not be ashamed CHAP. X. 1 After that he had declared his zeale towardes them 3 He sheweth the cause of the ruine of the Iewes 4. The end of the Lawe 5 The difference betwene the iustice of the Lawe and of faith 17 Wherof saith 〈◊〉 and to whome it belongeth 19 The reiection of the Iewes and calling of the Gentiles 1 BRethren myne hearts desire and prayer to GOD for Israelis that they myght be saued 2 For I beare them recorde that they haue the zeale of GOD but not accordynge to knowledge 3 For they beyng ignorant of the righteousnes of God ād going about to stablish their owne righteousnes haue not submited them selues to the righteousnes of God 4 * For Christe is the end of the Lawe for righteousnes vnto euerie one that beleueth 5 For Moses thus describeth the ryghteousnes whiche is of the Lawe * That the man which doeth these things shal liue thereby 6 But the righteousnes which is of faith speaketh on this wise * Saye not in thine heart Who shall ascende into heauen that is to bring Christ from aboue 7 Or Who shall descende into the depe that is to bring Christ againe from the dead 8 But what saith it * The worde is nere thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart This is the worde of faith which we preache 9 For if thou shalt confesse with thy mouth the Lorde Iesus and shalt beleue in thine heart that God raised him vp from the dead thou shalt be saued 10 For with the heart man beleueth vnto right ousnes and with the mouth man 〈◊〉 to saluation 11 For the Scripture saith * Whosoeuer beleueth in him shal not be ashamed 12 For there is no difference betwene the Iewe and the Grecian for he that is Lord ouer all is riche vnto all that call on him 13 * For whosoeuer shal call vpon the Name of the Lord shal be saued 14 But how shal they cal on him in whom they haue not beleued and how shal they beleue iu hym of whome they haue not heard and how shall they heare without a preacher 15 And howe shall they preache except they be sent as it is written * How beautifull are the fete of them whyche bryng glad tydyngs of peace and brynge glad tydings of good things 16 But they haue not all obeyed the Gospell for Esaias saith * Lorde who hathe beleued our reporte 17 Then faith is by hearyng and hearing by the worde of God 18 But I demande Haue they not heard * No doute theyr so unde went out through all the earth and their wordes into the ends of the worlde 19 But I demande Did not Israel know God First Moses saith * I wil prouoke you to enuie by a nation that is not my nation and by a foolish nation I wil anger you 20 * And Esayas is bolde sayth I was founde of them that soght me not and haue bene made manifeste to them that asked not after me 21 And vnto Israel he saith * All the daye long haue I stretched forthe myne hande vnto a disobedient and gainesaying people CHAP. XI 4 God hath his Church althogh it be not sene to mās eye 5 The grace shewed to the elect 7 The iudgement of the reprobate 8 God hathe blinded the Iewes for a time and reueiled him self to the Gentiles 18 Whome he warneth to humble them selues 29 The giftes of God without repentance 33 The depth of Gods iugdement 1 I Demande then Hathe God cast awaye hys people God forbid for I also a man Israelite of the sede of Abraham of the tribe of Beniamin 2 God hathe not cast away his people which he knewe before Knowe
away childish things 12 For now we se through a glasse darkely but thē shal we se face to face Now I know in parte but then shall knowe euen as I am knowen 13 And now abideth faith hope and loue euen these thre but the chiefest of these is loue CHAP. XIIII 1 He exhorteth to loue commendeth the gif of tongues other spiritual gifts 5. But chiefly prophecying 34. He commaundeth women to kepe silence in the Church 40. And sheweth what good ordre ought to be obserued in the Church 1 FOllowe after loue and couet spiritual gifts and rather that ye maye prophecie 2 For he that speaketh a strāge tongue speaketh not vnto men but vnto God for no mā heareth him howbeit in the spirit he speaketh secret things 3 But he that prophecieth speaketh vnto mē to edifying and to exhortacion and to comfort 4 He that speaketh strange language edifieth him self but he that prophecieth edifieth the Church 5 I wolde that ye all spake strāge languages but rather that ye prophecied for greater is he that prophecieth then he that speaketh diuers tongues except he expounde it that the Church may receiue edification 6 And now brethren if I come vnto you spea king diuers tōgues what shal I profite you except I speake to you ether by reuelation or by knowledge or by propheciyng or by doctrine 7 Moreouer things without life which giue a sounde whether it be a pipe or an harpe except they make a distinctiō in the sounds how shal it be kenowen what is piped or harped 8 And also if the trumpet giue an vncerteine sounde who shal prepare him self to battel 9 So likewise you by the tongue except ye vtterwordes that haue signification how shal it be vnderstand what is spoken for ye shal speake in the ayre 10 There are so manie kindes of voyces as it cometh to passe in the worlde and none of them is domme 11 except I konowe then the power of the voyce I shal be vnto him that speaketh a barbarian and he that speaketh shal be a bar barian vnto me 12 Euen so for asmuche as ye couet spiritual gifts seke that ye maye excel vnto the edifying of the Church 13 Wherefore let him that speaketh a strāge tongue praie that he may interpret 14 For if I pray in a strange tongue my spirit praieth but mine vnderstanding is without frute 15 What is it then I wil praye with the spirit but I wil pray with the vnderstanding also I wil sing with the spirit but I wil sing with the vnderstanding also 16 Els when thou blessest with the spirit how shal he that occupieth the roume of the vnlearned say Amen at thy giuing of thankes seing he knoweth not what thou 〈◊〉 17 For thou velery giuest thankes wel but the other is not edified 18 I thanke my God I speake languages more then ye all 19 Yet had I rather in the Church to speake fiue wordes mine vnderstāding that I might also instruct others then ten thousand wordes in a strange tongue 20 Brethren be not* children in vnderstāding but as concerning maliciousnes be children but in vnderstanding be of a ripe age 21 In the Law it is written * By men of other tongues by other languages wil I speake vnto this people yet so shal they not heare me faith the Lord. 22 Wherefore strange tongues are for a signe not to them that beleue but to them that beleue not but prophecying serueth not for them that beleue not but for them which beleue 23 If therefore when the whole Church is come together in one all speake strange tongues there come in they that are vnlearned or they which beleue not wil they not say that ye are out of your wittes 14 But if all prophecie and there come in one that beleueth not or one vnlearned he is rebuked of all men and is iudged of all 15 And so are the secretes of his heart made manifest so he wil fall downe on his face and worship God and say plainely that God is in you in dede 26 What is to be done then brethren when ye come together according as euerie one of you hathe a psalme or hathe doctrine or hathe a tongue or hathe reuelaciō or hathe interpretacion let all things be done vnto edifying 27 If anie man speake a strange tongue let it be by two or at the most by thre and that by course and let one interpret 28 But if there be no interpreter let him kepe silence in the Church Which speaketh lan guages and let him speake to him self and to God 29 Let the Prophetes speake two or thre and let the other iudge 30 And if anie thing be reueiled to another that sitteth by let the first holde his peace 31 For ye may all prophecie one by one that all may learne and all may haue comfort 32 And the spirits of the Prophetes are subiect to the Prophetes 33 For God is not the autor of confusion but of peace as we se in all the Churches of the Saintes 34 * Let your women kepe silence in the Churche for it is not permitteth vnto them to speake but they ought to be subiect as also * the Law saith 35 And if thei will earne anie thing let them aske their housbands at home for it is a shame for women to speake in the Churche 36 Came the worde of God out from you ether came it vnto you onely 37 If anie mā thinke him self to be a Prophet or spirituall let him acknowledge that the things that I write vnto you are the commandements of the Lord. 38 And if anie man be ignorant let hym be ignorant 39 Wherefore bretherē couet to prophecie and forbid not to speake languages 40 Let all things be done honestly by order CHAP. XV. He proueth the 〈◊〉 surrection of the dead 3 And first that Christe is risen 22 Then that we shall 〈◊〉 52 And the maner how 1 MOreouer bretherē I declare vnto you the Gospel which I preached vnto you whiche ye haue also receiued and wherein ye continue 2 And whereby ye are saued if ye kepe in memorie after what maner I preached it vnto you except ye haue beleued in vaine 3 For first of all I deliuered vnto you that whiche I receiued howe that Christ dyed for our sinnes according to the Scriptures 4 And that he was buryed and that he arose the third day according the Scriptures 5 And that was sene of Cephas then of the twelue 6 After that he was sene of mo then siue hundreth brethren at once whereof many remaine vnto this present and some also are a slepe 7 After that he was sene of Iames then of all the Apostles 8 And
our Lord ād our God euen the Father which hathe loued vs and hathe giuen vs euerlasting consolacion and good hope through grace 17 Comforte your hearts and stablish you in euerie worde and good worke CHAP. III. 1 He desireth them to pray for him that the Gospel may prosper 6 And geueth thē warning to reproue the ydle 16 And so wisheth them all wealth 1 FVrthermore brethren * pray for vs that the worde of the Lord may haue fre passage and be glorified euen as it is with you 2 And that we may be deliuered from vnreasonable and euill men for all men haue not faith 3 But the Lorde is faithful whiche wil stablish you and kepe you from euil 4 And we are persuaded of you through the Lord that ye bothe do and wil do the things whiche we commande you 5 And the Lord guide your hearts to the loue of God and the weatyng for of Christ. 6 We commande you brethren in the Name of our Lord Iesus Christ that ye withdrawe your selues frō euerie brother that walketh inordinately and not after the instruction whiche he receiued of vs. 7 For ye your selues knowe * how ye ought to folowe vs * for we behaued not our selues inordinately among you 8 Nether toke we pread of anie mā for noght but we wroght with labour trauaile night and day because we wolde not be chargeable to anie of you 9 Not but that we had autoritie * but that we might make our selues an ensample vnto you to folowe vs. 10 For euen when we were with you this we warned you of that if there were anie whiche wold not worke that he shuld not eat 11 For we heard that there are some whiche walke among you inordinately and worke not at all but are busie bodies 12 Therefore them that are suche we commande and exhorte by our Lord Iesus Christ that thei worke with quietnes and eat their owne bread 13 * And ye brethrē be not wearie ī wel doing 14 If anie man obey not our sayings note hym by a lettre * and haue no companie with him that he maie be ashamed 15 Yet count him not as an enemie but admo nish him as a brother 16 Now the Lord of peace giue you peace alwaies by all meanes The Lord be with you all 17 The salutation of me Paul with mine owne hand which is the token in euerie Epistle so I write 18 The grace of our Lorde Iesus Christe be with you all Amen The seconde Epistle to the Thessalonians written from Athens THE FIRST EPISTLE of Paul to Timotheus THE ARGVMENT IN writing this Epistle Paul semed not onely to haue respect to teache Timotheus but chiefly to kepe other in awe which wolde haue rebelled against him because of his youth And therefore he doeth arme him against those ambitious 〈◊〉 which vnder pretence of zeale to the Law disquieted the godlie with foolish and vnprofitable questions whereby they declared that 〈◊〉 the L w they knewe not what was the chief end of the Law And as for him self he so confesseth his 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 to what 〈◊〉 the grace of God hathe preferred him and therefore he willeth prayers to be made for all degrees and 〈◊〉 of men because that God by 〈◊〉 his Gospel and Christ his Sonne to thē all is indifferent to euerie sorte of men as his Apostleship which is peculiar to the Gentiles witnesseth And forasmuche as God hathe left ministers as 〈◊〉 meanes in his Church to bring men to saluacion he describeth what maner of men they ought to be to whome the 〈◊〉 of the Sonne of God manifested in fleshis committed to be preached After this he 〈◊〉 him what troubles the Church at all times shal susteine but specially in the latter dayes when as vnder pretence of religion men shal teache things 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 worde of God This done he teacheth what widdowes shulde be receiued or refused to minister to the sicke 〈◊〉 what Elders ought to be chosen into office exhorting him nether to be hastie in admitting nor in iudging anie also what is the duetie of 〈◊〉 the nature of false teachers of vaine speculations of couetousnes of riche men and aboue all things he chargeth him to beware false doctrine CHAP. I. 3 He exhorteth Timotheus to waitevpon his office namely to se that nothing be taught but Gods worde c. 5. Declaring that faith with a good cōscience charitie and edification are the end thereof 20 And admonisheth of Himeneus and Alexander 1 PAul an Apostle of IES V S Christ by the cōmandement of God our Sauiour and of our Lord Iesus Christ * our hope 2 * Vnto Timotheus my natural sonne in the fayth Grace mercie and peace from God our Father and frō Christ Iesus our Lord. 3 As I besoght thee to abide stil in Ephesus whē I departed into Macedonia so do that thou maiest cōmande some that thei teache none other doctrine 4 Nether that they giue hede to * fables and genealogies * which are endles which brede questiones rather then godlie edifying which is by faith 5 For * the end of the commandement is loue out of a pure heart and of a good conscience and of faith vnfained 6 From the which things some haue erred haue turned vnto vaine iangling 7 They wolde be doctours of the Law and yet vnderstand not what they speake nether whereof they affirme 8 * And we knowe that the Law is good if a man vse it lawfully 9 Knowing this that the Law is not giuen vnto a righteous man but vnto the lawles disobedient to the vngodlie and to sinners to the vnholie and to the prophane to murtherers of fathers and mothers to man-slayers 10 To whoremongers to buggerers to men stealers to liers to the periured and if there be anie other thing that is cōtrarie to wholsome doctrine 11 Whiche is according to the glorious Gospel of the * blessed God whiche is committed vnto me 12 Therefore I thanke him which hath made me strong that is Christ Iesus our Lord for he counted me faithfull and put me in his seruice 13 When before I was a blasphemer and a per secuter and an oppresser but I was receiued to mercie for I did it ignorantly through vnbelief 14 But the grace of our Lorde was excedyng abundant with faith and loue whiche in Christ Iesus 15 This is a true saying and by almeanes worthie to be receiued that * Christ Iesus came into the worlde to saue sinners of whome I am chief 16 Not withstanding for this cause was I recei ued to mercie that Iesus Christe shulde first shewe on me allong suffring vnto the ensam ple of them which shal in time to come beleue in him vnto eternal life 17 Now vnto the King euerlasting immortal
that loue him 6 But ye haue despised the poore Do not the riche oppresse you by tyrannie and do not they drawe you before the iudgemēt seates 7 Do not they blaspheme the worthie Name after which ye be named 8 But if ye fulfill the royal Law accordyng to the Scripture whiche saith * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self ye do wel 9 * But if ye regarde the persones ye commit sinne and are rebuked of the Law as transgressours 10 For* whosoeuer shal kepe the whole Law and yet faileth in one point he is giltie of all 11 For he that said * Thou shalt not commit adulterie said also Thou shalt not kill Now thoghthou do est none adulterie yet if thou killest thou art a transgressor of the Law 12 So speake ye and so do as they that shal be iudged by the Law of libertie 13 For there shal be iudgement merciles to him that sheweth no mercie and mercie reioyceth against iudgement 14 What auaileth it my brethren thogh a man saith he hathe faith when he hath no workes can the faith saue him 15 For if a brother or sister be* naked and destitute of dailie fode 16 And one of you say vnto them Departe in peace warme your selues and fill your bellies not withstandyng ye giue thē not those things which are nedeful to the bodie what helpeth it 17 Euen so the fayth if it haue no workes is dead in it self 18 But some man myght saye Thou haste the faith and I haue workes shewe me thy faith out of thy workes and I will shewe thee my faith by my workes 19 Thou beleuest that there is one GOD thou doest wel the deuils also beleueit and tremble 20 But wilt thou vnderstand ô thou vaine mā that the fayth whiche is without workes is dead 21 Was not Abraham our Father iustified through workes when he offred Isaac hys sonne vpon the Altar 22 Seest thou not that the fayth wroght with his workes ād through the workes was the faith made persite 23 And the Scripture was fulfilled which saith * Abraham beleued God and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes and was called the friend of God 24 Ye se then howe that of workes a man is iustified and not of faith onely 25 Likewise also was not * Rahab the harlot iustified through workes when she hadreceiued the messengers and sent them out an other waye 26 For as the bodie without the spirit is dead euen so the fayth without workes is dead CHAP. III. 2 He forbiddeth all ambition to seke honour aboue our brethren 3 He describeth the propertie of the tongue 15 16 And what difference there is betwixt the wisdome of God and the wisdome of the worlde 1 MY brethren be not manye masters knowing that we shal receiue the greater condemnation 2 For in manie things we sinne all * If anie man sinne not in worde he is a perfect man and able to bridel all the bodie 3 Beholde we put bits into the horses mouthes that they shulde obey vs and we turne about all their bodie 4 Beholde also the shippes which thogh they be so greate and are driuen of fierce windes yet are they turned aboute wyth a verye smale rudder whethersoeuer the gouerner lysteth 5 Euen so the tongue is a litle member and boasteth of great things beholde how great a thing a litle fyre kindleth 6 And the tongue is fyre yea a worlde of wyckednes so is the tongue set among our membres that it defileth the whole bodye and setteth on fire the course of nature and it is set on fyre of hel 7 For the whole nature of beastes and of birdes and of crepyng thyngs and thyngs of the sea is tamed and hath bene tamed of the nature of man 8 But the tongue can no mantame It is an vnrulie euil ful of deadelye poyson 9 Therewith blesse we God euen the Father ād there with curse wemen which are made after the similitude of God 10 Out of one mouth proceadeth blessings ād cursing my brethrē these thyngs ought not so to be 11 Doeth a fountaine send forthe at one place swete water and bytter 12 Can the figge tre my brethren bring forthe oliues other a vine figges so can no foūtaine make bothe salte water and swete 13 Who is a wyse man and endued with knowledge amonge you let hym shewe by good conuersation hys workes in mekenes of wisdome 14 But if ye haue bitter enuying and strife in your hearts reioyce not nether be lyers against the trueth 15 This wisdome descendeth not from aboue but is earthlie sensual and diuelish 16 For where enuying and strife is there is sedition and all maner of euill workes 17 But the wisdome that is frome aboue is first pure then peaceable gentle easie to be entreated ful of mercie ād good frutes with out iudging and without hypocrisie 18 And the frute of ryghteousnes is sowen in peace of them that make peace CHAP. IIII. 1 Hauing shewed the cause of all wrong and wickednes and also of all graces and goodnes 4 He exhorteth them to loue God 7 And submit them selues to him 11 Not speaking euil of their neighbours 13 But patiently to depend on Gods prouidence 1 FRom whence are warres ād contentions among you are they not hence euen of your lustes that fight in your members 2 Ye luste and haue not ye enuie and haue indignation and can not obteyne ye fight and warre and get nothing because ye aske not 3 Ye aske and receyue not because ye aske amisse that ye myght consume it on your lustes 4 Ye adulterers and adulteresses knowe ye not that the amitie of the worlde is the eni mitie of God * Whosoeuer therefore wil be a friend of the worlde maketh him selfe the enemie of God 5 Do ye thinke that the Scripture sayth in vaine The spirit that dwelleth in vs lusteth after enuie 6 But the Scripture offereth more grace ād therefore sayth * God resisteth the proude and giueth grace to the humble 7 * Submit your selues to God resist the deuil and he wil flee from you 8 Drawe nere to God and he will drawe nere to you Clense your hands ye sinners ād pur ge your hearts ye wauering minded 9 Suffer afflictions and soro we ye and wepe let your laughter be turned into mournyng and your ioye into heauines 10 * Cast downe your selues before the Lord and he wil lift you vp 11 Speake not euill one of another brethren He that speaketh euill of hys brother or he that condemneth his brother speaketh euill of the Law and condemneth the Law and if thou condemnest the Law thou art not an obseruer of the Law but a iudge 12 There is one Law giuer whiche is
maketh Hard hearted Rom. 9. 18 nothing is Hard to god gen 18. 14 the Haruest leuit 19. 9 the Haruest of the faithful mat 937 ioh 4. 35 Hazael king ouer aram 1. King 19. 15. vnto the 2. king 13 ¶ The Head of the churche christ ephes 4. 15 Heare christ deut 18. 18. mat 17. 5 Singlenes of Heart 2. Cor. 1. 12. 1. Pet. 1. 22 Vncircuncised Hearts 〈◊〉 9. 26. Deut. 10. 16. out of the whiche come euill thoghts Mat. 15. 19 The lord seeth the Heart of man 1. sam 16. 7. Rom. 8. 27 The Heart of man is wicked Gen. 6. 5 Deut. 29. 19 God lawes writen in the Hearts of the faithful Ebr. 8. 10 The good Heart speaketh good things Mat. 12. 35 The creation of Heauen Gen. 1. 6 New Heauens and new earth 2. pet 3. 13 The Heauen shut vp because of gods wrath Deut. 11. 17 Hebron a citie Gen. 35. 27 It is comelie for a woman to haue long Heere 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Not an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall perish that suffre for 〈◊〉 Luk. 21. 18 Our Heere 's be nombred Mat. 10. 30 Christ the Heire of all things Ebr. 1. 2 A description of Hel. Isa. 30. 33 Heman the singer 1. Chron. 6. 33 Henoch the first citie Gen. 4. 17 Henoch the sonne of kain Gen. 4. 17 Henoch taken vp Gen. 5. 24 Herbes created Gen. 1. 11 There must be Heresies and why 1. Cor. 11. 19 Heresies are dedes of the flesh Gal. 5. 19 Heretikes must be auoided Tit. 3. 10 The Heritage of him that dyed without manchilde Nom. 27. 8 God the Heritage of the leuites Deut. 18. 2 An Heritage reserued for vs in heauen Matth. 25. 34. Gal. 3. 17. Tit. 3. 7. 1. Pet. 1. 3 Christ calleth Herode a foxe Luk. 13. 32 Herode killest the infants Mat. 2. 16 The daye of Herodes natiuitie Mar. 6. 21 Herodes opinion of Christ. Mat. 14. 2 Hezekiah kyng of iudah and his doings 2. King 18 and 19 and 20. Isa. 36 Vnto the. 39 ¶ The riuer Hiddekel Gen. 2. 14 Giue the workeman his Hier. leuit 19. 13. Deut. 24. 14 Hiram the king of tyre and his doings 2. Sam. 5. 11. and hiram the cunnyng workeman 1. King 7. 13 God commandeth the Hittites to be de stroyed vtterly Deut. 20. 17 ¶ Honie in the lions bodie Iudg. 14. 8 Honour all men 1. Pet. 2. 17 Giue Honour to thy wife as to the weaker vessel 1. Pet. 3. 7 Giue Honour to whom ye owe honour Rom. 13. 7 We are saued by Hope Rom. 8. 24 Hope maketh not ashamed Rom. 5 5 Hophni the sonne of eli 1. Sam. 2. 34. 4. 4 Horeb a mountaine called also sinai Deut. 1. 2 God is the Horne of our saluation 2 Sam. 22. 3 Horims chased out by the sonnes of esau Deut. 2. 12 The nōbre of salomons Horses 1. King 4. 26. 2. Chron. 9. 25 Abraham and lots Hospitalitie Gen. 18 2 19. 2 Vse Hospitalitie Rom. 12. 13. 2. Ebr. 13. 2 1. Pet. 4. 9 Of Housbands 1. Cor. 7. 11. Ephes. 5. 22 The bodie of man is called an earthlie House 2. Cor. 5. 1 The House infected with the plague of leprosie leui 14. 14 The House of god the house of prayer Isa 65 7. Mat 21 13 The House of god the people of Israel Nomb 12 7 The House of God the temple 2. Sam. 12. 20 ¶ Huldah the prophetesse 2. King 22. 14. 2. Chron. 34. 22 He that Humbleth him self shal be exalted Matth. 23. 12. Philippi 2. 8. Iames. 4. 10. Humilitie Prou. 16. 19. mat 11. 29. Luk. 14 11. Ephes. 4. 2 An Hundreth folde is promised to them that shal forsake that they haue to followe Christ. Mat. 19. 29. Rulers ouer Hundreths established by Moses Exod. 18. 21 Blessed are they that Hungre and thirst for righteousnes mat 5. 6 Christ is an Hungred mat 4. 〈◊〉 Hushai and his doings 2. Sam. 15. 32 17. 5 ¶ Hypocrisie Prou. 12. 6. 30. 12 Hypocrisie reproued Isa. 58. 2 An Hyreling Ioh. 10. 12. I IAakob and esau abunde in 〈◊〉 Gen. 36. 7 Iaakob and his doings Gen. 25. vnto the 49. Iaakob beloued of God Rom. 9. 13 Iaakob is accompanied of God whether soeuer he goeth Gen. 28. 15. Iaakob is called Israel Gen. 32. 28 Iaakob wrestleth with God Gen. 32. 24 Iab in King of canaan Iudg. 4. 2 Iahaziel a prophet 2. Chron. 20. 14 Iair aiudge in israel Iudg. 10. 3. Iames sawe Christs resurrection 1. Cor. 15. 7 Iames the brother of iohn is put to death Act. 12. 2 Iannes and iambres resisted moses 2. Timot. 3. 8 Iaphet his sonnes Gen. 10. 2 Iasons assurance for receiuing of Paul Act. 17. 9 ¶ Ibzan a iudge in israel Iud. 12. 8 ¶ Idolaters ought to dye and wherefore Deut. 17. 2. they shal not inherit the kingdome of heauen 1. Cor. 6. 9. Idolaters slaine by the sonnes of Leuit. Exod. 32. 26 Things consecrated to Idoles 1. Cor. 8. Actes 15. 20 Idoles are but vanitie 1. Sam. 12. 21. 1 〈◊〉 16. 26. They are abomination Deut. 7. 25 27. 15 Idoles forbidden Leuit. 26. 1. Deut. 18. 9. ¶ Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu the king his doings 2. King 13. 1 Iehoiachin succedeth iehoiak im his father 2. King 24 Iehoiada the hie priest 2. King 11. 4. Iehoiak im seruant to the king of babel 2. King 24. 1 Iehonadab the sonne ofrechab 2. King 10. 15 Iehoram the king of iudah and his doings 1. King 22. 50. 2. King 8. 16 Iehoram the sonne of ahab 2. King 3. 1. Iehoshaphat King of Iudath 1. King 15. 24. 2. King 3. 1 Iehoshua the sonne of iehozadak Hag. 1. 1 Iehu a prophet 1. King 16. 7 Iehu king of israel and his doings 1. King 19. 16. vnto the 2. King 10 God is a 〈◊〉 God Exode 20. 5. Deut. 5. 9 The law of Ielousie Nomb. 5. Iericho destroyed Iosh. 2 6. buylt vp againe by hiel 1. King 16. 34 Iericho wholy consecrated to the Lord. Iosh. 6. 17 the hand of Ieroboam dryed vp 1. King 13. 4. Ieroboam king of Israel and his doings 1. King 11. 26. vnto the 15. the ruine of Ierusalem Mat. 23. 38 Ierusalem buylt againe Nehe. 3. 1 Ierusalem cailed also iebusi iosh. 15 8. 18. 28 Gideon called Ierubbaal and wherefore Iudg. 6. 32 Iesus the name of the messias Mat. 1. 21 Luk. 1. 31. Philip. 2. 10 vaine Iesting forbid Ephes. 5. 4. iethro moses father in law Exod. 3. 1. 18. 1 the Iewes baptized in moses 1. Corinth 10. 2 the Iewes exercised in afflictions Deut. 8. 16 the Iewes obstinacie Isa. 48. 4. Actes 28 27. the remnant of the Iewes shal returne Isa. 10. 21. Iezebei and her cruel doings 1. King 16 18. 19. 21. 2. King 9. 30 ¶ The Image is a curse to him that maketh it Deut. 27 15 mans Imaginations are euil Gen. 6. 5. ¶ we oght not to companie with Infide les 2. Cor. 6. 4 infideles are called the drye tre Luke
Romain b Ezra deduceth his kinred 〈◊〉 he commeth to Aaron to proue that he came of hym c He sheweth here what a 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 had charge to write the Lawe and to expound it whō Marke 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 Mar. 12 28. Mat. ād Luke cal him a lawier or doctor of the Lawe Mat. 22. 35 Luke 10. 25. d That cōteined parte of Iulie ād parte of August e Of Kynge Darius f Some take this for the name of a people some for time or conti nuance meaning that the King wi shed hym long life g VVhich remained as yet in Babylon and had not returned wyth zerubbabel h To examine who liued accor ding to the Law i VVhereof theu 〈◊〉 expert k As ye knowe best maye serue to Gods glorie I VVhich was the Riuer Euphrates ād they were beyonde 〈◊〉 respect of Babilon †Ebr. 〈◊〉 m Read 1. King 7. 26. and. 2. Chro. 2. 10. n This de 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 of Gods 〈◊〉 caused 〈◊〉 to vse this liberalitie and not the loue that he 〈◊〉 to Gods glorie or affection to his people o He gaue Ezra ful autoritie to 〈◊〉 al things according to the worde of God ād to punish thē that resisted and wolde not 〈◊〉 p Thus Ezra gaue God thankes for that he gaue him so good 〈◊〉 in his affaires by reason of the King 〈◊〉 Esdr. 8. 31. a Read Chap. 7. 1 “ Or Captaine 〈◊〉 Moab b That came to go with 〈◊〉 c To that place of Euphrates 〈◊〉 Ahaua the riuer 〈◊〉 into it d He was the 〈◊〉 that taght there the Lawe of God vnto the Leuites †Ebr. put worde in then mouth e Read Cha. 2. 42 f He sheweth that the ende of fasting 〈◊〉 to hum ble the body to the spirit which must procede of the heart 〈◊〉 touched or els it is but hypocrisie g He thoght it better to 〈◊〉 him selfe to the protectiō of God then by 〈◊〉 these 〈◊〉 meanes to giue an occasion to others to thinke that he did doute of Gods power h Read 〈◊〉 King 9. 〈◊〉 i Read Chap. 〈◊〉 2. 69. k This declared that their iourney was full of danger and yet God deliuered thē 〈◊〉 to their prayer l This was a token of a good cō science ād of his integritie that he wolde haue wit nesses of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. Esdr 9 69. a From the time 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 home 〈◊〉 vntil the 〈◊〉 of Ezrá they had degenerate contrary to the Law of God and 〈◊〉 where 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 lawful Deu. 7 3. b That is the 〈◊〉 are the 〈◊〉 beginners hereof c As one douting 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 benefites 〈◊〉 vs or els de stroy 〈◊〉 which he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Exod. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d That 〈◊〉 we are 〈◊〉 insinne e They so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not growe greater f In giuing vs a resting place it is a similitude takē of thē that remai ne stil in a place Which smite 〈◊〉 to hāg things vpon Isa. 22 23. Exod. 23 32. 34 12 15. Leu. 7 23. Deut. 23 5. g Hast not vtterly cast vs downe and destroyed vs for our 〈◊〉 Deu. 28 3. h He 〈◊〉 that God is 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 his people 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a residue to 〈◊〉 me he 〈◊〉 fauour a He 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉 of the peo ple. 2 Esdr. 8. 92. b Meaning that God wolde 〈◊〉 ue thē to 〈◊〉 c Which are strāgers and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Law of God d Because GOD 〈◊〉 giuen thee 〈◊〉 learning to persuade 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 herein and to commande 〈◊〉 3 Esdr. 9 〈◊〉 †Ebr. sonnes of the 〈◊〉 “ Or condemned e which conteined part of Nouē ber and part of December f For the season was giuen to rai ne so the wether was more sharpe colde also their cōsciēce touched them g Ye haue layed one sinne vpon another h Read Iosh. 7 19 i Let them be appointed to exami ne this matter k Thei wēr to the 〈◊〉 cities to sit on this matter which was thre moneths in 〈◊〉 l As a token that thei wolde kepe promes do it m Meaning of the cōmune people for before the spake of the Priests Leuites “ Or the captaine of Moáb n VVhiche also were made illegitimate because the mariage was vnlawful a which conteineth part of Nouember and part of December was their ninth moneth b A Iewe as 〈◊〉 was c Meaning in Iudea 〈◊〉 9 4. †Eb. corrupted Deut. 30. 4. d That is to worship thee e To wit the King Attahshāshte a which was the first moneth of the yere and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Marche and part of 〈◊〉 b who is also called 〈◊〉 read 〈◊〉 7. 1. c I desired God in mine heart to prosper mine enterprise “ Or Euphrates Or paradise d As God moued me to aske and as he gaue me good successe therein e These were great enemies to the Iewes and labored alwaies bothe by force and subtilitie to ouercome them and Tobiáh because his wife was a 〈◊〉 had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 affaires and so wroght them great trouble “ Or 〈◊〉 f That is contem ned of other nations as thoght God had forsakē vs. g They were incouraged and gaue them selues to do wel and to trauel in this worthy enterprise h These were the chief gouerners vnder the King of 〈◊〉 beyonde Euphra 〈◊〉 i Thus the wicked when 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 the children of God euer 〈◊〉 treason vnto their charge bothe because it ma keth them moste odious to the worlde and also 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of princes moste against them k Nether ye are of the nomber of the children of God to whome he hathe appointed 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 onely nether did anie of your 〈◊〉 euer feare God Chap. III. a In 〈◊〉 thei sanctified it that is they finished it and so de dicated it to the Lord by prayer in desiring him to mainteine it b The riche and mightie wolde obey 〈◊〉 which were appointed 〈◊〉 in this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thei helpe thereunto Isa. 22. 11. c Vnto the place 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 was wonte to 〈◊〉 iudgement who gouerned the countrey in 〈◊〉 absence “ Or of 〈◊〉 “ Or of the 〈◊〉 “ Or measure “ Or 〈◊〉 d Where 〈◊〉 weapons and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 laye e Which dwelt in the plaine countrey by 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 f Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 43. g Meaning the sixt of his 〈◊〉 h Which was the place of iudgemēt or 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 his companions that dwelt in 〈◊〉 b Thus the wick d that 〈◊〉 not that Gods power is euer in a readines for the defence of his mocke them as thogh thei were weake and feble c This is 〈◊〉 that the children 〈◊〉 God haue against the 〈◊〉 threatnings of their ene mies to 〈◊〉 to God by prayer d Let them be spoiled and led away captiue e Let thyplagues declare to the 〈◊〉 at thei set them selues 〈◊〉 thee 〈◊〉 thy Church thus he prayeth onely hauing
deliuer ance is his onelie fa uour and loue to vs. q Dauid was 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 cause good be 〈◊〉 toward Saul and his enemies and therefore was assued of Gods 〈◊〉 and deliuerance r For all his dangers he exercised him self in the Law of God s I nether gaue place to their wicked 〈◊〉 nor to mine owne affections t Here he speaketh of God according to our cap 〈◊〉 who sheweth mercie to his and 〈◊〉 hech the wicked as is said also Leuit. 26. 21. u when their sinne is come to the ful measure x He attributeth it to God 〈◊〉 he bothe gate the victorie in the field also destroyed the cities of his enemies y Be the dangers neuer so manie orgreat yet Gods promes must take effect z He giueth good successe to all 〈◊〉 enterprises a A 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 which he toke 〈◊〉 of the hand of Gods ene mies “ Or steele b To defend me from dangers c He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 continuance and increase in wel doing onely to Gods 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 declareth that he did nothing besides his vocation but was stirred vp by Gods Spirit to execute his iudge ments c Thou hast giuē them into mine hāds to be 〈◊〉 f Thei that reiect the crye of the afflicted Godwil also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when thei 〈◊〉 for helpe for ether 〈◊〉 or feare cause those hypocrites to 〈◊〉 g which dwel round about me h The kingdome of Christ is in Da uids Kingdome prefigured who by the preaching of his worde brīgeth all to his sub iection i 〈◊〉 Ive signifying a subicction constrained and not voluntarie k Feare shal cause them to be afraied and come 〈◊〉 of their secret holes and holdes to 〈◊〉 pardon l That is Saul who of malice persecuted him m This propherie 〈◊〉 to the kingdome of Christ and vocatiō of the 〈◊〉 as Rom. 15. 9 n This did not properly apperteine to Salomon but to Iesus Christ. a He 〈◊〉 vnto man his ingratitude seing the heauēs which are dumme creatures set forthe Gods glorie b The continuall successe of the daye the night is sufficient to de clare Gods power goodnes c The heauens are a 〈◊〉 master to al nations be they neuer so barbarous d The heauens are as a line of great capital letters to shewe vnto vs Gods glo rie e Or vaile The maner Was that the bride and bri degrome shuld 〈◊〉 vnder a vaile together after come 〈◊〉 With great solem nitie and reioycing of the assem blie f Thogh the crea 〈◊〉 can not ser ue yet this ought 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to lead vs vnto him g So that all 〈◊〉 inuentions and intentions are 〈◊〉 h Euerie one Without 〈◊〉 i Except Gods Worde be estemed aboue all 〈◊〉 things it is contemned k For God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 indeuour thogh it be 〈◊〉 vnpersite l Then there is no rewarde of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gra ce for Where sinne is there death is the rewarde m Which are done purposly and of malice n If 〈◊〉 suppresse my Wicked 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Spirit o That I may obey thee in thoght Worde and dede a Hereby Kings are also admonished to call to God in their 〈◊〉 res b The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grace of God c In token that thei are acceptable 〈◊〉 him d 〈◊〉 to the King in Whose Wealth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 standeth e The 〈◊〉 fee leth that God hathe heard their pe tition f As by the visible Sanctuarie Gods 〈◊〉 appeared toward his people 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment his power and maiestie g The 〈◊〉 that put not their onely trust in God h Let the King be able to 〈◊〉 vs by thy 〈◊〉 When We seke 〈◊〉 him for 〈◊〉 a When he shal ouercome his ene mies and so be assured of his vocation b Thou 〈◊〉 thy liberal fauour toward him befo re 〈◊〉 praied c Dauid did not onely 〈◊〉 life but also assurance that his po steritie shulde reigne for euer d Thou hast made him thy blessings to others and a perpetual example of thy fauour for euer e Here he describeth the power of Christs kingdome 〈◊〉 the enemies thereof f This teacheth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 en dure the 〈◊〉 til God destroye the 〈◊〉 g Thei layed as 〈◊〉 their nets to make Gods po Wer to giue place to their Wicked 〈◊〉 h As a marke to shote at i Mainteine thy Church against thine aduersaries that We may ha ue ample occasiō to praise thy Name “ Or the hinde of the morning and this Was the name of some commune song a Here appeareth that hor ible con flict Which he su steined betwene faith and desperation b Being tormented With extreme 〈◊〉 “ Or I cease me c He meaneth the place of praising euen the Ta bernacle or els 〈◊〉 is so called becau se he gaue the people cōtinually occasion to praise him d And seming moste miserable of all creatures Which Was ment of Christ And he rein appeareth the vnspeak ble loue of God toWard men that he Wolde thus abase 〈◊〉 Sonne for our sakes †〈◊〉 vpon God e Euen from my birth thou hast giuen me 〈◊〉 to trustin thee f For 〈◊〉 Gods prouidēce preserue the infants they shuld perish a thousand times in the mothers Wombe Matt. 27 43. g He meaneth that his enemies Were so far proude 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they Were rather beastes then men h Before hespake of the 〈◊〉 of his enemies and nowhe 〈◊〉 the inwarde griefs of the 〈◊〉 so that Christ Was tormented bothe in soule and bodie i Thou hast suffred me to be Without all hope of 〈◊〉 k Thus Dauid cō plaineth as 〈◊〉 he Were 〈◊〉 by his 〈◊〉 bothe hands and fete but this Was accomplished in Christ. l My life that is 〈◊〉 left alone for saken of all Psal. 35. 17 〈◊〉 16. m Christ is 〈◊〉 With amore 〈◊〉 deliuerā ce by 〈◊〉 death then if he had not tasted death at all n He promiseth to exhorte the Church that they by his example might praise the Lord. o The poore affli cted are comforted by this exam ple of Dauid or Christ. 〈◊〉 2 12. p Which Were sa 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which they 〈◊〉 by Gods commande ment when they Were deliuered out of any great danger q He doethallude stil to the sacrifice r Thogh the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 as ver 26 yet the 〈◊〉 are not separated 〈◊〉 the grace of Christs kingdome s In Whome there is no hope that he shal recouer life so nether poore nor riche quicke not dead shal be 〈◊〉 from his kingdome t Meaning the 〈◊〉 Which the Lord kepeth as a sede to the Church to continue his praise among men u That is God hathe fulfilled his promes Isa 40. 11. Iere. 23. 5. a He hathe care ouer me and n 〈◊〉 vnto me all things Ezek. 14. 23. 〈◊〉 10. 11. 1. Pet. 2. 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 me c Plaine or 〈◊〉 Waies d Thogh 〈◊〉 Were in 〈◊〉 of death as the
and 〈◊〉 ād put on the apparel of ioye and gladnes c The Babylonians paied 〈◊〉 to me for you therefore I will take you againe without 〈◊〉 d VVhen Iaakob went thether in time of 〈◊〉 e The Egyptians myght 〈◊〉 some 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 op presse my people because they went thether ād remained amōg them but the As 〈◊〉 haue no title to excuse their tyrānie by and therfore wil I punis he them more them I did the Egyptians f To wit by the wicked whiche thinke that I haue no power to deliuer them g 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 ād good tidings of their deliurance shuld make their affliction in the mea ne time more ea sy but this is chie fly ment of the spiritual ioye as Nah. 1. 15. h The Prophetes whiche are thy watchmen shal publish this thy deliurance this was 〈◊〉 vnder zerubbabél Ezra ād Nehemiah but was accomplyshed vnder Christ. Rom. 10. 〈◊〉 k He warneth the faithfull not to pollute them selues with the superstitions of the Babylonians as Chap. 48. 20. 2 Cor. 6. 7. l For the time is at 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 and Leuites chiefly and so by them all the people which shal be as 〈◊〉 in this of office shal cary home the vessels of the Temple which N 〈◊〉 had taken awaye m As your fathers did out of E 〈◊〉 n Meanyng Christ by 〈◊〉 our spiritual deliurance shulde be 〈◊〉 whereof this was a figure i As ready to smite hysennemies and to deliuer his people o In the corrupt 〈◊〉 of man Christ in his persone was not estemed p He shall sp ead his worde through manie nations q In signe of 〈◊〉 and as beyng aslonis hed at his excellencie r By the preachyng of the Gospel a The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that ve rie fewe shal receiue this their preachynge of Christ of their deliuerance by him Ioh. 〈◊〉 38. b Meanyng that none can beleue but whose heartes God 〈◊〉 with the vertue of his holie spirit c The beginning of Christs kingdome shal be smale and contē ptible ī the sight of mā but it shal growe wonderfully and florish before God d Read Chap 11. 〈◊〉 Rom. 〈◊〉 16. e VVhich was by gods singular pro uidence for the comforte of sinners Ebr. 4. 〈◊〉 f That is the punis hment due to our sinnes for the whiche he hath both suffred and made satisfa ction Mat. 8. 17. 1. pet 2. 24. g VVe iudge euil thinking that he was punished for his owne sin nes and not for 〈◊〉 h He was chastised for our recon ciliation 1. Cor. 15 〈◊〉 i Meaning the punishemnt of our 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 it self k But willingly paciently obey ed his fathers appointement Mat 26 63. act 8 〈◊〉 l From the crosse and graue after that he was con demned m Thogh he dyed for 〈◊〉 yet after his resurrectiō he shal liue for euer and this his death is to restore life to his mem bers Rom. 6 9. n God the Father deliuer dhim into the hands of the wicked and to the powers of the worlde to do with him what hev wolde o Christ by off 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him self shal giue life to his Church and so cause them to liue with him for euer p That is the frut and effect of his labour which is the saluacion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 iustifie by faith through is worde where as Moses colde not 〈◊〉 by the Lawe r 〈◊〉 be humbled him self therefore 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 to glorie 〈◊〉 2 7. s 〈◊〉 is in all that beleue in him a After that he hathe declared the death of Christ he speaketh to the Church because it shulde fele the frute of the same calleth her barē because that 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 she was as a widdowe without hope to haue anie children b The Church in this her affliction captiuitie 〈◊〉 bring forth mo children then when she was at 〈◊〉 or this may he spok n by 〈◊〉 cōsidering the great nomber that shul de come of her Her deliuerance vnder Cyrus was as 〈◊〉 childe he de therefore this was accōplished when she came to her age whiche was vnder the Gospel c Signifying that for the great 〈◊〉 ber of children that God shulde gvue her she shulde seme to lacke roume to lodge them d The afflictions whiche thou suf fred at the begin 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap 50. 1. f That did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thee by his holy 〈◊〉 g His glorie 〈◊〉 al 〈◊〉 through the whole worlde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be shut vp in 〈◊〉 h As a wife which wast 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy you h. i As sure as the promes that I made to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 shulde no more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 earth k 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 te of the Church vnder 〈◊〉 l By the hearing of 〈◊〉 worde and in ward 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 m In 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 so that it shal 〈◊〉 for euer Or 〈◊〉 or pea 〈◊〉 o Meaning the domestical enemies of the Chu ch as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 〈◊〉 ing hereby that man can do nothing but so 〈◊〉 as God giueth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seing that all are his 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 nedes gouerne and guide them n And therefore shal not preuaile a Christ by proposing his graces and 〈◊〉 to his Church 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 which are 〈◊〉 with their imagined 〈◊〉 the Epicures which areful with their worldelie lusts and so thirst not after these waters b Signifying that Gods 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 be boght for 〈◊〉 c By 〈◊〉 wine milke bread he meaneth all things necessarie to the 〈◊〉 life as these are necessarie to this corporal life d He reproueth their ingratitude which refuse tho se things that God off eth wil lingly and in the meane time spare nether cost 〈◊〉 labour to obteine those which are nothing profitable e You shal be fed abundantly f The same couenant whiche through my mer cie I ratified and confirmed to Da uid that it shulde be eternal 2. Sam 7 13. act 13 34. g Meaning Christ of whom Dauid was a figure h To wit the Gē tiles whiche before thou 〈◊〉 not receiue to be thy people i When he offreth him self by the preaching of his worde k Hereby he shew eth that repentā ce mustbe ioyned with faith and how we can not call vpon God aright except the frutes of ourfaith appeare l Althogh you are not sone reconciled one to another and iudge me by your selues yet I am most easie to be reconciled yea I offer my mercies to you m If these smale things haue their effect as daiely 〈◊〉 muche more shal my promes which I haue made and cōhrmed bring to passe the thing which I haue spoken for your deliuerance n Read Chap 44 2 49 1. o To set forth his glorie p Of Gods deliuerance and that the wil neuer 〈◊〉 his Church a God sheweth what erequireth of thē after that he hath deliuered 〈◊〉 wit the workes of 〈◊〉 whereby 〈◊〉 saith is
suche a multitude that shall come vp at once meaning vnder the preaching of the Gospel whereof they that came vp 〈◊〉 of Babylon were a figure k Declaring hereby that as by his power and proui dēce woman trauaileth and is deli uered so hathe he power to 〈◊〉 forth his Churche at his time appointed l That ye may reioyce for all the benefites that God bestoweth vpon his Church m I will giue her 〈◊〉 and prosperitie in greate abundance n Read Chap. 60. 16. o Ye shal be cheris hed as her dere lie beloued children p Ye shall haue newe strength and new beautie q This vengeance God begā to execute at the destruction of Babylon and hathe euer continued it againste the ennemies of his Churche and will do till the laste 〈◊〉 whiche shal be the accomplishement thereof r Meaning the hypocrites s VVhereby are ment them that did maliciously transgresse the Lawe by eating beasts forbidden euen to the mouse which abhorreth nature t The Gentiles shal be partakers of that 〈◊〉 which before I shewed to the Iewes u I will marke these that I chuse that they perishe not with the rest of the infideles whereby he alludeth to the marking of the postes of his people whome he preset ued Exod. 〈◊〉 7. x I wil scatter the rest of the Iewes whiche escape destruction into diuers 〈◊〉 y That is Cilicia z Meaning 〈◊〉 a To wit Lidia or Asia minor b Signifying the Parthians c Italie d Grecia e Meaning 〈◊〉 Apostles 〈◊〉 and others which he did first chuse of the 〈◊〉 to preache vnto the Gentiles f 〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉 whiche by 〈◊〉 shal be made the children of Abraham as you are g VVhereby he meaneth that no necessarie meanes shal want when God shal call the Gentiles to the knowledge of the Gospel h 〈◊〉 wit of the Gentiles as he did 〈◊〉 Timothie and 〈◊〉 first and others after to preache his worde i Hereby he signifieth the kingdome of Christ wherein 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Church shal be renued and Where as before there were appointed 〈◊〉 to sacrifice in this there shal be one continual Sabbath so that all times and seasons shal be 〈◊〉 k As he hathe declared the felicitie that shal be within the Church for the comfort of the godlie so doeth he shewe what 〈◊〉 calamitie shal come to the wicked that are out of the Church l Meaning a continual torment of conscience 〈◊〉 shal euer gnawe them and neuer suffer them to be 〈◊〉 rest Mark 9. 44 m This is the iuste recompence for the wicked which contemning God and his worde shal be by Gods iuste iudgement abhorred of all his creatures a That is the sermons and prophecies b VVhich is thoght to be he that founde the booke of the Law vnder King 〈◊〉 2. King 22 8. c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. d This is spoken to confirme his 〈◊〉 and offi ce forasmuche as he did not presume of him self to preache and prophecie but was called thereunto by God c This was a citie about thre miles distant from Ieru salem and belonged to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron Iosh 〈◊〉 18. f Of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiah who was also called 〈◊〉 and at this time Iewes were caried away into Babylō by 〈◊〉 e Meaning the nephewe of 〈◊〉 for 〈◊〉 was his father who 〈◊〉 but thre moneth and therefore is not mencioned no more is 〈◊〉 that reigned no longer g The Scripture vseth this maner of speache to decla re that God hathe appointed his mi nisters to their offices 〈◊〉 thei were borner as 〈◊〉 49. 1. gal 1. 〈◊〉 h For Ieremiah did not onely 〈◊〉 phecie against the Iewes but also against the Egyptians Moabites and other naciōs i Considering the great iudgement of God which ac cording to his threatnings shulde come vpon the worlde he was moued with 〈◊〉 teine 〈◊〉 on the one 〈◊〉 to pitie them that 〈◊〉 thus perish and on the other side by the infirmitie of mās nature knowing how hard a thing it was to enterprise suche a charge as Isa. 6. 11. exod 〈◊〉 1. 4 1. k VVhich declareth that God maketh them mete and assureth them whome he 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 forthe his glorie 〈◊〉 them all meanes necessarie for the same Exod 4 12. Isa. 6. 7 l He 〈◊〉 what is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gods true ministers which by his wor de haue power to beat downe whatsoeuer lifteth it self vp against God and to plant assure the humble and suche as giue them selues to the obedience of Gods worde 2 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. ebr 4. 12. and these are the keyes which Christ hathe left to loose and binde Mat. 18 18. m He ioyneth the signe with the worde for a more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifying by the rod of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche firste buddeth the hastie comming of the. Babylonians against the Iewes n Signifying that the Caldeans and Assytians shulde be as a pot to seeth the Iewes whiche boyled in theyr pleasures lustes o Syria and Assyria were North ward in respect of Ierusalém which were the Caldeās dominion p I wil giue them charge power to execute my vēgeance against the idolaters whiche haue for saken me for their idoles q Which declareth that Gods vengeā ce is prepared against thē whiche dare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 faithfully ether for 〈◊〉 of mā or for anie other cause 1. Cor. 9. 16. r Signifying on the one parte that the more that Satan the worlde rage against Gods manisters the more present will he he to helpe them Iosh. 1. 5. Ebr. 13. 5. and on the other parte that thei are vtterly vnmete to serue God hys Church which are afraide do not resiste wickednes whatsoeuer danger depende there on Isa 50. 7. eze 3. 8 a Accordynge to that grace and 〈◊〉 whiche I 〈◊〉 thee from the beginning when I did firste chuse thee to be my people maried thee to my self Ezek 16. 3. b When I had deliuered thee out of Egypt c Chosen about all other to serue the Lord onely the first offred to the Lord of all other nations Chap. 11. d VVhosoeuer did chaleng this people or els did annoy them was punished e That is fallen to most vileidolatrie f Altogether giuē to vanitie and are become blinde incensible as the idoles that thei serue g VVherefor Iacke of all things ne cessarie for life ye tolde loke for euerie houre but present death h By your idolatrie and wicked maners i Thei taught not the people to seke after God k As the Scribes which shulde haue expounded the Law to the people l Meaning the princes and mini sers signifiing that all estates were corrupt m That is spake vaine things and broght the people from the 〈◊〉 Worship of God to 〈◊〉 idoles for by Baal which was the chief idole n Signifying that he wolde not
mo redispleaseth God nor bringeth man into greater errors and ignor an ce of God and the 〈◊〉 he calleth them thedoctrine of vanitie the worke of errors ver 〈◊〉 and Habak 〈◊〉 18. called them the teachers of lies contrarie to that wicked opinion hat thei are the 〈◊〉 of the laye people f VVhere as they founde the best golde shewing that thei thoght nothing to deare for their idoles someread Ophir as 1 King 9. 28. g This declareth that all that hathe bene in this Chapter spoken of idoles was to arme the Iewes when they shulde be in Caldea among the 〈◊〉 and now 〈◊〉 one 〈◊〉 he instructeth them bothe how to protest their owne religion against the 〈◊〉 and how to answer them to their shame which 〈◊〉 ex horte them to idola rie and therefore he 〈◊〉 this 〈◊〉 in the Caldeans tongue for a memorial where as all the rest of his writing is Ebrewe h The more that man thinketh to doanie thing wel by his owne wisdome and not as God instructeth him the more doeth he proue him self to be a vile beast i By these wordes Portion and rod he 〈◊〉 their inheritance meaning that God shulde be all suffi cient for them that their felicitie consisted in him alone and therefore thei ought to renonce all 〈◊〉 helpes and succours as of 〈◊〉 do les c. Deut. 32. 9. p sol 16. 5. k The prophet willeth the Iewes to prepare them selues to this 〈◊〉 shewing that it was now a hand that they shulde fele the things whereof he hadtolde them l It is my iuste pla gue and therefore I wil take it paciently where by he 〈◊〉 the people how to be haue them selues toward God m He sheweth howe Ierusalem shall 〈◊〉 n The 〈◊〉 and ministers o Read Chap. 4. 13 p He speaketh this because that 〈◊〉 or purposed to haue ma de warre against the Moabites and Ammonites but hearing of zecedechiahs rebellion he turned his power to go against Ierusalem Ezek. 21. 21 therefore the prophet saith that this was the Lords direction q Considering that God had reueiled vnto him the certitude of their captiuitie Chap. 7. 16. he onely prayeth that he wolde punish them with mercie which Isaiah calleth in measure Chap. 27. 〈◊〉 measuring his roddes by their infirmitie 1 Cor. 10. 13. for here be iudgement is ment not onely the punishmēt but also the merciful moderaciō of the same as Chap. 〈◊〉 11. r For asmuche as God cā not onely be 〈◊〉 glorified by his mercie that he vseth toward his Church but also by his iustice in punishing his enemies he praieth that his glorie may fully appeare bothe in the one and he other Psal. 79 6. a He calleth the 〈◊〉 to the con sideracion of Gods mercies who frely chose them made a couenant of eternal 〈◊〉 with thē how he euerper formed it on his behalf and how they euer shewed themselues rebellious and in grate toward him and brake it on their parte and so are subiect to the curse of the Law Deut. 27. 〈◊〉 b Thus he speaketh in the persone of the people which agreed to the couenant c 〈◊〉 Chap. 7 13. d According to his owne fantasie and not as my wordeappointed 〈◊〉 e Meaning the menaces and cur ses conteined in the Law Leu. 25 14 Deut. 〈◊〉 16. f That is a general consent to rebelle against me g Because they wil not pray with true faith 〈◊〉 but for the smart and grief which they 〈◊〉 Prou 28. h Read Chap. 2 28. i Read Chap. 7 16. and 14 11. k 〈◊〉 people of Israél whome I haue hetherto so greatly loued l 〈◊〉 that they offer not in the Temple to God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the altars of 〈◊〉 and the idoles and so reioyced in their wickednes m Of the Babylo nians 〈◊〉 n which went 〈◊〉 priuely to cōsp re my death o Let vs destroy the Prophet his doctrine Some read let vs corrupt his meat with wood mea ning poyson p Thus he spake not for hatred 〈◊〉 being moued with the Spirit of God he 〈◊〉 the aduancement of Gods glone and the ve 〈◊〉 of his worde which is by the destructiō of his 〈◊〉 q To wit bothe the 〈◊〉 the reste of the people for this towne was the priests they dwelt in it read Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r Not that they colde not abide to 〈◊〉 God named for herein thei wolde shew them selues most holy but because they colde not abide to be sharpely reproued therefore 〈◊〉 to be flattered 〈◊〉 30 10. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be mainteined in their pleasures Mich. 2 11. not to 〈◊〉 vice con demned Amos 7 〈◊〉 a The prophet cōfesseth God to be 〈◊〉 in all his doings 〈◊〉 man be not able to giue a reason of all 〈◊〉 actes b This question hath bene alway a great 〈◊〉 to the godlie to se the wicked ene mies of God in prospeti ie his dere children in aduersitie as Iob 〈◊〉 7. psal 37 1. 73 〈◊〉 Haba 1 3. c They professe God in 〈◊〉 but denie him in heart whiche is here 〈◊〉 by the reines Isa 29 〈◊〉 mat 15 8. d The 〈◊〉 worde is 〈◊〉 thē meaning that God wolde be sanctified in the 〈◊〉 of the wicked to whome God for a while giueth prosperitie that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shulde the more 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 iud 〈◊〉 when they lacke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 we re a signe of his mercie f Some 〈◊〉 that God reproueth Ieremiáh in that that he wold reason with him saying that if he were 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 with mē that he were far re vnable to dispue with God Others by the fote men meane them of 〈◊〉 and by the horse men 〈◊〉 of Ierusalém which shuld 〈◊〉 ble the Prophet 〈◊〉 then his owne countrey men did g God willeth the 〈◊〉 to de nounce his iudge ments against 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not with stāding that they shal 〈◊〉 by threathings and flatteries labeur to puc him to silence h Euer tamping raging against me and my Prophets e Abusing Gods leuitie his promises they 〈◊〉 red thē selues as thogh God wold euer be merciful and not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thē therfore they hardened them selues in sinne 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 insensible 〈◊〉 tures felt the 〈◊〉 os their stubberne rebellion against God i Instead of bearing my liuerey wearing onely my colours they haue change and 〈◊〉 of colours of their idoles and superstitions therefore their ene 〈◊〉 as 〈◊〉 as the foules of the 〈◊〉 shal come 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them k He 〈◊〉 of the destiuction of 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 calleth pastors l Because no man regardeth my worde or the plagues 〈◊〉 I haue sent vpon the land m To wit the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 n They 〈◊〉 the sinnes of the people o For instead of amendment you 〈◊〉 worse and worse as Gods plagues testified p Meaning the wicked enemies of his Church whiche 〈◊〉 his name and who me he wolde 〈◊〉 after that he 〈◊〉
out of Babylon 〈◊〉 beso great that it shulde abolish 〈◊〉 of their deliueran ce from 〈◊〉 but he hathe here chiefly respect to the 〈◊〉 deliuerance vnder 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 who shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche fort that if 〈◊〉 escaped the 〈◊〉 the other shulde take them h That is their sonnes daughters 〈◊〉 they offred to 〈◊〉 i He wondereth at the great mercie of God in this deliuerāce which shal not onely ex tend to the 〈◊〉 but also the Gentiles k Our fathers were most vile 〈◊〉 therefore it cometh onely of Gods mercie that he performeth his promes and hath not vtterly cast vs of l 〈◊〉 shal once againe fele my power mercie for their 〈◊〉 ce that they 〈◊〉 learne to 〈◊〉 me a The remēbrance of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God can not passe albeit for a time he deferre the punishment for it shal be manifest to men and Angels b In stead of the Law of God thei haue 〈◊〉 ido 〈◊〉 all abominations in their heart c 〈◊〉 sinnes appeare in all the al tars that you haue 〈◊〉 to ido les d Some read So that their childrē remēber their altars 〈◊〉 is follow 〈◊〉 fathers wic kednes e zion that was my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as a waste field f Because thou woldest not giue the land 〈◊〉 at such times 〈◊〉 and yeres as I ap pointed thou shalt here after be 〈◊〉 away it 〈◊〉 for lacke of laborers g The Iewes were 〈◊〉 to worlde lie policies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to make them selues 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 of the Egyptians Isa. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 an gers and in the meane season did not depend on God 〈◊〉 he denounceth Gods plagues agaīst thē shewing that they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man to God which is 〈◊〉 Isa. 2 22. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 6. h Read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wic ked haue euer some excuse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 he sheweth that their owne 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 de ceiue thē 〈◊〉 them to these in 〈◊〉 but God wil examine their dedes by the malice of their hearts 〈◊〉 Sam. 16 7. 〈◊〉 chro 28. 9 psal 7 10. cha 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 20 12 Reuel 2 13. k As the patriche by 〈◊〉 ga thereth 〈◊〉 whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche they so that she is not their dam so the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is forsaken of his ri 〈◊〉 because he cometh by them falsely l She wing that the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 in nothing but in God who doeth exalt his and hath left a 〈◊〉 of his fauour in his Tēple m Their names snal not be registred in the boke of life n 〈◊〉 desireth God to preserue him that he fall not into 〈◊〉 considering the great 〈◊〉 of Godsworde and the multitude that fall 〈◊〉 God o The wicked say that my prophecie shal not come to passe because 〈◊〉 the time of thy vengeance p I am assured of my 〈◊〉 and therefore knowe that the thing which thou spea kest by me shal come to passe that I speake not of any worldelie 〈◊〉 q How soeuer the wicked deale 〈◊〉 withme yet let me finde comfort in thee r Read Chap. 11 20. s where as thy doctrine may be best vnderstand both of 〈◊〉 low t By naming the 〈◊〉 day he cōprehendeth the thing that is thereby signified for if they trāsgressed in the ceremonie they 〈◊〉 nedes be culpable of the rest read Exo. 20 8. and by the 〈◊〉 king of this one commandement he maketh them transgressors of the whole Lawe for as muche as the first and seconde table are contei nedherein * Chap 〈◊〉 4. a As the 〈◊〉 hath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the clay to make what pot he wil or to breake thē when he hathe made them so ha ue I power 〈◊〉 you to do with you as semeth good to me Isa. 45 9. Wisd. 15 7. rom 9 20. b When the Scrip ture attribureth repentance vnto God it isnot that he doeth contrary to that which he hath ordeined in his secret 〈◊〉 sel but when he threatneth it is a calling to repentance and when he giueth māgra ce to repent the threatening whi che euer 〈◊〉 a condition in it taketh no place and this the Scripture calleth 〈◊〉 in God because it so 〈◊〉 to mans iudgement c As mē that had no remorce but were altogether bent to 〈◊〉 and to their own self wil. d As no mā that hathe thirst refuseth fresh cōduit waters which he hathe at home to go seke 〈◊〉 abroad to 〈◊〉 his thirst so theyought not to seke for helpe succour at 〈◊〉 leaue God which was present with them e That is the way of trueth which God had taught by his Law read chap. 6 16. f I wil shewe mine angre and not my fauour toward them g This argument the wicked haue euer vsed against the seruants of God The Church can not erre we are the Church therefore 〈◊〉 euer speaketh against vs they ought to dye 〈◊〉 King 22 24. cha 7 4 20 〈◊〉 mala 2 4 thus the false Church 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Church whiche standeth not in outward pompe and in multitude but is knowē by the graces of the holie 〈◊〉 h Let vs sclander him and accuse him for we shal be beleued i Seing the 〈◊〉 nace 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 which grewe daiely more and more the Prophet beingmoued with Gods Spirit without my 〈◊〉 affection 〈◊〉 for their destruction becau se he knew that it 〈◊〉 tend to Gods glorie and 〈◊〉 of his Church “ Or gate of the sonne a By Kings here and in other places are ment counsellours and gouernour of 〈◊〉 people which he called the 〈◊〉 vers 〈◊〉 b Read of this 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 3. 11. c Whereby is de 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what so euer is not 〈◊〉 by Gods word touching his seruice is 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 d Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 2 King 23. 10 Isa. 30. 33. Chap. 18. 16. 49. 30. 50. 13. 〈◊〉 28. 〈◊〉 Lament 4 10. e This 〈◊〉 le signe was to confirme them 〈◊〉 the assuran ce of this plague which 〈◊〉 Lord 〈◊〉 by his Prophet f He 〈◊〉 the greatrage of the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 no place 〈◊〉 from their abomi nations inso muche as they 〈◊〉 their owne houses therewith aswe se yet amōg 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Read Deut. 22. 8. a Thuswe 〈◊〉 the thing 〈◊〉 nether the King nor the princes nor the people durst 〈◊〉 against the Prophet of God this priest as a chief instrument of Satan first 〈◊〉 read Chap. 18. 18. “ Or feare round 〈◊〉 b Which haue suf fred them selues to be 〈◊〉 by thy false prophecies c Herein appeareth the impacien cie which of tentimes ouercometh 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se not 〈◊〉 labours to profite and also 〈◊〉 their owne weaknes read chap. 15 18. d Thou didest thrust me forth to this worke against my wil. e He sheweth that he did his office in that he reproued the people of their vices and threatened them with Gods iudgements but because he
it p Bothe the Iewes and 〈◊〉 shal be gathered into 〈◊〉 q All the worlde shal know that I haue 〈◊〉 dow ne the 〈◊〉 enemies and set vp my Church which was lowe and 〈◊〉 a The people 〈◊〉 at the 〈◊〉 of the Lord and therefore vsed this pro 〈◊〉 meaning that their fathers had sinned and their 〈◊〉 were 〈◊〉 for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 31 〈◊〉 b I she 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 of the flesh 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 vp to idoles to 〈◊〉 thē thereby †Ebr. come 〈◊〉 Leui. 20 18. Isa 58 7. Matt. 25 35. Exod. 22. 〈◊〉 Leu. 25. 37. Deut. 23. 〈◊〉 Psal. 15. 〈◊〉 “ Or a 〈◊〉 man c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the sonne is puni shed for his fathers 〈◊〉 that is 〈◊〉 he be wicked as his father was and 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 pent he shal be pu nished as 〈◊〉 father was or 〈◊〉 not Deu. 24 16. 2. King 4 6. 2. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 4. d He 〈◊〉 the obseruation of the commandements with 〈◊〉 for none cā repent in dede except he 〈◊〉 to kepe 〈◊〉 Law “ Or not layed 〈◊〉 his charge e That is in the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which declare that God doeth 〈◊〉 him f He speake 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 rather is 〈◊〉 to pardon thē to pu 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his long 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God in his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 appointed the death and damnation of the 〈◊〉 yet the end of his counsel was not their 〈◊〉 only 〈◊〉 chiefly his owne glorie And also because de 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 sinne therfore it is here said that he wolde 〈◊〉 them to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 from it 〈◊〉 thei 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and liue g That is the 〈◊〉 opinion that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ha ue of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h In punishing the father with the children i He 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 til 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is onely the worke of 〈◊〉 a That is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 who for their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 are compared vn to 〈◊〉 b To 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 King of Egypt 2. King 21. 33. d Which 〈◊〉 Iehoiakim e He 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God and 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 with great armie 〈◊〉 was gathered of 〈◊〉 nations g He speaketh this in the reproche of this wicked King in who se blood that is in the race of his predecessors 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shuld haue bene blessed acco ding to Gods promes and 〈◊〉 sned as a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Meaning that the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them as the East winde doeth the frute of the vine i Destruction is come by 〈◊〉 who was the occasion of this 〈◊〉 a Of the captiuitie of 〈◊〉 b This 〈◊〉 the great 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 of God whiche calleth sinners to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he condemne 〈◊〉 c I sware 〈◊〉 I wolde be 〈◊〉 God which maner of the was 〈◊〉 from all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 life vp their 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 acknowledging God to 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and the defender thereof and also the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that he shul 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 led anie thing which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 d God had forbidden them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 23. 〈◊〉 psal 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 thing de 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gods 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 senses f God had euer this respect to his glorie that he 〈◊〉 not haue his Name 〈◊〉 spoken of among the Gentiles for the 〈◊〉 that his people 〈◊〉 inconfidence whereof the 〈◊〉 euer 〈◊〉 as Exod. 〈◊〉 12. Nomb. 14. 13. Leui 18. 6. Nomb. 10 〈◊〉 Galat 3. 12. Exod. 20. 8. and 31. 〈◊〉 Deut. 5. 〈◊〉 Nomb. 14. 〈◊〉 and 26. 〈◊〉 g Who might thereby take an occasion to blaspheme my Name and 〈◊〉 accuse me of lacke of abilitie or els that I had soght a meanes to destroy them more commodiousty h That 〈◊〉 my true religion which I had commāded them and gaue them 〈◊〉 to serue me accor ding to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 i Whereby the holy Gost confuteth them that saie that thei wil follow the religion and example of their fathers and not measure their doings by Gods worde whether their be approua ble thereby or no. k Meaning that thei set their delite vpon them l Because thei 〈◊〉 not obei my Lawes I gaue them vp to 〈◊〉 selues that 〈◊〉 shulde obey their owne 〈◊〉 as ver 39. Rom. 1. 21. m I condemned those things and counted them as abominable which they thoght had bene excellent and to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 zeale Luk. 16. 15. for that which God required as moste excellent that gaue they to their idoles n 〈◊〉 onely in the wildernes when I broght 〈◊〉 out of Egypt but 〈◊〉 I placed them in 〈◊〉 land 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 how prompt más 〈◊〉 is to idolatrie seing that by no admonitions he can be drawē backe o Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 place 〈◊〉 that they vanted them s lues of their ido 〈◊〉 and were not ashamed 〈◊〉 thogh God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 expressely that they shuld haue no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vp on 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 staires 〈◊〉 20. 26. †Ebr. in the 〈◊〉 p He sheweth 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 q He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man of 〈◊〉 is wholy 〈◊〉 God and to his owne saluation and therefore God cal 〈◊〉 him to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 but chiefly by his 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 kednes r I wil 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 na 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 into a 〈◊〉 and there wil visit you and so call you 〈◊〉 and thē bring the god 〈◊〉 home agai ne Isa. 65. 9. s Signifying that he wil not 〈◊〉 the corne with the chaffe but chuse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wicked to punish them when he wil spare his t This is spoken to the hypocrites u You 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal conuict you 〈◊〉 that you haue felt my mercies x For 〈◊〉 sto de South from Babylon y Bothe 〈◊〉 and weake in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 z The people said 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 spake 〈◊〉 therefore he desireth the Lord to giue thē a plaine 〈◊〉 hereof a Speake sensibly that all may vnderstand b That is suche which seme to haue an outward shew of righteousnes by obseruation of the ceremonies of the Law c Meaning through all the land d As thogh thou were in 〈◊〉 anguish e Because of the great 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 of the Caldeans f And so cause a feare g Meaning the sceptre she wing that it wil not spare the King who shulde be as the sonne of God and in his place h That is the rest of the people i To Wit vnto the armie of the Caldeans k Read 〈◊〉 31. 19 l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 with compas sion thus complaineth fearing the destruction of the kingdome which God had confirmed to Da 〈◊〉 and his 〈◊〉 ritie by promes 〈◊〉 promes God performed althogh here it se meth to mās eye that it shulde
Not that the Priests 〈◊〉 the Sabbath in doing that Which Was commanded by the Law but he speaketh thus to confuce the error of the people Who thought the Sabbath broken if any necessarie Worke Was done that day Nomb. 28. 9 c Christ hathe power to exēpt his from keping of the Sabbath seing the seruice required in the Tēple Was able to excuse them that labored 〈◊〉 the same 〈◊〉 6 7. Chap. 9. 13. Mark 3. 10 Luk. 6. 6. Isa. 42 1. d The right trade of gouernement not onely to 〈◊〉 Iewes but also to strange nacions e He shall not make great noise nor seke out War depōpe glorie f He Wil beare With them that be infirme and Weake g Christ shall ouercome al lettes Which hinder the course of the Gos pel ād then snall giue 〈◊〉 as a cōquerer against all his enemies Luk. 11. 14. Chap. 9. 34. Mar. 3 22. Luk. 11. 17. “ Or desolate h VVhich 〈◊〉 deuils by the 〈◊〉 of Gods name all beit it Was expresly against the Law of God i He declareth to the Pharises that they Were in t Wo sortes his enemies not onely because thei did forsake him but also make open 〈◊〉 against him Mar. 3 28. Luk. 2. 10. 1. ioh 5. 3. k That is he that striuech against the 〈◊〉 Which he knoweth and against his owne conscience can not returne to repentance for he sinneth against the holie Gost. “ Or corrupt “ Or broodes Luk. 6. 45. l Muche more they 〈◊〉 giue a counte of their 〈◊〉 m Their Wicked Wordes shal be a 〈◊〉 proffe to condemne the vngodlie if there Were no other thing Chap. 16. 2. Ink. 11 29. n This Was to finde some newe 〈◊〉 or pretext to 〈◊〉 his doctrine 1. Cor. 1. 22. o They Were become bastardes and 〈◊〉 from their holie 〈◊〉 Iona. 2 8. p He taketh 〈◊〉 te of the day 〈◊〉 the Whole day 〈◊〉 3. 1. q VVho Was a poore stranger yet these knowe not the Messias Which Was promised to be their king 〈◊〉 king 〈◊〉 2. 2 Ch. 〈◊〉 1. r It is ment as touching her fact in comming to se Solomō and not her persone for she Was not instructed in the Lawe of God Luk. 11 24. s Meaning an infinite nomber Or Wildernes 2. Pet. 2. 20. t If Satan be cast out We must Watche stil that he enter not againe for since he Was once mans oldegest he knoWeth 〈◊〉 and corner of our house 〈◊〉 6. 4. 〈◊〉 26 Mar. 3. 31. Luk. 8. 20. u This Worde in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 times euerie kinsman x 〈◊〉 preferreth the 〈◊〉 kinred to the car nal Mar 4. 1. Luk 8. 5. a All desired to heare his doctrine but there Was not like affection in all b He sheweth that all men can not vnderstande these mysteries and also maketh his disciples mo re 〈◊〉 c The Gospell is hid to them that perish d Christ increaseth in his children his graces Chap. 〈◊〉 29. e Euen that whi che he semeth to haue Isay. 6. 9. Marke 4. 12. Luke 8. 10. Iohn 12. 40. Act. 18. 26. Rom. 11. 8. f That 〈◊〉 the Prophete referreth to the secret counsell of God is here attri buted to the hard stubbernes of the people for the one can not be separated frome the other g To wit the glo rie of the Sonne of God to acknowledge hym their Sauiour Luke 10. 24. Marke 4. 15. Luke 8. 11. †Or was sowen h He 〈◊〉 that the good ād the bad shal be 〈◊〉 together in the Church to the end that the 〈◊〉 many arme thē selues with pacience nd constancie i Christ 〈◊〉 onelye that the Churche shal ne uer be without some wicked men althogh they be neuer so 〈◊〉 punished by suche meanes as he hathe left to pur ge 〈◊〉 Church Marke 4. 30. k This teacheth vs 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the smale 〈◊〉 of the Gospell Luke 13. 18. Luke 13. 11. l 〈◊〉 this be 〈◊〉 thē to wai e 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the Gospel 〈◊〉 Marke 4. 33. Psal. 78. 2. m Thys worde signifieth graue and 〈◊〉 prouerbes to the end that the doct ine myght 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 maiestie ād the wicked myght thereby be confounded Ioel. 3 〈◊〉 Reuel 14. 〈◊〉 n The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 theyr euill example Dan. 22. 3. 〈◊〉 3. 7. o It is a kinde of 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 in al things that come in the waye p The Greke worde signifieth rotten things q Because the Scribes office was to expoūde the Scriptures he meaneth hym that doeth inter pret thē a right and accordynge to the Spirit r The preachers of Gods worde must haue store of 〈◊〉 and ample 〈◊〉 Marke 6. 1. Luke 4. 16. Iohn 6. 42. 〈◊〉 6. 4. Luke 4. 24. Iohn 4 44 †Or Confiue s Men commune ly neglect them whome they ha ue knowen of children also they do enuie them of the same countrey such is ' their ingratitude that they take light occasion to cōtemne the graces of God in others Chap. XIIII Marke 6. 14. Luke 9. 7. Marke 6. 17. Luke 〈◊〉 14. Leui 18. 16. and. 20. 21. a He spake after the commune errour for they thoght that the soules of them that were depar ted entred into another bodie b To approue his resurrection and to get him great autoritie c Aswel because 〈◊〉 abhorreth suche horrible in ceste as also that he had taken 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his brother Chap. 〈◊〉 26. d The 〈◊〉 was wicked but yet it was more vile to obstinate in the same that he myght seme constant †Or karkeis 〈◊〉 6 38. Luke 9. 10. e To the 〈◊〉 that his disciples nowe after their ambassagemight some what reste them or els that he might 〈◊〉 them to greater entreprises Marke 8. 35. Luke 9. 12. Iohn 6. 5. f Christ leaueth them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 nourishmente 〈◊〉 whiche seke the fode of the 〈◊〉 †Or praied and gaue thankes to God g The disciples were lothe to de part from 〈◊〉 but yet they shewed their obedience Marke 6. 46. Iohn 6. 16. h The night was deuided into foure watches whereof euerie one conteined thre houres i The presence of Christ 〈◊〉 his bolde k His zeale was great but he had 〈◊〉 sufficiently considered the measure of hys faith l His entreprise was to greate and therefore he must nedes fall in danger when his faith failed m Christ 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 also giueth reme die bothe at once 〈◊〉 6 54. n It semeth they we eled with a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not withstan ding our Sauiour wold not quēche the smoking 〈◊〉 and therefore did beare with these smale beginnings Marke 7 1. a Men are more rigorous to 〈◊〉 their owne traditions then Gods commandement “ Or meat Exod. 20 〈◊〉 Deut 5 16. 〈◊〉 6 2. 〈◊〉 21 17. 〈◊〉 20 9. prou 20 20. b The 〈◊〉 dis pensed with thē that did not their dueties to their owne 〈◊〉 so that thei wolde recompense the same to their pro fite by
〈◊〉 of Christs death q VVhen they cō mande or forbid vs any thing con trary to the 〈◊〉 of God Chap 3. 13. r Meaning that he is 〈◊〉 mediator and onelie meane betwene God and man s That is Christ. t This Theudas was ahoue thirtie yeres before him of whome Iosephus mencio neth li. 20. de An tiq chap. 4. that was after the death of Herode the Great when Archelaus his sonne was at Rome at what time Iudea was ful of 〈◊〉 so that it is not sure to giue 〈◊〉 to Eusebius in this point u Of him maketh menciō Iosephus li. 18. where he speaketh of the taxing Luk. 2. 1. x He groundeth vp ō good principles but he douteth of the qualitie of the cause nether dare affirme whether it be good or bad whe re in appeareth he 〈◊〉 but a 〈◊〉 a Whose ancesters were Iewes and dwelled in Grecia therefore these spake 〈◊〉 ke and not Hebrewe b They were not loked vnto in the distribucion of the almes c That is to make prouision for the maintenance of the poore forasmuche as they were not able to satisfie bo the 〈◊〉 offices d He ioyneth faith with the other giftes of the holie Gost. e Meaning one that was turned to the Iewish re ligion Chap. 21 8. f This ceremonie the Iewes obserued in solenne sa crifices Leui. 3. 2. and also in praier and pri uate blessings Gene. 48. 14. g That is to the Gospel which is receiued by faith likewise in the 〈◊〉 Church it was vsed ether when they made ministers or gaue the gifts of the ho lie Gost which gifts being now taken away the ceremonie must cease h Orcolledge di uers nacions had colledges at Ierusalem where in their youth was instructed as we sein 〈◊〉 i That is instructed and set forthe false witnesses and thus malice seketh false shiftes when tru eth 〈◊〉 he k Thei speake this in 〈◊〉 l Not onely a cer teine considence but also 〈◊〉 maiestie appearing in him a Steuen was ac cused that he denied God and therefore he is more diligent to purge this crime b Hereby he is di 〈◊〉 from the 〈◊〉 gods c He speaketh he re of Mesopotamia as it 〈◊〉 babylon ād Chaldea in it Gen. 12. 1. Gene. 15. 〈◊〉 d Beginning to recken 〈◊〉 yeres from the time that Isaac was borne e Take vengeance of them and deliuer my people Genes 17. 9. Genes 21. 3. Genes 25. 24. Gen. 29. 33. 30. 5. and 35. 23. Gen. 37. 28. f That is preserued and broght all things to a good 〈◊〉 Gen. 41. 37. Gen. 42. 1. Gen. 45 4. g After the Hebrewe threscore and ten Gene. 46. 5. Gene. 49. 31. Gene. 50. 7. h It is probable that some writer through negligence put in Abraham in this place in 〈◊〉 of Iacob who boght this field Ios h. 24. 32. Gen. 23. 16. Exod. 1 7. i He inuented craftiewaiesboth to destroye the Israelites with ouer muche labour and also to get great profite by them Gene. 33. 19 or by Abraham he mea neth the posteritie of Abraham “ Or that their race shulde faile Exod. 2. 2. Ebr. 11. 23. Exod. 1. 10. Exod. 2. 11. Exod. 2. 〈◊〉 Exod. 3. 2. k This fyre repre sented the fornace of affliction wherein the people of God were l Seing thie Angel called him self God it declareth that he was Christ the Mediator who is the eternal God m In signe of reuerence read Exod. 3. 5. Exod. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 14. Exod. 16. 〈◊〉 Deut. 18. 15. Chap. 3. 22. n He proueth that Christ is the end of the Law and the 〈◊〉 Exod. 19. 2. o Moses was the Angels or Christs minister and a guide to the fathers p By oracles is ment the sayings that God spake to Moses Exod. 〈◊〉 1. q Figures or testimonies of the presence of God r Yet they knew he was absent for their commoditie and so wolde shortely 〈◊〉 and bring them the Law Rom. 1 24. s As the sunne mone and other 〈◊〉 Deut. 17. 3. 〈◊〉 5 〈◊〉 t Your fathers be gan in wildernes to contemne mine ordinances and you now far re passe them in impietie u And caryed it vpon your shulders Leui. 20. 2. x They ought to haue bene cōtent with this conuenant onely and not to haue gone after their lewd fantasies Exod. 25. 40. Ebr. 8. 5. Ios. 3 14. 1. Sam. 13. 14. Psal 89 21. 2. Sam. 7. 〈◊〉 Psal. 132. 5. 1. Chro. 17. 12. 1. king 6. 1. Chap. 17. 24. y He reproueth the grosse dulnes of the people 〈◊〉 the power of God in that they wolde haue conteined it within the tēple Isa. 66. 1. z God can not be conteined in any space of place a Which nether forsake your olde wickednes nor so muche as heare 〈◊〉 God speaketh to you 〈◊〉 rebel Iere 9 26. Ezek. 44 9. b Which is Iesus Christ who is not onely iust for his 〈◊〉 but because all true iustice commeth of him c By their ministerie or office 〈◊〉 16. 13. d An I reignīg in his flesh wherein he had suffied e This was done of furious violen ce and by no for me of iustice Chap. 22. 20. Mat. 5. 44. Luk. 23. 34. 1. Cor. 4. 12. a From the 〈◊〉 where he was stoned b When the Church is depriued of any worthie member the re is iuste cause of sorrowe and note that here is no mention of any relikes or prayers for the dead or worshiping c The conuersion of Samaria was as it were the first frutes of the calling of the Gentiles d This declareth how much more we are inclined to folow the illu sions of Saran 〈◊〉 the trueth of God e This is the 〈◊〉 of Saran to couer all his illusions vnder the Name of God f The maiestie of Gods worde forced him to confesse the trueth but yet was he not regenerat therefore g Meaning the particular gifts of the holy Spirit h They had onely receiued the commune grace of adoption rege neracion whiche are offered to all the faithful in baptisme and as yet had not recei ued the gift to spake in diuers languages to do miracles i Thou art not worthie to be of the nomber of the faithful k That is turne away from thy wickednes l Hereby he wold make himto feele his sinne not that he douted of Gods mercies if he colde repent Deut. 29. 18. m Or 〈◊〉 heart is ful of dispitful of malice deuelisn poyson of impietie so that now Satan hath thee 〈◊〉 as capti ue in his bands n After that Ale xander had destroyed it it was not much peopled as it was afore and therefore in respect was as my sister o Eunuche signifieth him that is gelded but becau se in the East par tes great affaires were commit to suche it came in vse that noble mē were called Eunu ches althogh they were not gelded also all maner officers seruāts thatwere put in credit or
bothe one doctrine Read Mark 〈◊〉 34. m To wit the clothes of Paul and Silas 2. Cor. 11. 3. 1. 〈◊〉 2. 2. “ Or in the bottome of the prison or in a 〈◊〉 “ Or woundes or hurtes “ Greke he set the table () The Gouernours assembled together in the market and remembring the 〈◊〉 quake that was they feared and sent c. n No man had 〈◊〉 to beat or put to death a citizen Romaine but the Romaines them selues by the consent of the People o For the punish ment was great against thē that did 〈◊〉 to a 〈◊〉 Romaine a Like quarell piking thei vsed against Christ ād these be the wea pons where with the worlde continually 〈◊〉 against the mem bres of Christ trayson and sedition “ Or a sufficient answer b Not more excellent of birth but more prōpt and couragious in receiuing the worde of God for he compareth them of Berea with thē of Thessalonica who persecuted the Aposties in Betea c This was not onely to 〈◊〉 if these thīgs which thei had heard were true but also to confirme them selues in the same and to increase their faith Ioh. 5. 39. “ Or had the char ge to conduit him safely d That citie which was the fountaine of all knowledge was now the sinke of moste horrible Idolatrie e Suche was his feruent zeale towards God glo rie that he labored to amplifie the same bothe in season and out of season as he taught 〈◊〉 de to Timothie f who helde that pleasure was mās whole folicitie g who taught that vertue was onely mans felicitie which not withstāding they neuer atteined vnto h where iudgement was giuen of waightie matters but chiefely of 〈◊〉 against their gods whereof Paul was accused or els was led thither because of the resorte of peo ple whose eares euer tickled to heare newes Or 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 “ Or had leasure Chap. 7. 48. Psal. 50. 〈◊〉 l Before mā was created God had appointed his sta te and condition m This is 〈◊〉 as touching the sondrie changes of the worlde as when some people departe out of a countrey others come to dwel therein n Men 〈◊〉 in darkenes til Christ the true light shine in their hearts o As Aratus and others p He condēneth the matter and the forme where with God is coūterfaited q But pardoned it and did not 〈◊〉 nish it as it deser ued Isa. 40. 23. r This is ment of the vniuersal worlde and not of euery particular man for who soeuer sinneth without the Law shal die without the Lawe “ Or a iudge of Mars strete Rom. 16. 3. a This was Clau dius Cesar who then was Emperour b Thus he vsed where euer he came but principally at Corinthus because of the false Apostles whiche preached with out wages to winne the peo ples fauour c Or pauillions 〈◊〉 thē were made of skinnes d And boyled with a certeine zeale e Because they haue none excuse he denounceth the vengean ce of God against them through their owne 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 1. 14. Chap. 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. 14. f God promiseth him a special pro tection whereby he wolde defende him from the violent rage of his enemies “ Or Grecia g They accused him because he 〈◊〉 the seruice of God appointed by the Law h Of whome 〈◊〉 spoken 1. Cor. 1. 1. i Paul did thus 〈◊〉 with the Iewes infirmities which as 〈◊〉 were not sufficiently instructed Nomb 6. 18. Chap. 21. 24. 2. Cor. 4. 19. Iam. 4. 15. k Called Cesaria 〈◊〉 2. Cor. 1. 12. “ Or wel instructed l That is wasome what entred m He had but as yet the first principales of Christs religionand by baptisme is here ment the doctrine n This great lear ned and eloquēt man 〈◊〉 not to be taught of a poore 〈◊〉 man o The way to sal uation a That is the par ticular 〈◊〉 of the Spirit for as yet they knewe not the visible 〈◊〉 b Meaning what doctrine they did professe by their baptisme for to be baptized in Iohns bap tisme signifieth to 〈◊〉 the do ctrine which he taught sealed with the signe of baptisme to be baptized in the Name of the Father c. is to be dedicate and con secrate vnto him to be 〈◊〉 in the death of Christ or for the dead or into one bodie vnto remission of sinnes is that sinne by Christs death may be abolished and dye in vs that we may growe in Christ our head that our sinnes may be washed away by the blood of Christ. c Endewed with the visible graces of the holie Gost d That is of a cer teine man so cal led () 〈◊〉 fiue a clocke vnto ten Mat. 3. 11. Mat. 1. 8. Luk. 3. 16. Iohn 1. 27. Chap 1. 5. 〈◊〉 2. 11. 16. “ Or napkins e This was to au torize the Gospel to cōfirme Pauls ministerie not to cause men to worship him or his napkins “ Or coniurers f They abuse Pauls autoritie and without any vocation of God vsurpe that which is not in mans power g That is declared by 〈◊〉 of their sinnes and by their good workes that they were 〈◊〉 h This mounteth to of our money about 2000 markes i By the motion of the holie Gost he vndertoke this iorney k That his about the state of the Christians for they contemned the Christians be cause they left the olde religion and broght in another trade of doctrine “ Or sorines l What impietie doeth not couetousnes driue a man vnto m He was moued with his pro fit and the others for their bellies so that they wolde rather lose bothe their liues and religiō then their filthie gaine n Meaning their arte and occupation o Religion is his seconde argument which he lesse estemeth then his profit and therefore put 〈◊〉 it last which 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 of the faithful for they 〈◊〉 religion aboue all p He groundeth his religionvpon the multitude autoritie of the worlde as do the Papistes Rom. 16. 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 1. 14. Colos. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q And set him in an hie place where the people tolde not comenere him but whence thei might wel heare his voyce r Antiquitie and the acouetousnes of the Priests broght in this superstition for it is writen that the temple being repaired seuen times this idole was neuer chan ged Plin lib. 16. 40. by suche delu sions the worlde is moste easely abused s He pacifieth the People by worldelie wisdome and hathe no respect to religion a He remained there these daies because he had better opportunitie to teache also the 〈◊〉 of the Law was not yet knowē b which we call Sonday Of this place and also of the. 1. Cor. 16. 2. we gather that the Christians vsed o haue their 〈◊〉 assemblies this day laying aside the ceremonie of the 〈◊〉 Sabbath c To celebrate the Lords Supper Chap. 2. 46. “ Or boye Or we d
* Prou. 3. 7. * Isa. 5. 11. VVisd 6. 4. Tit. 3. 1. 1. pet 2. 〈◊〉 a Not onely the punishement of the Iudges but al so the vengeance of God †Greke a reuenger With Wrath. b For no priuate man can 〈◊〉 ne that gouernemēt Which God hathe appointed Without the brea che of his consciē ce here he spea keth of ciuil 〈◊〉 so that Antichrist his can not Wrast this place to establish their tyran nie ouer the conscience c That is to 〈◊〉 the good and to punish the euil d He meaneth onely the 〈◊〉 table Mat. 22. 11. Exod. 20. 14. Deut. 5. 18. Leuit. 19. 18. Mat. 〈◊〉 59. Gal. 5. 14. Iam. 2. 8. 1. Tim. 1 〈◊〉 e Before We beleued it had bene in vaine to 〈◊〉 these things but now seing our saluation is nere let vs take hede that We neglect not this occasion Luk 21. 34. f That is honest maners godlie “ Or riote Gal. 5. 16. 1. pet 2. 〈◊〉 a That is the doctrine of the Gos pel b Lest 〈◊〉 departe ether more ignorant then he came or elswith a greater 〈◊〉 of conscience Iám 4. 12. c It is the Lords matter and not thine d VVe muste be assured in our cōscience by Gods Worde in all things that We do that if We be strong We may know What is our libertie if We be Weake We may learne to profit daily e That counteth one day more holi thē another f VVbo iudgeth whether he doeth wel or no. g Because he 〈◊〉 keth the meates vncleane by the Law h Here we must 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 things first that he speaketh of things which of them selues are indiffe rēt 〈◊〉 in the Law thei were not next that he reproueth not the condemning of the act but of the persones thirdly that he meaneth not the slubburne malicious whom he ealieth dogges 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the weake and infirme tō whome as yet God had not reueiled the perfite libertie i Bothe our life and death ought to profite our brother k This othe parti cularly apperteinech to God who is the true life of him self giueth it to all other l And acknowledge 〈◊〉 for their God m He preuenteth the obiection which the Christians might vse 1. Cor. 8. 1. 2. Cor. 5 10. Isa. 45. 23. Phil. 2. 10. n which is the be 〈◊〉 of Christ ā libertie by abusing 〈◊〉 ye cause the weake lings to blasp heme the Gospel which might seme to them cōtrarie to Gods wil and the doctrine of the 〈◊〉 o God wil not reigne ouer his by such obseruatiōs Tit. 1. 15. p In peace and righteousnes q Faith here is ta ken for a fulpersuasion of the Christian libertie in things indifferent as the Apostle interpreteth it in the 14 verse r VVhich hath none euil remorse of cōscience in his doing 〈◊〉 Meaning of a right cōsciēce 1. Cor 8. 13. a To 〈◊〉 signi fieth to do all maner dueties to our neighbour ether to bring him to Christ or if he be wonne that he may growe frō faith to faith for the faithful are called the temple of God wherein he is resident by his h he Spirit and these faithful are the stones of the newe 〈◊〉 that is the vniuer sal Church Isa. 54 〈◊〉 21. of the which buylding Christ is 〈◊〉 chief corner stone Eph. 2. 20. Psal. 69. 10. b I did so beare them as if they 〈◊〉 bene done to me and not to my Father c VVhiche is the autor of 〈◊〉 1. Cor. 1. 10. d To make vs partakers of Gods glorie e 〈◊〉 to gather the Iewes and then the Gētiles that bothe might be made one flocke f That God might be knowē true Philip. 3. 16. g which is Christ who did spring as a yong budde out of the drye dead rote h Then seing he toke bothe the Iewes and Gentiles to his fathers glorie they ought by his example to loue together Psal. 18. 50. 2. Sam. 22. 50. Deu. 32. 43. Psal. 117. 1. Isa. 11. 10. i The minister 〈◊〉 vp the people to God by the Gospel k God gaue him suche ample occasions to set forthe his excellent workes that he had done by him that the Apostle nede not to seke anie other thing to boast vpon Isa. 52. 15. Chap. 1. 〈◊〉 1. Thes. 2. 17. Chap. 1. 1. l which was to 〈◊〉 the almes 1. Cor. 9. 11. m I shal faithfully leaue it with them and as it were sealed most surely n Almes is the frute of faith and charitie o His coming shal be profitable vnto thē for God wil giue him abundant knowledge of Dinine mysteries to communi cate vnto them Chap. 1. 10 p He feared lest sclandrous tongues wolde haue made his message ether odious or lesse acceptable Isa. 9. 6. 2. Cor. 1. 11. Act. 18. 〈◊〉 a The first which was cōsecrate to the Lord by embracing the Gospel “ Or Asia b They were grafred in Christ by faith a fore I was called and were wel estemed of the Apostles and of the Churches c This was a signe of amitie among the Iewes which he willeth to be holie that is that it come from a minde ful of godlie charitie 2. Iohn 10. 1. Corin. 16. 20. 2. Cor. 13. 12. 1. Pet. 5. 14. d These be markes to knowe the false Aposties by e The worde signifieth him that promiseth muche and performeth nothing who semeth also to spea ke for thy profite but doeth nothing lesse Act. 16. 1. Philip 2 19. 1. Cor. 1. 14. “ Or receiuer f Corinthus Ephes 3 19. Ephes. 3. 9. Colos. 1 26. g Bothe as touching the doctrine of the Gospel and also the calling of the Gentiles 2. Tim. 1. 10. Tit. 1. 2. 1. Pet. 1 〈◊〉 a Whome God hathe separate from the rest of the Worlde purified and ginen to his Sonne that he mightbe in them and they in him b Made holie by the fre mercie calling of God Act 〈◊〉 9. 1. Thes. 4. 7. c Which is to 〈◊〉 knowledge him to be euerie God to Worship him and seke vnto him for helpe Rom. 1. 7. Ephes. 1 1. Col. 1. 22. 2. Tim. 1. 9. tit 2. 1. 2. Tim. 2. 23. d For all the benefites Which ye haue receiued by the Gospel e 〈◊〉 membres of the same bodie Which communi cate With their head f He 〈◊〉 those giftes in them Whose 〈◊〉 se aster he doeth 〈◊〉 as eloquence philosophie and their knowledge of Gods Worde g For there is 〈◊〉 condemnation to them that are grafted in Chriss Iesus * 1. Thes. 5. 24 * Rom. 15. 〈◊〉 * Philip. 3. 16. Colos. 1. 10. 2. 7. Philip. 3. 20. Tit. 2. 〈◊〉 * 1. Thes. 5. 24. * Rom. 15. 〈◊〉 * Philip. 3. 16. h Disagreing in Wordes ingendreth dissention of minde Whereof procedeth repugnancie of iudgement Which 〈◊〉 the mother of schisme 〈◊〉 1. Thes 3. 〈◊〉 5. 23. i Which Was a vertuous Woman 〈◊〉 of Gods glorie and soght the 〈◊〉 of the
Church Act. 18. 24. k Read the anno tacion Act 3. 16. Act. 18. 8. Psal. 138. 8. l This Gaius Was Pauls hoste in Whose house also the Church Was at Corinthus m That is chiefly and peculiacly Rom. 16. 23 there Was yet another so called Whiche Was of Derbe ād followed Paul n As the toricke 〈◊〉 arte 〈◊〉 o 〈◊〉 men shuld attribute that vn to eloquence Which onely belonged to the power of God Act. 10. 4. Chap. 2. 19. Galat. 5. 4. 2. pet 1. 16. Rom. 1. 16. Isa. 29. 14. p That is the interprete of the Law q He that is so subtil in discussing questions herein Paul repro cheth euen the best learned as thogh not one of them colde perceiue by his own Wisdome this mysterie of Christ reueiled in the Gospel Mat. 12. 38. r He speaketh in the persone of Wicked Who con trarie to their cōscience rather attribute these things to God then acknowledge their owne follie Weakenes s According as the Wolde termeth Wise men t VVhiche are in mans iudgemēt almost nothing but taken for abiects and castaWayes u Estemed and in reputacion Ierem. 〈◊〉 5. x Thus he calleth man in cōtempt to beare down his atrogancie y That is 〈◊〉 te all things to God With thankesgiuing Ierem. 9. 24. 2. cor 10. 17. Chap. 1. 17. “ Or mysterie a That is the Gos pel Whereby God doeth manifest him self to the World or Where of God is the autor and Witnes “ Or I thogh nothing Worthis to be knowen b Herein appeareth his great mo destie Who Was not glorious but abiect humble not ful of vaine hoastings 〈◊〉 gancie but With feare and trembling set forthe the 〈◊〉 power of God Act. 18. 1. Chap. 1. 17. 2. pet 1. 16. c They Whose vn derstandings are illuminate by faith acknowledge this Wisdome Which the Worlde calleth follie d The Worde is here taken for thē Whome ether for Wisdome riches or power mē moste esteme Isa. 64. 4. e That is very fewe f He calleth Iesus the mightie-God ful of true glorie and maiestie Whome Dauid also calleth the King of glorie Psal. 24. 7. Steuē nameth him the God of glorie Act. 7. 2 heareby appeareth the diuinitie of Christ coniunction of 〈◊〉 natures in one persone g Mā is not able to thinke Gods prouidence toWards his h For he is one God With the Fa ther the Sōne i Mans minde Which vnderstan deth and iudgeth k VVe are not moued with that Spirit Which tea cheth things Where With the World is delited Which men vnderstād by nature l All the benefites of God in Iesus Christ. Chap. 1. 17. 2 pet 1. 16. m As that Which We teache is spiritual so 〈◊〉 kinde of teaching must be spiritual that the Wordes may agre With the matter n VVhose 〈◊〉 iudgement is not cleared by Gods Spirit * Prou. 27. 19. * Isa. 40. 13. * VVisd 9. 17. * Rom. 11. 34. o For the trueth of God is not subiect to the iudgement of man p That is Christ Spirit * Iohn 16. 13. * Rom. 8. 9. a Being 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 by faith we begin to moue by his 〈◊〉 as we 〈◊〉 in faith we growe vp to a ripe age And here let him take hede 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for milke he giue poysō for milke and 〈◊〉 meat in effect are one but onely differ in maner and forme b He chargeth them with two fautes the one that thei 〈◊〉 ted to muche to the 〈◊〉 the other that thei preferred one minister to another Psal. 62. 13. 〈◊〉 6. 5. c So made by his grace d He reproueth the ministers of 〈◊〉 as teachers of curicus doctrines and questions e Or the time which is when the light of the trueth shal expel the darkenes of ignorance then the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of mans wisdome shal be broght 〈◊〉 noght f By the tryal of Gods Spirit g Bothe his 〈◊〉 rewarde Chap. 6. 19. h He 〈◊〉 thē not as 〈◊〉 apostles but as curious 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 humaine scien ces as they which lothing at the simplicitie of Gods Word prea che philosophical speculacions i As touching his life if he 〈◊〉 fast the fundaciō Iob. 5. 13. 2. cor 6. 16. k When they thē selues are 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 laid for others Psal. 94. 11. l But in God who 〈◊〉 by his ministers to his owne 〈◊〉 and the cōfort of his Church a As it is a thing 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ministers of God so it is greatly reprehensible 〈◊〉 attribute more vnto them then is 〈◊〉 †Greke mās day Mat 7. 1. Mat. 7. 1. b Whether I haue great gifts or litle few or manie c For as I do not knowe whereby I shuldde take anie occasion of glorie so I am 〈◊〉 thac before God another maner of iustice is required d Concerning mi ne office Rom. 2. 1. e By our example f To 〈◊〉 from other men and preferreth 〈◊〉 g To 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 they obiected that he was not made an Apostle by Christ but after wardes h By this bitter 〈◊〉 in abiecting him self and 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 thians he make 〈◊〉 them ashamed of their vaine glorie Act 20. 34. 1. Thess. 2. 9. 2. Thess 3. 8. Mat. 5. 44. Luk. 23. 34. Act. 7 60. “ Or vse gentle wordes “ Or pedagogues skole masters i For as muche as they had so sone forgotten Act. 19. 21. Iam. 4. 15. k That is what soeuer giftes we haue receiued of God to this end that he may reigne among vs. l Of the holie Gost. a Who wolde 〈◊〉 that you wolde suffer that mischief vnpunished which the 〈◊〉 barbarous uations abhotre to speake of Leuit. 18. 8. Coloss. 2. 5. b Hauing now 〈◊〉 the Gospel c My wil and con sent d With inuocatiō of Gods Name as becometh thē which procure the Lords busines and not their owne e Which is to be as an heathen man publicane f For being wounded with shame and sorrowe his flesh or olde man shal dye and the spirit or newemā shal remaine aliue ād enioye the 〈◊〉 in that day when the Lord shal iudge the quicke and dead g Seing you suffer suche 〈◊〉 vices among you 1. Timo. 1. 20. h As euerie man particularly is pure so the whole 〈◊〉 in general may be pure 2. Corin. 4. 18. i But he meant of those that were conuersant in the Church whome they oght by discipline to haue corrected for as touching strangers they oght by all meanes godly to winne them to Christ. 1. Pet. 4. 6. Gal. 5. 9. Mat 18. 17. 2. Thess. 3. 14. k Who to please bothe partes wolde be present at idole 〈◊〉 and yet 〈◊〉 the Gospel l Vnto whome the Ecclesiastical diseipline doeth not stretch m Which are subiect to Gods worde and to the discipline of the Church “ Or iudges ma gistrates which are infideles a He calleth them vniuste whosoeuer are not sanctified
in Christ. Wisd. 3. 2. b Whom are now apostates and deuils Mat. 25. 41. c Tat is make them iudges d 〈◊〉 ye so burne with desire to pleade kepe a court among your selues and make the least estemed your iudge for it is moste easie to iudge 〈◊〉 brethren “ Or 〈◊〉 of minde Matth. 5. 39. Luke 6. 29. rom 12. 19. 1. e He doeth then 〈◊〉 reprouethe godlie whiche with a good conscience vseth the 〈◊〉 to defende his right but con demneth hatred grudges and desi res of 〈◊〉 Thess 4. 6. Ephe. 5. 3. 1. tim 1. 9. Eph. 2. 12. tit 3. 3. 1. pet 4. 3. Chap. 10. 23. eccle 37. 31. f Here he spea keth of things indifferent of their nature and first as touching carnal libertie g For we are subiect to those things which we cannot want h They abused meates bothe in that they offended others thereby and also prouoked their own lusts 〈◊〉 vnclennes Rom. 6. 5. i God wil be Lord bothe of the soul bodie k Whereby he signifieth that bothe we shal se the glorie of the resurrection of the iuste aud also that dignitie and priuiledge where by we be mad the mēbers of Christ. * Ephe. 5. 31. * Chap. 3. 17. * 2 Cor. 6 16. * Chap. 7. 23 * 1. Pet. 1. 10. l That is he more polluteth his owne bodie then he that 〈◊〉 anie other sinne Gen. 2 24. Mat. 19. 5. 〈◊〉 10. 7. a Or expedient because mariage through mans corruption and not by Gods institutiō bringeth eares 〈◊〉 b Speaking to all men in general c Which conteineth all dueties perteining to ma riage 1. Pet. 3. 7. d He sheweth that be comman deth not precisely all men to marie but that God hathe granted this temedievnto them Which can not liue chaste Mat. 5. 32. 9 9. Mar. 10. 11. 〈◊〉 16. 18. e With the fyre of concupiscence that is when mās 〈◊〉 so giueth place to the lust that temteth that he can not call vpon God with a quietconscience Matth. 5. 32. f Eor hatred 〈◊〉 angre c g Saue for whor dome as h In asmuche as there Was nothig expressy spoken hereof in the Law or 〈◊〉 or els he spake this moued by the Spirit of God as he testifieth in the 〈◊〉 ver i Meaning that the faith of the be leuer hathe more power to 〈◊〉 mariage then the wickednes of the other to pollute it k They that are 〈◊〉 of ether of the parents faith ful are also coun 〈◊〉 members of Christs Church because of the promes l When suche things come to passe that the faithful and vnfaithful be maried together 〈◊〉 the one forsake the other without cause Act 2 〈◊〉 m The lawful 〈◊〉 cation in outwarde things must not lightly be neglected n Which is when the surgeon by arte draweth out the skinne to couer the parte Celsus lib. 7. ca. 25 Epiphan lib. de ponderib men sur 1. Maccab 1. 〈◊〉 o It is all one whither thou be 〈◊〉 or Gentil p Althogh God hath called thee to serue in this life yet thinke not thy conditiō vnworthie for a Christian but reioyce that thou art deliuered by Christ from the miserable 〈◊〉 of sinne and death q Being seruant by condition is made partaker of Christ. Ep he 4. 1. 1. Tim. 6. 1. “ Or dearly r Syncerely as in the presence of God “ Or the state of virginitie s He bindeth no mā 〈◊〉 thatwhich God hath left fre but sheweth what is moste agreable to Gods wil according to the circūstance of the time place persones “ Or beleued t To be single u In these afflictions and 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 20. 1. per. 1. 20. x As wordlie cares of their chil dren familie y He doeth not preferre 〈◊〉 as a thing more holie then mariage but by reason of incōmodities whiche the one hathe more then the other z In wishing that you colde liue without 〈◊〉 “ Or it remaineth that a VVhiche be in aduersitie b VVhiche be in prosperitie c In this 〈◊〉 there is nothing but me revanitie d VVhich onely apperteine to this present life () And he is diuided meaning 〈◊〉 diuers cares e She may atteine vnto itson 〈◊〉 then the other because she is without 〈◊〉 f Seing S. Paul colde by ndeno mans 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 tiō is it that any other shuld do it g That is that she shulde 〈◊〉 to auoide 〈◊〉 h Meanynge he that is fully 〈◊〉 that he hathe nō nede i For the fathers wil depēdeth on his childrens in this point en so muche as he is bounde to haue respecto their in firmitie nether can he iustly require of thē 〈◊〉 if they ha ue not that gifte of God so to liue k And more cōmodious for his children in preseruing thē from cares l Of matrimonie Roma 7. 1. 1. Thes. 4 8. a Of the libertie that God hathe giuē vs touching outward things “ Or taught b This he 〈◊〉 in their per sone which brag ged so muche of 〈◊〉 liberrie say ing that an image amongs all things that are made is of no 〈◊〉 c VVhiche being idoles yet are estemed of men as Lordes and 〈◊〉 Iohn 13. 23. d In that they thogh the meate offered vp to the image not to be pure and therefore cold not eat it with a good conscience Chap. 12. 3. e This abundance and want is referred to spiritual things “ Or 〈◊〉 in thyngs indifferent Roma 14. 17. †Greke buylded vp f By thine exam ple without any grounde of doctrine g VVhich eateth against his cōscience or indoute Roma 14. 15. Roma 14. 21. a I nede no further declaration but the workes 〈◊〉 I haue 〈◊〉 among you b And call into doure myne office c On the Church charge d The Apostles led their 〈◊〉 about with thē e A faithfull and Christian wife “ Or cousins f VVhether they myght not as lawefullye liue wythout labouring for 〈◊〉 liuing with their owne handes as other Apostles Deut. 25. 4. 1. Tim. 5. 18. g Had God respect properlye to the oxē them selues when he made thys 〈◊〉 and not rather vnto men Roma 15. 27. h To liue on other mens charges “ Or take in worthe Deut. 18 〈◊〉 i For that parte that was burnt was deuored of the altar ād the other was due vnto the Priests by the Law k For now you haue no iustcause against me 〈◊〉 that I preached the Gospel frely vnto you l 〈◊〉 he is char ged to preach he muste willingly and earnestly 〈◊〉 lowe it for if he do it by constrainte he doeth not his duetie m That 〈◊〉 not chargeable to thē vnto whome I preache 〈◊〉 that they thinke that I preache for gaines Act. 16. 3. Gal. 2. 3. n As touchynge the ceremonies o In things indif ferent as 〈◊〉 of meats 〈◊〉 of feastes and daies ād such like he facioned him selfe to men in suche sorte as he myght beste game them
in respect of his humanitie whose flesh hath this glorie by the power of God who dwelleth in it a Bothe in substā 〈◊〉 and forme we are earthlie b This natural bo die as it is now til it be made newe by the Spirit of Christ. c When the Lord cometh to iudge ment some of the Saintes shal be aliue whome he wil change euen as if they were dead so that this chāge is in steade of death to thē Mat. 24. 31. () O death whe re is thy victorie o graue where is thy sting 1. thess 4. 16. Isa. 25. 8. d Sinne first broght in death and giueth it power ouer vs the strength of sinne is the Law because it doeth 〈◊〉 the iudge ment of God against vs or els the chief cause of our destruction is in our selues Reuel 7 17. Hose 13. 14. Ebr. 2. 14. e The hope of re surrectiō causeth the faithful to sur 〈◊〉 all difficulties a Vpon the first day of the weke which the Scripture calleth the Lordsday 〈◊〉 Sonday they accustomed not onely in the Church but at home also according to euery mans zeale to lay vp some piece of money towar de the relief of the poore 〈◊〉 2. Iohn 5. 5. Chap. XVI Act. 11. 29. 12. 25. Rom. 12. 13. b Which ye shal send by thē that cary the money Act. 18. 〈◊〉 c Because God blessed his labour d Willing that they shulde defēde him against the aduersaires of Christ because it is the Churche duetie to be care ful for the preseruation of their ministers e As thogh he were to yong to be a minister f That is safe and sounde g Lest 〈◊〉 steale vpon you at 〈◊〉 h For they had euery mā respect to himself 〈◊〉 ry to loue i That is the first which embraced the Gospel k And reuerence them l The grief that I toke for your absence was greatly aswaged by their presence “ Or minde m In token of mutual 〈◊〉 whichthing was obserued in the primatiue church when the Lords Supper was ministred Rom. 16. 16. 2. Cor. 13. 〈◊〉 1. Pet. 5. 15. 19. “ Or Maranatha n Or as is most probable from Ephesus a Meaning that countrey where of 〈◊〉 was the chief citie Ep hes 13. b Or praise and glorie be giuen 1. Peter 1. 3. c which I suffer for Christ or which Christ suffereth in me d For seing him indure so muche they had occasion to be confirmed in the Gospel e As God onely worketh al things in vs so doeth he also our saluation by his fre mercie and by suche mea nes as he hathe here left in this life for vs to be 〈◊〉 in Rom. 7. 5. and 8. 5. Colos. 1. 14. f Hereby he sheweth his owne in firmitie that it might appeare how wonderfully Gods graces wroght in him g I was vtterly resolued in my self to dye h So manie dangers of death Rom. 15. 30. i He rendreth a reason why they ought to prayevn to God for his 〈◊〉 k Vsing that wisdome which God gaue me from heauen l Ye knowe Par tely my constancie bothe by my dwelling with you and also my writting vnto you and I trust ye shal knowe me to be the same to the very end m In that we ha ue taught you the Gospel so syncere ly n Because we haue wonne you to Christ o which shal abolish al worlde lieglorie p which is rashely to promes and not to performe q Now to affirme one thing and 〈◊〉 to deny it whichis a signe of inconstancie r He taketh God to witnes that he preacheth the 〈◊〉 s He preached no thing vnto them but onely Iesus Christ who is the moste constāt and infallible trueth of the Father t They aremade performed and we are partakers onely by him who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that he hathe fulfilled them for vs. u In that I say I tame not because I wolde spare you I meane not that I haue autoritie to alter true religion or to binde your consciences but that I am Gods minister to confirme and comfort you 〈◊〉 4. 30. x And faith is not in subiection to man a which was giuen to Satan but now doeth repent b Which made you him sory in my further epistle c After this adul 〈◊〉 did repent and amend paul did sovtterly cast of alsorowe that he denieth that inmaner he was anie with sorie d And so shulde increase his soro we which I wolde diminish e The adulterer which interteined his mother in Law f That at my in 〈◊〉 you wolde declare by the publike consent of the Church that you embrace him againe as a brother seing he was excommunicate by the commune consent g That is truely and from mine heart euen as in the presence of Christ. h By our rigorous punishing “ Or in my minde i From this place vnto the 6. Chap. 11. he 〈◊〉 onely of the ministers saue he some time intermedeleth that which apperte ineth to the whole Church 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 17 18. vetses and not onely to the mini 〈◊〉 k In working 〈◊〉 by vs partakers of his victorie and triumph l The preaching of the crosse bringeth death to them which onely consider Christs death as a commune death and be thereat offended or els thinke it 〈◊〉 bringeth againe life to them who in in his death beholde their life m That is which preache for gaine and corrupt it to serue mens affectiones Rom. 11. 16. Chap. 4. 2. “ Or through Christ or of Christ. a Meaning him self 〈◊〉 and Siluanus b who were Gods penne c The hardnes of mās heart before he beregenerat is as a stonie table Ezech. 11. 19. 36. 26. but being 〈◊〉 nerat by the 〈◊〉 of God it is as softe as flesh that the grace of the Gospel may bewritteninit as in new tables 〈◊〉 31. 32. d whose minister Moses was e which Christ gaue f Meaning the spiritual doctrine which is in our hearts g Thus he nameth the Law in cōparison of the Gospel h After that God had spoken with him and giuen him the Law i For the Law declareth all men to be vnder condemnation k Meaning of the Gospel which declareth that Christ is made our righteousnes l In preaching the Gospel Exod. 34. 33. m Moses shewed the Law as it was couered with shadowes so that the Iewes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ligh tened 〈◊〉 blinded and so colde not come to 〈◊〉 who was the 〈◊〉 thereof 〈◊〉 againe the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the the glorie of God 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eyes but 〈◊〉 the darkenes away frō 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 is our 〈◊〉 and au tor of New 〈◊〉 ment whose doctrine is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 life to the Law o In Christ who is God 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 we se god the Father as in a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cleare glasse Ioh. 4. 24. a For anie troubles or afflictiōs b Meaning suche shiftes and pretences as become not them that haue such a great 〈◊〉 in hand